H. ZANCHIVS HIS CONFESSION OF CHRISTIAN RELIGION.

Which novve at length being 70. yeares of age, he causea to bee published in the name of himselfe & his family.

Englished in sense agreeable, and in words as answe­rable to his ovvne latine copie, as in so graue a mans worke is requisite: for the profite of all the vnlearneder sort, of English christians, that desire to know his iudgement in mat­ters of faith.

ROM. 10.

With the heart man beleeueth vnto righteousnes: but with the mouth man confesseth to saluation.

Let all things bee subiect to the iudgement of the true Catholike church.

PRINTED BY IOHN LEGAT, printer to the Vniuersitie of Cambridge. 1599.

TO VLYSSES MARTINENGVS EARLE OF BARCHEN HIEROME ZANCHY WISHETH grace and peace.

WHat, of what sort, and how great the cōfusion & trou­ble is in this age of ours, [noble Earle] throughout all christendome, aswell a­bout all other matters al­most; as more especially a­bout matters ecclesiasticall concerning religion, there is no man, that doeth not see: no good man, that doth not greeue at: and no god­ly man, that with great admiration of Gods iudgements, doth not exceedingly bewaile.

Very great surely is the light of the trueth in this our age, which through Gods singular gift, hath bin found out in the holy scriptures, by some faithfull seruants of Christ, and sprea­ding abroad farre and wide hath shined forth vnto vs, as the sunne in the firmamēt: but I pray what and how many mistes of errors, how di­uers and black clouds of heresies, haue bin stir­red vp and raked out of the depth of hell, by no [Page 4]smale number of verletts and ministers of the deuill, to cast a darkenesse ouer this heauenlie light?

I speake not nowe of tyrants: which euer haue, and yet doe imploye and bend all their swords, all their power, and the very force and might of their authoritie to this: that these can­delsticks (of brittle earth I confesse) wherein a­ny of this light remaineth & shineth being bru­sed & broken by their iron-blowes; the whole light of the diuine wisedome (if god so pleased) might be vtterly put out & extinguished: & in place therof, that infernal darknes fetcht againe frō hel, might succeed & beare the whole sway.

For this very cause, what in these our wret­ched times hath bin done: what and what mā ­ner of slaughters of an infinite number of men, in many places committed, and in many other places attempted more then once: wee haue yet in fresh memory. And what, and by whome, the deuil lately assaied in those valleies of yours. though by Gods mightie hand defending you, the slaughter succeeded not to the wish of those vngodly wretches: your self know better, then we do. And now also what that euer-busie Sa­than, is for the same intent continually attemp­ting: what deuises he purposeth: what treche­ries he studies: what weapons hee prepareth: [Page 5]what warres he brocheth against godly prin­ces and magistrats, who desire to haue this hea­uenlie light to shine in their dominions, and la­bour to spreade the same farre and wide into the whole world, the Lord himselfe knoweth, who dwelleth in the heauens, who also is wōt to scatter the wicked counsailes of the vngodly & to disperse them as vaine smoakes, through his incredible loue and mercie towardes vs, when it is most expedient for his church, and when tyrants do looke for nothing lesse, then a disapointement of their intents, which they so long and watchfully prouided for.

For witnesses take the Pharaohs: Senache­ribs: Amans: Antiochies: Iulians: and other such like enemies to the church. For still the pro­mise abideth, The gates of hell shall not preuaile against it. But to let passe tyrants, and to re­turne to the bodie of our christian common­wealth so miserably torne in pecces: who is there, I pray you, except he be cleane voide of alpietie, that beholding such and so great a rent of this bodie into diuers shiuers, namely of all those which professe and call vppon Christ as true God and true man, & the onely redeemer of the world diuers of thē defending diuers er­rors most obstinatly: some, many & those most grosse: others, fewe and those not so waighty: [Page 6]and vpon these occasions pursuing and hating on another with more then serpentine hatred: and plaging and tormenting on another with more then butcherly crueltie: what man is he, I say, who beholding these things, hearing thē, and waighing them in his minde, is not moued with great griefe, sigheth not, lamenteth nor, poureth not forth teares? The church of Rome once in times of old, was for the great glory of her pietie, her heauenly doctrine, her diuine seruice, christian discipline, and constancie in the faith against all hereticks, most famous: and as the sunne in the firmamēt shineth farr brigh­ter then all starres, so she shined farre aboue all churches on earth, by example of her excee­ding christian pietie: that well and fittly she de­serued to bee generally called the mother of all churches. But into what and into how great darkenesse and blindnesse did she after sinke, by Gods iust iudgement, being as it were cast out of heauen, and in the same still lieth buried and drowned? he that in such great light of the gos­pell seeth not this, is blinder then a moule. Nei­ther is it any new thing: seing the same happe­ned first to the church of the Israelites: after­ward to the churches in the East, and to them in Greece.

Now to speake of those churches, which in [Page 7]such thinges as the Romish church hath made an apostasie or backsliding from the Apostles, haue beene forced through her willfulnes and tirannie, at length to forsake her: what horrible heresies in some of them, haue bin fetched out of hel by the ministers of Sathan? Anabaptisme, Libertinisme, Arianisme, Samosatenisme, Mar­tionisme, Eutychianisme, Nestorianisme, and what not? yea euen Atheisme [I grieue to speak it] spreadeth it selfe aboundantly. The trustie ministers of Christ haue withstood all these, & in many places haue beaten downe their diue­lish doctrines, and haue preserued their chur­ches, reformed by the sincere doctrine of the gospell, free from these pestilent mischiefes, and by Gods benefite, do still preserue them: so that we haue no friendshipp nor dealing with such manner offects: and yet notwithstanding this cockle cannot bee cleane weeded out in all pla­ces. Many plagues do still grow and increase e­uery where: and many wicked spirites doe still come into the worlde. VVhat then should a christian man, who loueth the glory of God, & the saluation of his owne soule & his neigh­bours, and desireth to haue a good name in the church [for it is a matter of no smale moment, to bee taken and accompted in the catholicke church, for a true member of Christ:] what I [Page 8]say, should a christian man do, in such a confusi­on of things, such a dissagreement in opinions, such a multitude of heresies, such varietie in re­ligions? I wil, if I can, by a similitude declare my opinion, agreeable to the scriptures.

If a huge & a most mightie armie of enemies should ouercome any cuntrey, killing & spoy­ling wheresoeuer they came, so as they could not quickly or easily be driuen out againe: what should the inhabitāts of that cuntrey do, to pro­uide for the safety of thēselues & their childrē?

First they must flie into the strong defensed citties: & tarry there, vntil by gods help the cun­trey might bee deliuered out of their enemies hāds. Next least being besieged they should pe­rish by famine, or be cōstrained to yeld thēselues to the enemie: they must looke for as plentifull prouisiō of vittailes as may be. And because vn­lesse the Lord do keep the cittie, the watchmā watcheth but in vaine: therefore all the people must with earnest prayers call vpō god daily, to bee with them keep, & defend thē. Hereunto it is ne [...]d [...]ul, that al within the citty do obserue cō ­stantly a brotherly faith, loue, peace & concord among thēselues: sith euery kingdome deuided in it selfe (as the Lord vsed to say) cannot stand: & euen the heathē do witnes, that by cōcord smale matters grovve to encrease: by discordgreat things fal to decay. Neither is the health of bo­dy [Page 9]to be neglected, wherin the cittizens must be kept soūd & strong as much as may be, for the profite & defence of the cōmō wealth. For the sick & deseased, especially at such a time, cā pro­fite the common state very little, nay they are a great burden & combrance to it: so far ar they frō being able to fight against the enimy. Ther­fore it is very needfull that euery one looke to his health: then, there is need of a careful & dili­gent watch, least the foes by any suddain assault, or by some deceite or vndermininges should pearce into the citty, & set vpon vs vnawares & vnprouided: hereupō are night watches proui­ded. But how can there be any watching with­out sobriety? For by surfeting & dronkenesse heauy sleepe is prouoked: so that there can no watch bee kept. Therefore least being ouer drowned in wine & sleepe, we should bee cat­ched by our enimies, we had need of sobriety: & what is more needefull, then alwaies to haue weapons in our hands, whereby we our selues may both be kept & defēded frō the blowes of our enemies: and may also be able to repell and put back the enemie? therefore ouer and be­sides our strong walles & wel defensed rāpiers: the cittizēs thēselues must also be ready in their armour. But nothing can happē more pestilent & pernicious to the cōmō wealth: thē if within [Page 10]their citty, especially in time of warre, they haue fauourers of the enemie, who may indeed giue them a wipe priuily, howsoeuer they may pre­tend friendship with the citizens, and professe in words that they cōsent vnto them in al mat­ters; such are perfidious & traiterous fellowes. Therefore there must great care be taken, that diligent inquirie bee made, who be in the citie: what they doe: what life they lead: & wheron they liue: and if there be any founde to goe out of course from the common profession, life, & manners of the cittie: they may be knowne, ex­amined, corrected, punished, or driuen out of the cittie. But as there is nothing that can either set a deeper marke of infamie vppon the citi­zens, or make thē deserue to be more seuerelie punished, then if being entised by large promi­ses or bribes of the enemies, they betraye their cuntrey: or being terrified by their threatnings, they slipp from their ruler, & shamefully yeeld themselues: so contrarywise, there is nothing more honorable, more profitable, or worthie of greater praise and reward, then if keeping sound thy faith to thy prince and cuntrey, with the publike profession of the faith thereof, thou constantly standest to it euen vnto death, and fightest it out to the last man. Therefore there is need of constancie in thy faith giuen to thy [Page]prince and cuntrey, and a publike professio [...] of that faith euen vnto the death.

By these defensed cities, I meane, those churches, which were once builded vppon the foundation of the Apostles and Prophets, and afterwardes were repaired againe out of the gospel and truely reformed: and so do hold the same foundatiōs of the Apostles doctrine firme and fast with the holy scriptures, vnderstāding & expoūding the same, according to the sound interpretations of the auncient fathers. These foundations the church was wont to compre­hēd in that short forme of doctrin, which they cal the catechisme: wherein is contained the A­postles creed, the Lords praier, and the ten cō ­mandements. The creede brieflie sheweth, both what we must beleeue, and in whome we must place the whole hope of our saluation. The Lords praier manifestly directeth vs, both who is to be prayed vnto, and what is to bee prayed for, as also for what causes God is onely to bee called vppon, and that we aske all that we aske, of him onely: namely because his onely is the kingdome, the power, and the glory: by which addition our assured hope is kindled vnto praier. The decalogue or ten commandemēts, very briefly and plainely prescribeth, how wee must behaue our selues to god-ward, with what [Page] [...]uice we must worship him: in what sort also we must liue with our neighbours: & how we must die vnto our selues, that is, to our cōcupis­cence, in withdrawing frō it euermore, all such things as it coueteth, against the law of god. Vnto these three, & those chiefe partes of the cate­chisme is ioyned a fourth part: the doctrine of the sacramēts, which by a Synecàoche, is whollie comprehended in the great creed (as they cal it) vnder the name of baptisme. All these thinges summarily gathered out of the holy scriptures, & reduced into a briefe compēdiary, we doubt not with the whole auncient church to cal the foūdations of al christian religion. And because heretikes, when they durst not simplie denie these foundations, were euer wont to wrest & yet do wrest and wring the same for the most part, by false interpretations, to their owne he­resies: therefore that the true churches may bee discerned from the conuenticles of heretikes: we must vnderstand and expound those prin­ciples and chiefe pointes of doctrine in no o­ther sense, then as the auncient church, agreea­bly to the scriptures, by common consent, spe­cially in the best approued counsailes, expoun­ded them.

For what (to say something for exāple fake) can be more firme, certen, & manifestly spoken, [Page 13]for the article in the creede, of the person of Christ: then those things which we [...]e determi­ned out of the scriptures in the cou [...]cel at Nice, at Ephesus. Constant. Chalced. add also the 5. & 6. by the godly fathers against Arrius, Samosa­tenus, Apollinaris, Nestorius, Eutiches, the Mo­nothelites? whosoeuer therefore, teacheth con­cerning Christs person against the determina­tions of those counsells: certainely they doe not rightly hold this principall foundation of chri­stian religion.

Further concerning the grace & benefite of Christ: (the beginning whereof is his eternall loue towards vs, & his free election of vs to the participation of redemption & euerlastin life: but the proceeding of it is the free dispensation of the same redēption once performed vpō the crosse, the effectual vocatiō, iustification, sancti­fication, & the gift of constancie in the faith: the end is, our glorious resurrectiō & euen eternal life:) I say for this other principal foundation of christian religion, what cā be said more plainly, & more largely, thē that which hath bin in the councells of Africa, determined out of the scrip­tures, by Meliuitanus, Arausicanus, & others a­gainst the Pelagians: & which were written by Augustine [to say nothing of others] in manie bookes, against the same Pelagians.

Concerning the holy Catholike Church, what is there needfull to bee knowne, which hath not beene most plentifully and plainely set downe by Augustine aswell in other places, as especially in his bookes against the Donatists, e­uen out of he foundations of the holy scrip­tures? But it is a matter of great moment, to knowe what and where the true church of Christ is: being out of the church there is no saluation: and therefore it is an article of faith not of the least accompt.

About the points of the sacraments also, if a man will cōtent himselfe with the simple truth: what is more euident then the doctrine which the auncient fathers, Iustine, Ireneus, Tertulli­an, Cyprian, and chieflie Augustine haue deli­uered out of the scriptures and left vnto vs in their writings? One saith: Like as Iesus Christ being by the word of God, made flesh, had flesh and blood: so also we haue learned that the foode hal­lowed by him, by the word of prayer and thanks giuing, is the flesh and blood of the same incar­nate Iesus Christ: (euen according to those words of Christ, This is my bodie:) But Christ, that is, the vvorde was made flesh without anie chaunging of it selfe into flesh, but onely by a hypostaticall or personall vnion: therefore nei­ther is the bread made the body of Christ, by [Page 15]any transubstantiation of it selfe into the body, but onely by an vnion, and that not a physicall or bodily, or hypostaticall, but onely a sacramē ­tall vnion: Also he saith, by that foode, namely of the blessed bread, our blood and our body is nourished, by a certaine chaunging (of it selfe namely into Christ:) therefore that chaunge which is made in the supper, is not, of the bread into Christs body: nor of Christ into vs, but of vs into Christ, by reason of our ingrafting: as also wee reade in Augustine, that Christ should say, speaking of the receiuing of the Eucharist, I shal not be chaunged into thee, but thou shalt be chaunged into me. The same man saith: vnto this (the foode of the Eucharist) none is to bee admitted, but they that beleeue that our do­ctrine is true, being washed with the water of regeneration vnto remission of their sinnes, & so liuing, as Christ hath taught them. Therfore no infidells and heretikes: nor they which haue not receiued the baptisme of Christ: not they which liue in such apparent sinne and wicked­nes, that they giue no notice to the church of their amendment: are to bee admitted to the supper.

Another of them saieth, the eucharist consi­steth of two matters: an earthly and an heauen­ly. The bread, though it be sanctified, yet he cal­leth [Page 16]it an earthly matter: why so? because it comes from the earth, it existeth on earth, and is eaten with an earthly mouth: the body of Christ he calleth a heauenly matter, not because the substāce of it is out of heauen, but partly be­cause it is taken into vnitie of the person of the word, and partly because it is in heauen endued with heauenly qualities. For although in the hypostasie, which is the very word, it bee euerie where: yet in the owne proper essence, it is on­ly in heauen, and not on earth. Whereupon it also followeth, that it is not eaten, either by earthly men, or by the teeth of an earthly body: but onely of those men, who being borne from aboue, do carrie the image of heauenly men & eate it in a heauenly manner, namely in soule & spirite. And yet notwithstanding the very bo­dies also of the faithful, while they eate onely an earthly matter, they also participate of a hea­uenlie matter, to their glorious resurrection, & are nourished by it: as the same author in that place very learnedly expoundeth.

I think that by this which I haue spoken out of the creede concerning foure principal partes of christian doctrine, your Hon. can well ga­ther, [such is your piety, learning & wisedome) what is to be concluded concerning the whole body. The summe is this: that those bee the true [Page 17]churches of Christ, and therefore called of vs the truely defensed citties of Christs kingdom, which professing generally the sacred scrip­tures, and specially the catechisme in all places receiued: doe so reuerence the auncient church and auncient fathers, hauing therefore friend­shipp and communion with them being now in heauen; that neither in their opinions, nor yet in their expositions of the holy scrip­tures, they will easily decline from them: but onely then, whenas they bee forced to dis­sent, both by manifest wordes of the holy scriptures, and also by testimonies, and conse­quences beyond all doubt necessary, drawne from the principles of faith. This surely was counted for a notorious fault in Nesto­rius, and it is written to bee the cause of his vile heresie: that contemning the fathers, and trusting vpon his owne witt, he expounded the holy scriptures after his owne braine. What speake I of Nestorius? yea that the same contempt of the fathers, and some confidence of their owne witts, and their owne lear­ning, did cause diuers more besides, other­waies verie notable men, to fall into sundrie heresies: I could easilie shewe out of the Ec­clesiasticall histories and councells, if the bre­uitie of an epistle would suffer me. For whence [Page 18]I pray was it, that after that most holy councell at Nice, so many heretikes forth with arose: of whome some oppugned the true and euerla­sting deity of Christ: others his true and perfect humanitie: others the true vniting of both the natures in one and the same person: others the true distinctiō of their natures & their proprie­ties? hence surely, that contēning the determi­nations of the fathers in the Nicene councell, and their expositions vpon the holy scriptures: and trusting confidently to their owne witts, and puffed vp with humane knowledge and e­loquence, they dared euery one to expound, yea indeed, to depraue & wrest the holy scriptures, and foundations of the faith, according to their owne fansies. Hereunto pertaineth that which Vigilius left written in his first booke of the causes of heresies against Eutyches: but they blow forth [saieth he] these smoakes of vaine accusations chieflie: because they are euen sicke of the infirmity of ignorance or disease of con­tention: and whilst they are gogged on with a fond conceite of minde, they despise the rules of faith deliuered of old by the fathers, onely for this cause, to bring in their owne conceited opinions of innouations into the church. Thus saith Vigilius. This that I say, is confirmed by the dispositions, imitations, and wordes of the [Page 19]sound fathers on the other side, who expoun­ding the scriptures and the foundations of chri­stian faith according to the determinations of the fathers of elder times, haue euer no lesse prosperously then faithfully defended the truth of christian religion, and preserued the same soundly confirmed in the church. To which purpose tend the wordes which they vse in their owne determinations: We therefore eue­ry vvhere following the determinations of the old fathers, and their rule: doe also determine the same, &c. Nothing then is more safe, then that euery man keepe himselfe within these churches, as in citties well fensed: wherein the holy scriptures are expounded, according to the analogie or rules of faith, and according to the receiued expositions of the auncient fathers: and consequently, which hold the same faith, that the Apostles did, and all the auncient church.

I haue spoken of the first duety of a christian man, which desireth to keep himselfe and his family safe from his enemies, vnto euerlasting life: namely, that he must retire himselfe into the defensed citties of Christs kingdome, and there constantly abide: vntill that at the last all enemies, being put to flight, by the glorious comming of our king, we may be safe and free [Page 20]in all places.

But without prouision of vitalls, who can long maintaine his life: our victual or sustenāce, is the daily hearing, reading and meditation of Gods word, and the receiuing of the holy sup­per at appointed times: For by both these wee are nourished, streng thened and we liue: & that through Christ our life, whome they offer and giue vnto vs. He which eateth this bread (takē either by the word, or by the sacraments) shall neuer die. In the Acts: Christs disciples conti­nued in the Apostles doctrine, and in breaking of bread, that is, in their common loue-feastes, in which the Lords supper vsed to be celebrated. And such heauēly victuals are seeldome wāting in well defensed citties: yet except thou eatest and drinkest, and by that meanes preseruest thy life, what good will it do thee to be in a defen­sed cittie? Thou must therefore frequent ser­mons: and receiue the sacraments, and imploye thy selfe in reading the holy scriptures.

3 It is very needefull also, that continuall praiers, both publike and priuate bee made vn­to God, wherein we must aske those things, which the Lord Iesus hath commanded to be asked of his father, namely al things, which per­taine aswell to his glorie, as to our owne and our neighbors saluation: and that he would de­fend [Page 21]vs from all kinds of enemies, and keep vs safe in the trueth. In the day of tribulation shalt thou call vpon me, saieth the Lord. And is not then chiefly the day of affliction, when heresies do ouerspread and tyrants persecute the truth? Then therefore chiefly is God to bee called v­pon, and that by faith. And therefore the Apo­stle Paule saieth, Pray ye vvithout ceasing: and Christ Iesus, yee must praye alvvaies, and not bee vvearie. And he that thus prayeth, and prayeth by faith, howe should he not obtaine? wherefore God addeth by his Prophet, And I vvill he are thee. Aske and yee shall receiue, said also the Lord Iesus Christ: seeke and yee shall finde: knocke and it shall bee opened vnto you.

4 But how can it be, that men should there liue happily, and the cittie be preserued: where the cittizens among themselues keep no friend­ship? therefore brotherly loue, peace and con­cord must bee kept: then which, nothing is sweeter, nothing more pleasing to God, and nothing can be more profitable for preserua­tion of the church: as contrariewise there is no thing, by which, churches and all societies are sooner brought to ruine: then enuie, then hatred, then grudgings, then enmities, then dissentions, then domesticall fallinges out: [Page 22]Doubtlesse there is no faith, where charity hath not place: sith true faith as the Apostle witnes­seth, worketh by charitie. And brotherly loue hath euer bin a marke of true christians: Christ himselfe saying: By this shall men know that yee are my disciples, if yee haue loue one vvith ano­ther. This do the Acts of the Apostles teach vs, where Luke saith of the faithfull: they had one minde and one heart, namely in the Lord. And Tertullian reporteth in Apolog. cap. 39. that the Romanes were wont to say of the christi­ans: marke hovv they loue one another. For by this brotherly loue, as by the true badge of chri­stian religion, they would haue christians dis­cerned from them that were no christians.

5 Further more how necessary the care of health is to all the cittizens liuing in such a citty, to defend them and theirs, and so the whole cit­tie against the enemies: was said a little before. By this spirituall health, I meane a good con­science: which as it springeth from faith, so also it preserueth faith, that it cannot quite decay: e­uē as the life of the body bringeth forth health: and health preserueth the body in life. Euerie one therefore must be carefull, that he keepe a good cōscience. But by what meanes is it kept? 1. after a due sorrow, by a sure trust, of the free forgiuenes of our sinnes which we haue com­mitted, [Page 23]through Christ: Next, by a true amend­ment of life: that is, an earnest studie of auoiding sinnes afterward, and keeping the commande­ments of god lastly by a firme purpose, if by in­firmitie we do fal, to rise againe, and to flie vn­to Christ for pardon. By this meanes shall wee alwaies hold fast a good conscience. He that in this sort constantly looketh vnto his health: let him assuredly know, that the Lord will neuer suffer him, that he shall die at all: that is, that hee shall euer erre and goe astray vnto his last ende, in that doctrine which is necessary to his salua­tion. For the Apostle saith to Timothie: keepe faith and a good conscience, which while some haue cast aside, they haue made shipwrack concer­ning faith, that is, the doctrine of faith. They therefore which keepe fast a good conscience, shall neuer make a deadly shipwrack of the do­ctrine necessary to saluation: Seing God by his grace, indueth them, as with the treasure of a good conscience, so also with a perseuerance in the faith and with a heauenly gift of doctrine. The safest thing therefore, both at all times, and especially in this diuersitie of religions, is, by cō ­tinuing in the churches, where the pure word of God is preached, and the assured foundations of the faith according to the expositions of the fathers, are retained, to imploye our selues in [Page 24]hearing the word of God, and receiuing the sa­craments: to call vpon God: to haue friendship with our brethren, and to keep a good consci­ence to our selues.

6 But vnto all these things, how necessarie watchfulnesse is, who, vnlesse he bee vtterly vnskilfull in all things, knowes not? where there is nothing at all to be feared, as in heauen: there is also no need of watchfulnesse: but they may and they ought to liue in great securitie. But where there want no theeues, robbers, intrappers, flatterers, couseners, traytors, ene­mies, and where all things are full of treche­ries, there, howe pernicious and daungerous, securitie and retchlesnesse is, who is he, that knoweth not? Therefore Christ Iesus foresee­ing the euills which were at hand, saide to the Apostles, vvatch yee and pray, least yee en­ter into temptation. And Peter, Be sober and vvatch: because your aduer sarie the deuill go­eth about, seeking vvhome he may deuoure. But what manner of watchfulnes is this, which the holie ghost requireth? what it is to watch in all liuing creatures, euerie man doth know. Therefore a man, in that he is indued with a minde, is saide then to watch: when putting from him all retchlesnesse or carelesnesse of minde, and with open eyes, he looketh atten­tiuely, [Page 25]on the things set before him: and wiselie discerneth what be good, and what be euill, what be profitable, and what be hurtfull: that so his will, may reiect that which is to be re­iected, and choose that which is to bee cho­sen: may eschew and driue away that which is to bee eschewed, and allowe and seeke af­ter that which is to bee allowed. VVherefore shaking of the drowsinesse of all carnall secu­ritie, we must watch: and wee must warilie take heede to our selues, and beware of the subtelties of the deuill, the inticements of the world and the flesh, and of doctrines and so­phismes of heretikes. Take heede vnto your selues of false prophets, saith our Lord and Sa­uiour Iesus Christ, vvhich come vnto you in sheepes cloathing, but invvardly are rauening wolues.

7 Now how can any man watch, that is loaden with surfetting and dronkennes? therefore sobrietie is verie needfull. VVhere­vpon the Apostle Peter first said, Be yee sober, and after addeth, and vvatch: and Paule: let vs bee sober and vvatch. Sobrietie is cleane op­posite to dronkennesse: and sobrietas sobri­etie is saide as it were sine ebrietate without dronkennesse. By which word, is signified [Page 26]by a Synecdoche the very surfett or sickishnes of the stomack. For sobrietie is the moderate vse, not onely of drinke, but also of meate: that we should be contented with such & so much, as sufficeth for sustaining of nature, and preser­uing of health. Wherefore the Lord Iesus, ex­horting them vnto sobrietie, dehorted them aswell from surfeting as from dronkenes, say­ing, Ouercharge not your hearts with surfetting and dronkenes: euidently shewing in one word, howe pernicious and noysome a thing dron­kennes is. For by it mens hearts are so ouerloa­den, and pressed downe towards the ground: that they can neuer bee lifted vp, to call vppon God sincerely, to an earnest contemplation of heauenly matters, to an attentiue reading, hea­ring, & true knowledge of the holy scriptures, lastly, to a profitable consideration of the miste­ries of God, such as is the Lords supper: and they which are giuen ouer to this vice of drō ­kennes, are most vnapt for all exercises of piety. And howe many are there, which euen for their bellies lake, doe fall from the trueth? So farre from them is it, either that they can or will watch against the enemies thereof, or take heede to themselues because of false prophets: that thus at length they must needes miserably perish. But farre larger and wider doth this [Page 27]christian sobrietie extend it selfe, of which the Apostle speaketh: Let vs, saith he, be sober and watch: that is, in the moderate vse, not onely of meates and drinkes, but also of all other things in this world. For God would not haue vs to be, as it were by sweet wines, dronken with the too much loue of riches, pleasures, honours, friendes, children, wiues, nay not of our owne liues: but they which haue wiues, to be, as not hauing wiues: they which weep, as not wee­ping: and they which reioyce, as though they reioyced not: and they which buy, as though they possessed not: and they which vse this world, as though they vsed it not, &c. Now, how needfull this sobrietie is, to the keeping first of faith and true religion: is seene by those, which for too much loue of this world & the things thereof, are wont to fal from the trueth: and others, which neuer thinke vppon amend­ment of life: & others, in some part, to whome God giueth some consideration: as Demas, of of whome the Apostle saieth, Demas forsooke me, louing this present world. And the Lord Iesus when he had said, Take heede, least your hearts be ouer loaden with surfeting and aron­kennes: he added, of this other part of dronken­nes: saying: And the cares of this life: and so that last day come vpon you. For whence are these [Page 28]cares, but of too much loue of this life? but then there is a third kinde of dronkennesse, which is more pestilent then both the other, by how much more subtile it is, and pertaineth more to the minde then to the flesh: namely, a dron­kennesse of carnall wisedome, vaine eloquence, and worldlie philosophie. For who so bee addicted to these, as to sweet and counterfeit wines, and therewith bee delighted, and trust vppon them: they then loathing the simplici­tie of christian doctrine, will verie soone and easily make shipwracke of their faith: Of which thing the Apostle Saint Paule saieth: Bevvare least there bee any man that spoyle you, through philosophie and vaine deceit. For while wee goe about to measure with our carnall spe­culations, and rules of humane learning, the misteries of God, which the holy ghost hath deliuered vnto vs in a simple and plaine stile and methode: being ouer weighed with the diuine glorie, which we are not able to beare, we fall headlong into the deepe pitt of diuers heresies: as it happened to Arrius, Marcion and almost all the heretikes: seeing the vvise­dome of the flesh, is enmitie against God: and the fleshlie man doeth not perceiue, nor can perceiue the thinges that are of God: for they [Page 29]are foolishnesse vnto him. By this, which (so much as the shortnes of an epistle maye suffer) I haue spoken of the three sortes of dronkennesse: how necessary the contrarie sobrietie is, to resist the enemies, and to keep safe the treasure of diuine wisedome: as you, (my noble Earle,) doe verie well knowne, so I thinke there is none, but he may, if he will, vnderstand. VVhat if I adioyned likewise, that blinde and too exceeding loue of our tea­chers and maisters? wherewith we [...] are for the most part so dronken: that whatsoeuer is said and written by them, the same without all iudgement and proofe wee imbrace and hold with tooth and nayle, euen as the oracles of the holy ghost: contrary to the Apostles pre­cept: Trye all thinges, hold that vvhich is good. Let vs therefore bee sober, and watch.

8 Our weapons or armour moreouer, are not carnall, but spirituall, as the Apostle tea­cheth, and are of two sortes: some to defend our selues: and some vsed for offence of the enemies. Of the first sort, are, the helmett, brest-plate, girdle, and shield: of the other sort, the sword, and darts.

First therefore the head of the inward man, [Page 30]must bee armed with the helmet of saluation: that is, with the assured hope of saluatiō, which as it is already begunne in vs, through Christ by his onely grace, so it shall bee made perfect through him, by the same grace. For vnlesse he haue this assured hope, who can be able to stād in the battaile, and to continue the same? The breast, where the vitall partes lye, must bee ar­med round about with the breast-plate of righ­teousnes I say, of righteousnes of faith especial­ly and of a good conscience. For who is able to stand to coape with so many and so great ene­mies in the battaile: vnlesse he bee persuaded that God standeth his helper and fauourer by him: and doth from his heart hate iniquity, a­gainst which; & loueth righteousnes, for which the battaile is begunne?

We must haue our loynes girt about with the girdle of trueth: and our feete shodd with the knowledge of the gospell of peace: that is, it behooueth vs to bee so armed on all partes, with the knowledge, loue, and might of the trueth: that we must be euer ready and prepa­red, to fight for the gospell: holding in our left hand the shield of faith, wherewith we may re­ceiue and quench all the fiery darts of the ad­uersarie: but in our right hand, the sword of the word of God, wherewith the enemie may bee [Page 31]driuen back and wounded. VVe shall indeed vse the shield of faith, if against al the sophismes and subtelties of heretikes, wee hold fast those principles of faith, whereof we spake, howsoe­uer wee bee to seeke in refelling their fine and subtle quirks, & then haue we vse of the sword of the word, if we conuince the enemies by ap­parent testimonies of scriptures, and reasons drawne by necessary consequence from them? to which purpose it preuailes not a little, if wee cast at the enemies, sharp pointed darts, & stin­ging arrowes out of the quiuers of the auncien­test fathers: as also we see those laeter fathers themselues haue done, bringing forth the te­stimonies and arguments of their predecessors, against heretikes. VVe must therefore take vn­to vs this whole complete armour of god, with earnest praier vnto him: that in these trouble­some and euill daies, wee may be able to with­stand so manie, diuers, and mightie enemies, and in the ende we may triumph ouer them.

9 To the preseruation of the cittie and safe­tie of each cittizen, howe needfull it is, that, the cittie being cleane voide of all the enemies fa­uourers, hirelings, close workers, and traytors, may liue the more safely and quietly: who, that hath any sight at all in things past and present, can be ignorant? Therefore the church gouer­nors, [Page 32]and magistrats must take great care: that according to the Apostles discipline, it may heedfully be lookt vnto, what doctrine each one professeth, and what life he leadeth: & they which being taught and admonished will not amend: to let them bee made knowne to the whole congregation openly, & separated from the holy assemblies, and from the conuersation with the other faithfull: least by their contagi­on others should also be infected: or least (as the Apostle saieth) a little leuen marre the whole lump. But to euery of the faithfull, let such obsti­nate men, be as Ethnicks and Publicanes: and let this saying of Iohn bee kept, if any man come vnto you, bringing not this doctrine, namely, which the Apostles haue deliuered concerning the sonne of God, and concerning the founda­tions of christian religion: him receiue not into house, nether bid him, god speed. This discipline is perpetuall in the church: of which Tertullian in apolog. the 39 chapter speaketh. The magi­strate further, is to punish by Gods commande­ment, according to the qualitie of their faults or blasphemies.

10 That which in the ende wee said concer­ning the last duetie of each cittizen: the same is also in this businesse which wee haue in hand, verie easie to bee knowne; I would it were as [Page 33]easie to bee performed. Our faith therefore which we giue and promise in Baptisme must constantly bee kept vnto our prince Christ Ie­sus, to our last ende; yea if need be, euen to the spilling of our blood and our liues. And therefore that doctrine, which by the writings of the Prophets and Apostles, by the mani­fest principles of faith, and also by common consent of the whole auncient church, wee knowe assuredly to bee the doctrine of Iesus Christ: the same wee must hold and keepe with a most constant faith, against all new o­pinions: neither must we onely keepe them in our mindes, but also freely confesse the same with our mouths, and openly professe that we will neuer bee willing to decline from the same: and so we must professe it, that vnlesse wee doe it, wee can hope for no saluation. For vvith the heart, it is beleeued vnto righ­teousnesse: but vvith the mouth confession is made vnto saluation. VVith God indeede, who seeth the hearts of men, onely faith shall bee sufficient: but with men, and for mens sake, the free confession and profession there­of is also necessarie. Hee vvhich is asha­med of me before men: I vvill also bee asha­med of him before my father: said the Lord Ie­sus Christ. For we while we are in this world, [Page 34]must set forward the glorie of God, the name of Christ, and saluation of our neighbour: and it is meet that we should make knowne to the whole church, what manner of religion wee follow, and with what faith we are by Gods grace indued: that it may be euidently knowne who be the members thereof. Whereuppon the same Lord, stirring vs vp to this confession, added: He which confesseth me before men, him will I also confesse before my father. And ther­fore we must neither be allured by commodi­ties to betray Christ, neither must we be ska­red, by threatnings and punishments, from free confessing of him: but rather fixing our eyes v­pon the same Lord, the captaine and perfecter of our faith, who with a willing gladnes suffred the torment on the crosse, not caring for the re­proch, & sitteth at the right hand of the throne of God, we must constantly runne out our pur­posed race. For he vvhich endureth vnto the ende shalbe saued.

By these tenne pointes (noble Earle) I hope I haue declared the right meanes, by which, in this so great diuersitie of opinions, about the way of saluation: in so great inuasion & mighty power of euill spirits: and in so cruell tyrannie of the deuill, euerie one may prouide for the safetie of him and his.

I haue now almost 34. yeares by Gods good gift, done my endeauour, that I might my selfe follow the same course: and besides the holie scriptures, which do teach apparently, that it is according to Gods will, I haue learned by ex­perience of many yeares, that it is a heauenlie and excellent waye. For vppon the very same occasion, leauing the Babylonicall captiuitie, I gatt me into the free churches of Christs king­dome, as into defensed citties: First to the chur­ches in Rhetia, where I liued eight months and more: afterwards vnto Geneua where likewise I abode nine months: From thence I came to Strausburgh, where then florished the French church: and there I liued and taught 11. yeares: but not without some conflict, after the death of that ornament of the whole cōmon wealth and parent of the schoole Iames Sturmius, and the losse of the graue elders. After this, being called to Cleue, I was pastor in that church a­bout foure yeares: with what fruite, though not without my crosse, your Hon. doth verie well know, who (such was your singular piety) were euer my hearer, and no smale helper both with your labour and authoritie, in setting for­ward the kingdome of Christ. Afterwards in the raigne of that great & incomparable prince Frederike the 3. I professed tenne yeares in the [Page 36]vniuersitie at Heidelberg: and at length I came to Neustade, the famous & most valiant prince Iohn Cassimiers towne, where in the schoole newly erected I haue taught seuen yeares and more: And where, as yet being a withered old man, but yet by Gods good fauour in good health, I liue by my princes liberalitie: And as by little and little I die vnto the world in bo­die, so I doe my best eudeauour that I may al­so more and more die vnto it in minde: I wish it indeed. For the vvorld passeth avvay, and the lustes thereof: And the little worme in Io­nas, in a little houres space, so gnawed the roote of the gourde, vnder the shaddow whereof he laye secure: that it being withered away, the good prophet had not wherewith to shade himselfe from the exceeding heat of the sunne. This very meanes. I wish that mine owne chil­dren may also follow.

VVhich is also a principall cause, why I was willing now to publish this summe of all the christian doctrin, not onely in the name of my selfe, but also of my whole familie, which in­deed I writt long since for another vse & pur­pose: but now brought forth into light, because that my children, besides the doctrine of Christ Iesus which they dayly heare deliuered in our congregatiōs: may haue also mine owne forme [Page 37]of the same christian faith, left vnto them by me, which they may follow. For although touching the substance of christian doctrine, I teach nothing in this my confession, different from that which is preached in our churches: yet, for that I am not ignorant, how much the authoritie and example of parents preuaileth with children: therefore I deemed that I should doe a thing, not a little beneficiall vnto them, if I should leaue behinde me in Christs church some picture or image of my selfe; I meane, not of my countenance, but of my faith: which they might often looke vppon, and by which they might be more and more encouraged to the studie of the holy scriptures, to proceed in the knowledge of the trueth, and finally, to the constancie and perseuerance in true pietie. Nei­ther was it vnknowne vnto me, that hereunto belonged that which the Apostle writt to Ti­mothie: If there be any man that prouideth not for his owne, and namely them of his houshold, he denyeth the faith, and is vvorse then an in­fidell.

To this I ioyne also another cause, which per­taineth properly to my self & mine own estate. That which hitherto I haue in heart beleeued, & with my mouth cōfessed, yea & many years, publikely taught in the church, both by word, [Page 38]& by bookes published: my desire was to com­prehend the same wholly in one iust volume: that all posteritie might knowe what my faith hath beene: and that all the faithfull, both now liuing, and to come, and so all the true catholike church, may euidently vnderstand, that I neuer consented to such heresies as do now spread all about, or euer heretofore did spread: specially, seing that if I haue beene deceiued in any one thing, I submit me to right iudgement therein, and I wish that my escape may be examined & reformed by the touchstone of the holy scrip­tures, and by the analogie of faith.

Now to dedicate this my booke vnto your Hon. I was induced by many and those verie honest causes; which I trust shall not bee disal­lowed, either of you, or any other good man.

It was meet that a booke, not ill, containing good doctrin, should haue a good patron: who both for his pietie would, and for his learning could, defend the same: and that constantly: whereunto, how much the nobilitie of blood, and generosity of minde, if they be ioyned with true pietie, can help, we haue learned by long expetience. For it is proper vnto a noble man, to be constant in a matter commendable, and worthie of honor: and not to suffer himselfe to be carried away from any honest purpose, ei­ther [Page 39]by weale or woe. Sinceritie and constancy are such vertues, as cannot fall into rusticall and scruile mindes. Add hereunto, that I iudged it a thing honest and necessarie, that there should some monumēt be extant to all men in all ages, of my duetiful obseruāce to you, & of our chri­stian friendship. For the friendship which pro­ceedeth of vertue, and is therefore sincere and sound, is a thing both with God and men most worthie of all praise: such as was betweene Da­uid and Ionathan: Peter and Iohn, Paule and Barnabas. For as all haue not faith, as the Apo­stle said, so al haue not true friendship: & as faith, so also loue is from God, saith Iohn: and sprin­geth from true pietie and vertue. Ours, doubt­lesse, was not setled, through flesh and blood: but through Christ, pietie, religion, and loue of the same religion: whereunto afterwards, was added a likenesse of our mindes, studies, & man­ners, and a most sweet conuersing together for many yeares, whereby the same was confir­med: and so confirmed that it could not by any, though very great distance of place, no not in many yeares, bee diminished or weakened. What? that it hath not onely cōtinued hither­to firme and constant: but also hath euer, and stil doth seeme more and more daily to increase: the holy ghost more and more kindling this [Page 40]brotherly loue in our hearts? I surely for my part do well feele, how great a desire is in me, both to see you, and to speake with you, yea and to imbrace you in the Lord: as also I well vnderstand, both by your letters vnto me, and by your kinde dealings in my behalfe, what great care you haue of me. So true friendship, which is wrought by the spirite of God, is e­uer wont, continually to be preserued and in­creased.

And surely such good things as proceed frō God, and may also be for the profite of others: those wee ought to shew forth & celebrate by al meanes that we can, for his glory, & the edifi­cation of our brethren. Therefore as it was Gods will, that the particular leagues of friend­ship, of some of the Saintes should be commen­ded in the scriptures: so this of ours, ought not to be buried in perpetuall silence.

Hereunto also, besides that with your singu­lar beneuolence & fauour, you haue respected, not onely my selfe (as is said) but also my deare kinse-men, and all that honest and christian fa­milie of the Limacii: such also, haue beene your good benefites and offices towards me: that vnlesse I would bee vtterly vnthankfull: I must needes minde, if not a full recompence, yet at least an honest declaration of a gratefull heart: [Page 41]especially seing true friendship cannot consist among the vnthankfull. Now, what was I able to performe, either better acceptable to you, or more beseeming your pietie, vertue, and nobi­lity, thē that I should dedicate vnto your name, this little booke, wherein, in as much breuitie and perspicuitie as I could, I haue comprehen­ded a summe of our whole christian doctrine? For what kinde of man each one is, and what manner of study, knowledge, and religion each one professeth, such kinde of works are vsed, and indeed ought to bee dedicated and com­mended to him. So Luke did write the Acts to his [both in deed and in name] Theophylus: So Caelius Lactantius, his christian institutions, to the most christian emperour Constantine: So Ambrose his godly bookes of faith, and of the holy spirit, to that religious emperour Gratian. So lastly, (to stay no longer in a matter euident) all wise men, haue chosen such patrons for their bookes, as were the bookes: that the title of the bookes might be answerable to their professi­on, to whome they were dedicated. Where­fore sith I could in no sort better recompence your deserts towards me, then by dedication of this booke: I desire and beseech you, to re­ceiue with your curteous acceptation, this [howe small a present soeuer] perpetuall te­stimonie [Page 42]of my loue towards you: and that your selfe would still continue in that kindnes which you shew to me. And for my children, T. Cornelius: Ludowike: Hierome: Robert: Lael: Constantia: Anna: Lydia: Violanthes, with their most louing mother, and my deare wife, in the Lord, R. Liuia, I most hartely desire, they may especially after my death, be commended to your good fauour.

Thus for mine owne part, [my noble Lord] I pray that your yeares may bee as manie as mine are: whereby you may still bee a benefa­ctor both to yours and my friends, as also to our churches, as hitherto you haue beene: but so I wish that you may reach to my yeares and beyond, without those discommodities which are wont to accompany crooked old age: and in respect wherof, he that said, it is a good thing to bee old added thereunto, but not to bee twise old for old age commeth not alone. For euen to liue being old is wont to be a heauie burden to old men: so that they must rather meditate on death and on the graue, then on life, whereof the very name in greeke doth put vs in minde. For the worde signifying an old man in that tongue importeth as much, as one that looketh on the ground.

But seing both to liue, of it selfe is the great [Page 43]blessing of God, and may be to the profite of o­thers: and also those very discommodities of life, which follow old age, are profitable to the spirite in godlie men: for these causes, to pray for the long life of some godly man, is no euill prayer, but very good: although old age can not want some inconueniences. The God al­mightie therefore vouchsafe to preserue your Hon. in sound health, and a good and long life for the profite of many, to his good pleasure. Health and wisedome are two good blessings in mans life.

CHAP. I. Of the holy scriptures, the foun­dation of all christian religion.

I. Concerning god, and matters pertaining to Religion: hovv vve must simply beleeue in God alone.

TOuching God, and such diuine matters as pertaine to the kingdome of Christ, Ambr. epist. 31. and our saluation, wee hold that wee can be instructed better or more cer­tainly of none other then of God himselfe: vvho can neither deceiue nor be deceiued. No man hath seene God at any time. Ioh. 1.18. The sonne vvhich is in the bosome of his father, he hath shewed him vnto vs.

II. God himselfe speaketh in the vvrightings of the Prophets and Apostles.

But we know that God, (though he hath not meanly or obscurely manifested the knowledge of himselfe and his euerlasting power and deitie, to all men in the world, by [Page 2]such works as are done by him, so that as ma­ny as haue not glorified him as god, are made inexcusable) yet in a more peculiar forte, he hath reuealed himselfe and his will to his Church very plainely & perspicuously name­ly by Prophets and Apostles, inspired by his grace, and by their writinges: and therefore these writings of the Prophets and Apostles to be the verie true word of God.

III. The Prophets and Apostles wrightings to be only Canonicall.

Now we doubt not but these writings of the Prophets and Apostles are those, which the Church of god hath beene accustomed to call by the name of Canonicall bookes, be­cause knowing these bookes assuredly to be [...] inspired from aboue, 2. Tim. 3.16. she alwaies ac­knowledged them onely for the Canon or rule of all christian pietie, by which euerie controuersie in religion, ought to be auoided: and calling likewise the other books (though they be contained in the volume of the holie Bible,) by the name of Apocryphi, because she could not be assured they came so from the holy Ghost as those of the former kinde.

IIII. VVhich be Canonicall bookes and vvhich Apocryphi.

We therfore, Con. Laod. Can. 59. with the whole Church both before, & since the comming of Christ, with­out al doubt doe acknowledge and embrace [Page 3]these bookes of the old Testament for the ve­rie certaine word of God.

  • Fiue bookes of Moses:
  • Of Iehousuah one:
  • Of Iudges one:
  • Of Ruth one:
  • Of Samuell two:
  • Of the Kinges two:
  • Paralip. two:
  • Of Esdras the two former:
  • Of Hester nine chapters:
  • And three first verses of the tenth chapters Iob:
  • The Psalmes:
  • The Prouerbes:
  • Ecclesiastes:
  • Canticum canticorum:
  • Esaie:
  • Ieremie with the Lamentations:
  • Ezechiell:
  • Daniell the twelue former chapters, ex­cepting the song of the three children:
  • The twelue smale Prophets.
These other vve receiue for not Canonicall.
  • Iudith:
  • Tobias:
  • Of Esdras the third and fourth:
  • Daniell chap. 13. and 14:
  • The songe of the three children, which is annexed to the third chapter:
  • Wisedome of Solomon:
  • [Page 4]Wisedome of Iesus the sonne of Zirach, in latin called Ecclesiasticus:
  • Baruch:
  • Epistle of Ieremie:
  • Of Hester, the rest from the third verse of the tenth chapter:
  • Of the Macchabees both the bookes:
  • These of the old Testament.

Of the new Testament we except none: for although there be some books of them, wher­of some haue doubted, yet afterward they were acknowledged, yea euen for apostolicall no lesse then the other, to which iudgement we also doe subscribe.

Of the former kinde,
  • The gospells after Matthew:
  • Marke:
  • Luke:
  • Iohn:
  • Acts of the Apostles:
  • Epistles of Paule:
  • The first of Peter:
  • The first of Iohn:
Of the latter sorte,
  • The epistle to the Hebrues:
  • The epistle of Iames:
  • The last of Peter:
  • The 2. and 3. of Iohn:
  • The epistle of Iude:
  • The Reuelation.

For although they which were neuer doub­ted of may seeme to beate a greater authority [Page 5]then the rest which haue bin doubted of, yet wee as well to the one sorte as the other doe giue vndoubted credit, as to the assured word of god: and to the Apocryphi contai­ned in the volume of the Bible, doe we yeeld the chiefe place next vnto the Canonicall bookes.

V. The rules of faith can be prooued onely by the canonicall bookes.

And therefore wee vse only the canonicall bookes for proofe of the rules of faith, Hieron. in praef. in lib. Sal. Cypr. in sym. p. 377. Con. Laod. cap. 59. and with the fathers wee teach that they are to be vsed: but wee thinke the rest to be of great force to confirme the same rules, beeing be­fore sufficiently prooued.

VI. The canonicall scriptures take not their au­thoritie from the Church.

VVherefore this we hold without all con­trouersie, and wee thinke it is to be holden: that although the Church beeing taught of the first fathers, namely Prophets and Apo­stles, who receiued their doctrine immediat­ly from god, and committed the same to wri­ting, and beeing also instructed by the holie ghost, hath deliuered to the posteritie by a continueing and perpetuall tradition, which are canonicall, and which are not canonicall bookes, yea and hath giuen and shall alwaies giue testimonie vnto them, of the holie and heauenlie truth: yet that these writings haue [Page 6]not receiued their authoritie from the same Church, but of god onely, their onely proper author: and therefore that of themselues be­cause they are the word of God, they haue power ouer all men, and are worthie to bee simplie beleeued and obeyed of all.

VII. Yet that the Churches authoritie doth much auaile, to make men beleeue the holie Scriptures.

Although wee denie not by the waie, but that the authoritie of the church hath an e­speciall force to mooue men to the hearing and reading of the holie Scriptures, as the word of god: according to that of Augustine I had not beleeued the gospell (for so he meant) vnlesse the authoritie of the church had mooued me. Tom. 6. cont. Epi. Fund. ca. 5. Yet the same Augustine notwithstanding in all places pronounceth, that his beleefe came not from the church, but from the bolie spirite, whose gift faith is.

VIII. That the church hath nopovver ouer the ho­lie scriptures.

But to dispute whether the authoritie of the church be greater then that of the holie scriptures, yea and much more to set downe the affirmatiue part, as though the church o­uer and aboue the gift of knowing the spirits, and of discerning canonicall scriptures from others, and of testifying of them and of in­terpreting of them, should haue also authori­tie [Page 7]either of adding too or diminishing anie thing from them, and of dispensing with thē: we iudge it more then sacriledge. Deut. 4.2. & 5.31. & 12.32. Apoc. 22.18. & 19. For God commandeth, that no man shall add, or diminish, nor anie one shall decline to the right hand or to the left, but all together shall simplie obeye him speaking vnto them in the holie scriptures, in all manner of thinges.

IX. The holie scriptures are so perfect, that no­thing may be added to or taken from them.

For the scriptures are so holie and meerlie perfect, plentifully containing whatsoeuer is necessarie to saluation, that nothing can bee added vnto them: & written with such per­fection and wisedome, that nothing may bee taken from them.

X. And therefore men ought to rest vppon them.

VVherefore wee, euen as all godlie men ought to doe, doe rest our selues vppon the doctrine of those holie writinges: holding that same spoken by the Apostle, 2. Tim. 3.16. all Scripture inspired from aboue, is profitable to doctrine &c.

XI. Nothing must be established concerning reli­gion vvithout the vvord af god, but all things to be reformed by it.

VVe hold therefore, Dist. 9. that nothing must be determined cōcerning religion in the church [Page 8]of god, which hath not apparent testimonie in the canonicall bookes, or may out of them be conuinced by manifest and necessarie con­sequence. And if at anie time there hath crept into the church anie thing either concerning doctrine or the seruice of god, which is not a­greeable to the holie scriptures: the same ought by some lawfull meanes either quite to be taken away, or els to be reformed by the rule of gods word: and that all controuersies in religion ought lawfully to be iudged and decided out of the same holie scriptures.

XII. Traditions truely apostolicall and catholicke are to be retained in the church.

And the traditiōs in meane while which it is manifestlie knowne haue come from the Apostles, Aug. tom. 7. con. Donat. lib. 4. ca. 24. & tom. 2. 2d Ian. ep. 118. D. 11. c. 8. to haue beene euer obserued in all churches, as that of hallowing the Lords daie in place of the Sabaoth, and such like: and all­though there be no expresse commandement in the scriptures for the obseruing of them, yet wee iudge that they are to be retained in the church.

XIII. The scripture is verie perspicuous in such things as be necessarie to saluation: and therefore ought to bee read of all.

Yea wee thinke and knowe the whole do­ctrine of saluation not onely plentifully but plainelie and perspicuouslie to bee deliuered [Page 9]in the holie scriptures: and sith God neuer spake vnto his people but in their natural lan­guage, which might bee vnderstood of all, that it is a great iniustice and tirannie to for­bidd the reading of them to anie men, & con­sequentlie the turning of them into the proper tongue of anie nation, which the Lord hath willed and commaunded should be read of all men for their owne saluations sake, yea & should be continuallie borne about in their hands daie and night.

XIIII. The faithfull interpretations by learned godlie men are not to be contemned.

Although the holie scriptures, in those matters which are necessarie to saluation, be plaine and easie: yet wee dissolue not the in­terpretations and expositions of skillful and learned godlie men, 1. Thess. 5.21. aswell aimcient as later, namely such as are grounded vppon the same scriptures, and so farre forth as scriptures are expounded by scriptures, and that in corre­spondence to the chiefe principles of faith: the summe whereof is contained both in the Apostles Creede, and also in the Creedes of the true, generall, and of the auncient holie councells gathered together against those which were notorious heretikes.

XV. The onely word of god to be the piller of faith and foundation of religion.

For our faith nether cā nor ought to groūded [Page 10]vppon anie other thing, Rom. 10.17. then the word of god deliuered in the holy scriptures: that faith may be allwaies of hearing, and hearing by the vvord of god: wherunto whatsoeuer in any mens works is repugnāt, we reiect it: whatsoeuer is agree­able, we embrace it: but that which standeth in a newtralitie, as it shall be expedient or not expedient to the church, we allow or disallow it, and so we teach that it is to be allowed or disallowed.

CHAP. II. Of God, and of the diuine per­sons and properties.

I. That there is one onely god, distinct in three persons.

AS wee are taught therefore by the holie scriptures, Deu. 4.6. which are his owne word, we beleeue that there is only one god, that is, one simple, indiuisible, eternall, liuing and most perfect essence in three existences, or (as the church vseth to speake) persons, Mat. 28.19. 1. Ioh. 5.7. namelie subsisting of the eternall Father, the eternall Sonne, and the eternall holie spirite, truely distinct among themselues, yet without all diuision: being both beginning and cause of all thinges.

II. That so euerieperson by it selfe is true god that yet there be not three gods.

For so wee doe beleeue and haue learned out of the holie scriptures, that the father by himselfe is true and perfect god, the Sonne by himselfe is god, and the holie spirite by himselfe is god: and yet that they are not ma­nie but one onelie god Almightie: Rom. 11.30. of vvhome all things, by vvhome all things, and for vvhome all things are.

III. One person to be distinct from another in per­sonall proprieties: but in essentiall they differ from euerie creature.

And because the holie scriptures doe so speake of god, that they attribute vnto him manie proprieties, both essentiall, and perso­nall, and they teach that in the essentiall he differeth from all things created, but in the personall, one person to be distinguished frō another; we therefore doe so beleeue, that as to begett the Sonne is such a proprietie of the Father, as can agree neither with the Sonne nor the holie spirite: and againe to be begot­ten, can agree to none but the Sonne, and so of the rest: so likewise to be most pure, eter­nal, immeasurable, present euerie where, sim­plie knowing all thinges, simplie almightie, simplie good and such like, are in such sorte the verie proprieties of god, that they can by no meanes bee communicated to anie crea­ture, [Page 12]so as it should bee good (for example sake) in that immeasurable goodnesse, or om­nipotent in the same omnipotencie, that god is.

IIII. The essentiall proprieties in god, doe not in ve­rie deede differ from the essence.

For we acknowledge that in god for his singlenesse, the essentiall proprieties doe not in deede differ from the essence, and therfore they without this cannot be communicated to anie creature: and therefore no creature can be or can be said to be (for example sake) omnipotent simplie, iust, wise, or such like. Euen as our Lord Iesus speaking of one pro­prietie, Matt. 19.17 teacheth of them all, saying, none is good (simplie) but god.

V. That nothing is or can be made simplie such as god is: vnlesse the same might sim­plie be god.

Wherefore they which will affirme that a­nie created substance euer could or can bee made partaker of those diuine proprieties, whereby it should be such as god is, as simplie omnipotent, and such like: they must needs then confesse that the same is, or that it can be [...] of the same substance with god, for asmuch as neither the sonne himselfe is simplie omnipotent, but, as he is [...] con­substantiall with the father: nor yet the holie spirite.

VI. A confirmation of the former opinion.

Whereuppon we also vnderstand, how it is that sith the sonne is no lesse omnipotent thē the father, and so likewise the holie ghost, yet we doe not saie that they are three almighties, Atha. creed but wee confesse with Athanasius, and the whole church, that they are one onlie almigh­tie: because indeed of them all there is but one and the selfe same substance. Therefore seeing no creature hath one & the selfe same essence with God, but a farre other and diuerse: and if the same by cōmunication of the diuine om­nipotencie could also be made omnipotent, then it must follow that there might be more almighties then one: which wee beleeue can not without blasphemie be affirmed.

VII. Errors.

Wherefore we condemne and detest all heresies, which haue risen against this first ar­ticle of our faith, or haue sprong from hell, & bin condemned by the holie fathers in their lawfull councells: as those of Cerin thus, Ebi­on, Valentinus, Marcion, Manichaeus, Arius, Eunomius, Sabellius, Praxea, Fotinus, and such like, as Seruetus, and Tritheitae, also the blas­phemies of Iewes and Turkes: and lastlie all heresies which haue bin inuented by the di­uell, either against the vnitie of the diuine es­sence or against the true Trinitie of persons: Yea and those therefore which denie either [Page 14]the Sonne to be true and euerlasting god, or the holie ghost to be so: or which do cōfound these persons, and saie they bee one and the selfe same existence, which for diuers respects is called by diuerse names of Father, Sonne, and holie Ghost. We also condemne all those errors which doe seperate the essentiall pro­prieties of god from the diuine essence: which it seemeth vnto vs that these men verie vnad­uisedlie doe, which teach that those essentiall proprieties in verie deed may be communica­ted or rather at already cōmunicated to cre­atures without cōmunication of the essence.

CHAP. III. Of the foreknowledge and prae­destination of god.

I. God did foreknovv and foresee all thinges from the beginning.

WE beleeue that God before he made the worlde, euen then from before all things, by his immeasu­rable wisedome, foreknew all things, yea and what good he ment himselfe to doe, and what ill he meant to suffer to be done: so farr forth as nothing was euer hidden or could be hid­den from him, but all things, aswel what hath bin done, is done, or shallbe done, as what cā [Page 15]be done, though it neuer be done, Heb. 4.13. Act. 15.18 wee doubt not but hath and doth lye open and manifest all waies in his sight.

II. God hath determined all things in his eternall counsell and hath before hand orday­ned them to the best ends.

And we beleeue that God hath not onely foreseene all things and that they are present in his sight, Act. 4.28. but also in that his most wise and eternall counsell he hath certenly established whatsoeuer did or doeth appertaine to the creation and gouernement of the world, or to the selecting of his church from the vn­cleane filth of other people, or to our redemption and eternall saluation: and that he or­dained through his infinite goodnesse, that those euills which in his wisedome he would suffer to be done, should bee to good endes: so that not one haire can fall from our head, Mat. 10.29.30. without the will of the Father, or without cause.

III. All men to be praedestinate, some to life and some to death.

Wherefore we also doubt not, that God when he created all men (to speake nothing of Angells) in Adam righteous, he foresawe that in him all should sinne, and elected some in Christ; Eph. 1.4.5. that they should be holiē and vndefiled in his sight in charitie, and therefore predestina­ted them of his meere grace, and according [Page 16]to the purpose of his will, Rom. 9.22. to eternall life: o­ther some he would not vouchsafe that grace and therefore prepared them as vessells of wrath for destructiō, because of his iustiudge­ment: that in the one sort his infinite mercie, in the other his iustice, might bee knowne to the whole world, to his great glorie.

IIII. The election of the Saintes by free gift.

For as the calling vnto Christ, and iustifica­tion in Christ is wholie of free gift, Eph. 2.9. Tit. 3.5. and not of our owne vvorkes: so likewise we vnderstand, that the whole praedestination of Saintes is freelie giuen, Eph. 1.4. Rom. 9.11. 1. Cor. 1.31. because it is wrought in Christ, and for Christ is put in execution: that no man might glorie in himselfe, but he vvhich glorieth, should glorie in the Lord.

V. We are pradestinate not onely to the ende, but also to the meanes.

Whereuppon wee also beleeue, sith God hath chosen vs in Christ, that wee might bee faithfull, & holie, & vnblameable in his sight, that wee are praedestinated, not onely to the ende, that is, to eternall life and glorie: but al­so to the meanes by which wee attaine vnto the ende; and chieflie vnto faith, whereby wee are ingrafted into Christ, and to regeneration and true repentance, 2. Cor. 5.17. Gal. 6.15. Mat. 5.16. whereby being made new creatures in Christ, we might liue holilie to his glory and edification of our neighbour.

VI. They bee not elect, neither can they bee saued vvhich are neuer grafted into Christ by his spirite, and true faith.

They therefore are shamefully deceiued, & to their owne destruction, which perswade themselues they are elect, Tit. 1.16. Eph. 2.10. and therefore shall­be saued, although they bee not grafted into Christ by faith, nor repent them of their sinns, nor regard the will of God, or to doe anie good workes. For they separate, that which god will haue ioyned together.

VII. Euerie one ought stedfastlie to beleeue he is [...] ­lect in Christ: yet we may be more assu­red by the feeling of our faith in Christ.

Hence it is manifest, although no man in generall, ought to exempt himselfe out of the number of the elect, sith the Scripture doeth not so, but rather stedfastlie to trust, that when he is called to Christ, he is called according to the eternall decree and election of God: 2. Cor. 13.5. yet if any man will be more assured of his cer­taine election, he must runne to his faith, and the witnes of his conscience, whether he per­ceiue that he truely beleeueth in Christ, and whether he carrie a sincere loue towards god and his neighbour. Yea if he finde himselfe herein not altogether soundlie and through­lie setled, yet let him not desparre, but desire of god that he will helpe his vnbeleefe: ho­ping [Page 18]that he may in time be better assured. Mat. 9.24.

VIII. The causes, why the doctrine of predestination is deliuered in the Scriptures.

For neither is the doctrine of the eternall free, and vnchangeable predestination deli­uered in the holie scriptures, that we should neglect Christ, or despaire of saluation, or with securitie let loose the raines to our con­cupiscence, or growe insolent: but contrarie­wise for these especiall causes. Act. 4.12. 2. Tim. 2.19 First that wee may knowe that without Christ none can be saued: sith the foundation of our whole sal­uation, was fastened and laide in him before the world was made. Then, that in time of our temptations, wee, which beleeue in Christ, should strengthen our selues by the certaine­tie of our saluation, Rom. 8. and so neither dispaire nor distrust: knowing the same to be certaine and sure in the eternall decree of god. Third­lie that thereby wee might be stirred vp to the studie of faith in Christ, of holinesse, and of good works: Eph. 1.4. & 2.10. sith we are chosen, that we should be faithfull, and holie, and blamelesse in his sight, and walke in good works. Lastlie, that wee growe not proude, if we trust in Christ, and liue godlie: in Christ, and that he which glorieth may glo­rie in the Lord: 1. Cor. 1.13. sith god through his grace did from the beginning decree in Christ, that we should be such.

CHAP. IV. Of the omnipotencie and will of God.

I. So is god omnipotent that he is able to doe more then he will doe.

VVE beleeue, that God is so omnipo­tent, that he not onely hath done & doeth whatsoeuer he would & will: but also he is able to will and to doe infinite works, which he wil not; following also here­in the doctrine of Iohn, who said, Mat. 3.9. God is able of these stones to raise vp children, vnro Abraham, which yet he would not doe: and also the o­pinion of the Apostle, who writt, Ro. 9.15.18. that God will haue mercie on whom he vvill, (whenas he could haue mercie on all) and he will harden (not all, Turt. con. Prax. as hee could, but) those vvhome he vvill: so that it is verie impious, to conclude anie thing to haue beene done, to bee done, or shall bee done, of the onely omnipotencie of God, wherein his will is not also reuealed.

II. Jt infringeth not the omnipotencie of god that certaine things can not be done by him.

Where the Apostle writeth, that god can not denie himselfe: we holde that there is no iniurie done against the omnipotencie of God, if a mā [Page 20]say there are manie thinges which cannot bee done by god: namely such thinges as are re­pugnant to the nature of god, and do implie a contradiction.

III. A confirmation of the former assertion.

For he being the chiefest good, he can nei­ther be made euill, nor can doe ill; and bee­ing trueth it felfe, he cannot lie; being iustice it selfe he cannot doe vniustlie; beeing life it selfe, how should he die? Finallie being onely one god, and that vncreated and eternall, sub­sisting only in three persons: we beleeue and confesse, that he can not so take anie creature to himselfe, to make the same [...] con­substantiall to himselfe, and wholie such as he himselfe is, or constitute a fourth person: and wee are perswaded that nothing is drawne or taken away from the omnipotencie of god by this confession: yea surely whatsoeuer is al­readie done it cannot be that the same should not haue bin done: so that it is certaine, that what so implieth a contradiction, the same cannot bee done by God, who is the especiall trueth it self. For by this reason, euen the om­nipotencie of God, whereby they were done should be apparentlie denied.

IV. The will of god to be searched for onely in the holie scriptures.

Furthermore sith the counsells of god are infinite and secret, which he reuealeth not to [Page 21]the Angells themselues: wee hold, Mar. 13.32 that when there is anie question concerning the will of God, the same is not to bee sought for in anie other place, then in the holie scriptures; wher­as whatsoeuer thinges were necessarie to our saluation, Ioh. 15.15. & 17.29. god hath plentifullie and perspicu­ouslie laide open vnto vs, and whatsoeuer he would haue vs to doe, he hath of his singular goodnesse reuealed vnto vs by his spirite.

CHAP. V. Of the creation of the worlde, of Angells, and of mans first estate.

I. All things were made by god, Gen. 1. & 2. and that excee­ding good.

WE beleeue, that God the Father, Col. 1.16. by the Sonne, together with the holie ghost, in the space of sixe daies cre­ated of nothing all things visible & inuisible, which the holie spirite in the holie scriptures comprehendeth vnder the name of heauen & earth; and the same all exceeding good: Pro. 16.4. Heb. 1.10. Luc. 1.35. and appointed the same, for mans vse, and for his owne glorie: so that wee acknowledge aswell the Sonne, and holie ghost, for creator of the [Page 22]world, as the Father, sith they are all one & the selfe same god.

II. That heauen is distinguished from earth, and the Saintes heauen doth differ from the other heauens.

Neither doe we mingle heauen with earth, or confound the heauens among themselues, 2. Cor. 12.2. Mat. 6.10. but with the holie scriptures wee distinguish them: euen as we see the elements, and al the kindes of liuing creatures, & of other things, to be distinguished. And therefore wee con­fesse this heauen likewise, wherein the soules of the blessed doe liue with Christ, & where all the bodies of the faithfull shall be, & which Christ calleth his fathers house and paradise, and the Apostle calleth a cuie hauing a foundation, the maker and builder whereof is god: Ioh. 14.2. Luc. 23.43. Heb. 11.16. to differ frō the other heauēs, but much more, from earth and the deepes. Whereunto also Paule allu­deth, 2. Cor. 12.2. where he saieth, he vvas taken vp into the third heauen: namely aboue the heauen which we see, and aboue all the visible and mouea­ble spheares.

III. The Angells vvere all created good, though some of them continued not in the trueth.

We beleeue also, that all the Angells were created good and righteous, spirituall & im­mortall substances, indewed with an intelli­gence and free will: although all of them did [Page 23]not abide in that goodnes and righteousnes, and (as the Lord Iesus speaketh) in the trueth: but we are taught by the Scriptures, that ma­nie of them, of their owne will, euen from the beginning sinned, beeing made enimies to god and all goodnesse, yea and of mankinde especiallie of the church of god; liers, & spea­king lies of their owne, menkillers, diuells, & euill spirites, and for this cause, were thrust downe from heauen into hell, and deliuered to the chaines of darkenesse, and reserued to condemnation.

IV. Causes, vvhy manie of those celestiall spirites were suffered to sinne, and to become euill.

And that this also was not suffered of the diuine wisedome without cause, we learne by the Scriptures. For besides, that he ment in this to set forth his iudgemēts, and his wrath against sinne in all kindes of creatures: he de­creed also to vse their labour, to tempt & exer­cise vs in faith, in spirituall fight, in patience, and so to help forward our saluation: Eph. 6.12. & last­lie, he would haue them the executors & mi­nisters of his iudgements against mens offen­ces: that, 1. Reg. 22.21 they which will not imbrace the loue of trueth, wherby they might be saued, 2. Thes. 2.12 might followe the doctrines of diuells, and might beleeue in their lies and so perish.

V. The good Angells were saued by the fauour of God, that they might be Gods mini­sters and ours.

Againe we beleeue, that innumerable ma­nie of those celestiall spirites were saued by the fauour of god for Christ, that they should not sinne with the rest, Dan. 7.10. but should abide in the trueth and in obedience: and that these are made the messengers & ministers of god, which doe their seruice for helpe of the elect, Heb. 1.7. Ps. 103.20. and doe defend them against the diuell, and set forward the kingdome of Christ: who do so loue vs, and awaite vpon vs, that they greatly reioyce at our welldoing: yet will they not bee worshipped of vs, Luc. 15.7. Apo. 22.9. Mat. 22.30. but doe instruct vs, that god alone is to be worshipped, and call themselues our fellow-seruants: with whome also vve shall liue an e­ternall and blessed life in heauen.

VI. Man was created after the image of god. Gen. 1. & 2.

Wee beleeue, that after all other thinges were created, man also at the last was created to the image and likenesse of God, his bodie being fashioned of earth, and his soule, being a spirituall and immortall substance, made of nothing, and inspired into that body: and that shortly after woman was giuen him, made (concerning the bodilie partes) of his bones, and formed to the same image of God.

VII. That image of god, in what things it especially consisteth.

But we beleeue that this image of god, e­specially consisted herein: both in that as god is the absolute Lord ouer all thinges, Gen. 1.28. Ps. 8.7.8.9. so vnto man were all thinges subiect, the foules of the aire, the fishes of the sea, and beastes of the earth: so as he should bee king of the whole world: & most especiallie, that as god is most holie, and most iust, Eph. 4.24. so man also was created righ­teousse, in iustice and true holinesse, as the Apostle interpreterh.

VIII. Adam vvas meerelie free before his fall.

Hereuppon wee beleeue, that man in that first estate, was not onely indewed with such a libertie, that he could not will anie thing without consent of his will: Eccl. 7.30. Sirac. 15.18 (which libertie euer was and is remaining in man) but also was furnished with such strength, that hee might, if he woulde, not haue sinned, and not haue died, but haue continued in righteous­nesse, and eschewed death: so that deseruedlie it is to be imputed to himselfe and no other, that he lost both.

IX. Errors.

We condemne therfore, the Valentinians, Marcionits, Maniches, and whosoeuer either taught or left anie thing in writing against this article of faith: faininge either that all [Page 26]thinges were made of some other god, then the father of Christ, or that good things were made of one God which was good, and euill things, of another which was euill: sith none can be god, but he which is chieflie good, and onely maker of al things. We condemne like­wise, all those which either teache that the soule of man is of the substance of God: or which denie the immortalitie and perpetuall action of the same: or which referr the image of God in man, onelie to his power and rule ouer creatures; or lastly which doe denie that man was created meerelie free.

CHAP. VI. Of prouidence and gouernment of the world.

I. The vvorld and all that is, Gen. 2.2. and is done therein, is gouerned by gods prouidence.

WE beleeue, that God, hauing crea­ted all thinges, did so rest from all the workes, which he had finished: that he neuerthelesse ceased not or left of to care for, Wis. 14.3. Matt. 10.29.30. to rule, and gouerne the worlde and whatsoeuer is therein, as well smale thinges as great, and especiallie mankinde, yea & euerie particular man: so that nothing can be done [Page 27]or may happen in the world, which is not go­uerned by the diuine prouidence.

II. The Church of God to bee gouerned by a pecu­liar care.

But although al and euery thing be subiect to the diuine prouidence: yet we beleeue, that the Church of god is gouerned by an especiall care and meanes, and all the elect people, Rom. 8.13. Phil. 2.13. 2. Cor. 6.16. yea and all the willes and actions of the elect: sith he calleth peculiarlie, iustifieth and san­ctifieth, but not all: sith hee vvorketh in them, to vvill and performe: Act. 4.16. and saith that he dwelleth in them, and not in all: sith lastlie he leadeth them vnto eternall life, but suffereth others, in his iust iudgements to walke in their owne pathes, and fall into eternall destruction: 1. Pet. 5.7. so that worthilie we be commaunded, peculiar­lie to cast all our care vppon god, because he (peculiarlie) careth for vs.

III. That god ordinarilie gouerneth the vvorld by second causes.

This also we learne by the holie scriptures, though God performeth manie purposes of his diuine prouidence, by himselfe, without any external helper, yea and sometimes quite against ordinarie meanes: yet he executeth manie more thinges ordinarilye, by second causes, Hos. 2.21.22. as well in the gouernmēt of the whole world, as of the church: sith he himselfe saieth, he vvill heare the heauens, the heauens vvill heare [Page 28]the earth, the earth vvill heare the corne, the corne vvill heare Israell.

IV. The meanes vnto the ende, are not to bee con­temned; sith god ordereth as vvell the one as the other by his proui­dence.

Whereuppon we also knowe, that although we are assured, that god hath a care ouer vs, yet the meanes which hee hath ordained for the saluation both of our soules and bodies, are not to be contemned, nor god to be tempted: but herein we must followe the Apostle, vvho although he vvere assured of the safetie of all them which were in the shipp, yet as the ma­riners went about to escape awaie, he saide to the soldiors and to the captaine, vnlesse these abide in the shippe, you cannot be saued. For God who setteth an ende vnto each thing, he also hath ordained both the beginning & meanes, by which that ende is attained vnto.

V. All thinges come to passe in respect of god ne­cessarilie, in respect of vs manie thinges happen casuallie.

But sith god by his prouidence doeth pre­serue second causes, which he vseth in gouer­ning the worlde, euerie one in her proper na­ture, yea and is the moouer of them: and of them, some are ordained of their owne na­ture to certaine and sure effects, & other some are indefinite: Wee knowe and confesse, that [Page 29]although in respect of God, Mat. 10.29.30. Ex. 21.13. without whose foreknowledge and wil nothing can happen in the world, all things are done necessarilie: yet in respect of vs, and of the second causes, manie things happen & come to passe chaū ­ceablie. For what can bee more chaunceable and casuall, to a carpenter and trauailer, then if the axe fall out of his hand & kill the other? yet the Lord saieth that it is he which killed the trauailer. And our Lord Iesus died wil­linglie, yet he said, Christ must suffer. Luc. 24.46. Herode & Pilate of their free-will condemned Iesus: yet the Apostles saie, Act. 4.28. they did nothing but what the hand and counsaile of God had decreed to be done.

VI. That god is not the author of sinnes vvhich are committed in the world.

And hereupon we also know and confesse, Act. 17.28. that although manie offences are committed in the world by men, god in the meane time guiding all thinges: 1. Ioh. 2.16. yet the same cannot bee imputed to god, nor to his prouidence: for he indeede mooueth all thinges, and ministreth strength by his prouidence vnto euerie one to worke, but yet he instilleth not that corrup­tion to anie, whereby they worke amisse. As therefore the earth yeelding her sappe aswell to il trees as to good, yet is not to be blamed, because an ill tree makes ill fruite: so much lesse may god rightlie be said to bee either the cause or the author of our sinnes, although by [Page 30]the hand of his prouidence, he beareth, vphol­deth, ordereth and guideth euen the wicked. Jn him (saieth the Apostle) we liue, vve are moo­ued, Heb. 1.3. Act. 17.28 and haue our beeing: namelie wee are moo­ued of him, such as wee are; except he by his grace doe make vs otherwise.

VII. The secret counsailes of God, in gouerning the world, are to be reuerenced, not inquired after.

Meane while the secrete and vvonderfull counsells of god, whereby wee see innumera­ble things to be done, and whereof we cannot giue or know any reason; the same we behold & adore with that reuerēce which we ought, contenting our selues with this assured know­ledge, Mat. 10.29.30 Rom. 9.14 namely that nothing comes to passe in the worlde without the will of God: and that will of god to be so just, that it is the most cer­tain rule of all iustice: & therefore that which the Apostle saith must euer bee holden, Rom. 11.33 O the deepenes of the riches, both of the wisedome, & know­ledge of god, how vnsearcheable are his iudgements, and his vvayes past finding out: Rom. 9.14 Rom. 11.36 Also that, Is there anie iniquitie vvith God? And yet, Of him, and through him, and for him are all thinges. To him be glorie for ouer. Amen.

VIII. Errors.

Wee condemne therefore all scorners, and all those philosophers, which either do wholie take awaye the prouidence of god out of the [Page 31]worlde, or denie that humaine matters and smale things are regarded of god: Those like­wise, which abusing the prouidence of God, doe contemne the meanes ordained of God, for the saluation of vs, both soule and bodie: as also those which woulde haue all thinges to come to passe so meerely necessarily, that they take awaye all casualtie, and depriue men of all libertie: lastlie those which will haue God so to worke all thinges in all men, that they also doe blasphemouslie prooue him to bee [...] a iointe-worker, & an author of sinne.

CHAP. VII. Of mans fall, and of originall sinne and the fruites thereof.

I. Adam sinned of his owne accord by disobedience.

WE beleeue, Gen. 1. & 2 Eccl. 7.30 Sirac. 15.18 that the first man when he was created after the image of God, iust and righteous, and meer­lie free, so as he might, if he woulde, not haue sinned, nor haue died any kinde of death: The diuell then alluring him, and god not letting him, but leauing him in the hāds of his owne counsells, he transgressed by disobedience, Rom. 5.19 Libera vo­luntate. of his owne accord, and of his meere free choise [Page 32]so that he nether can nor ought to ascribe the blame of his transgression, to his owne na­ture giuen to him of god, nor to god himself, nor to any other thing created, but to his own selfe alone, because it was his owne vvill.

II. What, and what manner of sinne Adams was.

For vve knovv that Adams sinne was a vo­luntarie transgression of gods commandemēt that he should not eate of the forbidden fruit (as Moses describeth it) and so (as the Apo­stle speaketh) it was a disobediēce: Gen. 2.17 & 3.6. Rom. 5.19. which was shewed not so much in the outvvard deede, as in the purposed consent of his minde, vvher­in he vvould not be obedient vnto god.

III. What, and how manifold a death followed A­dams sinne.

So vve confesse, that man being then desti­tute of the fauour of god, by his ovvne faulte did loose that life vvherein he liued holily vn­to God, his minde being darkened, his vvill depraued, and all integritie of nature vtterlie lost, Ioh. 8.34 Eph. 2.1. Rom. 5.12 name lie in those things vvhich pertaine to god, and to a life acceptable to God: and so vvas made the seruant of sinne, the slaue of sa­than, and quite dead vnto god: Moreouer he incurred both the death of the bodie, vvhich is novv come vnto all men, with al the calami­ties of the bodie; and also the eternall (that is, the most miserable, grieuous, and most vnhap­pie life of the vvhole man, more intollerable [Page 33]vvithout comparison then anie death) vvith the deuill in euerlasting torments vvhence he could not be deliuered but by Christ. 1. Cor. 15.22

IIII. That in Adam all men sinned.

But for as much as al mankinde which was by naturall generation to issue from Adam, was then in his loines, whereby the comman­dement vvith the curse annexed, pertained not onelie to the person of Adam, but to all mankinde likewise: The, Rom. 5.19 efore with the Apo­stle do vve beleeue and confesse, that in Adam sinning, all men sinned: so that, that disobedience was not onelie proper to Adam himselfe, but also made common to all mankinde, sith his guiltines enwrapped all men, who were then and are yet dailie carnallie to be begotten of his seede. Euen as the Apostle to the Romaines plainly teacheth, yea and most strongly proo­ueth by an Antithesis or contraposition of the disobedience of Adam, and the obediēce of Christ. For if the obedience of Christ be no lesse ours by imputation, then his owne by his proper action; because wee are regenerate of his incorruptible seede, and of his spirite; it followeth, that the disobedience likewise of Adam must be imputed vnto vs, and we tou­ched with his guiltines, because we are borne of the seed of his flesh, being father of al men.

V. The corruption of mans whole nature followed vpon Adams disobedience, in all men.

But like as the corruption of our vvhole nature, Rom. 7.7 Aug. tom. 7 con. Iul. Pela. li. 5. c. 3 immediatlie by gods iust iudgement, tooke holde on the person of Adam for that actuall disobedience, called of the Apostle, Concupiscence, which is both a punishment of the former sinne, a sinne, and a cause of other sinnes; euen so being taught by the holy scrip­tures, we beleeue, and with the whole church confesse, that all men, which by naturall pro­pagation are conceiued of his seed, ar borne infected with the contagion, of his corrupt nature. For all men sinned in Adam, and by the guiltinesse of his disobedience wee are all kept bound.

VI. What we properlie call originall sinne.

Wherefore we doe so saie, that this haeredi­tarie fault and contagion of nature is sinne in all men, and so we vse to cal it originall sinne: that we do not separate it from the guiltines and imputation of the first disobedience. E­uen as likewise on the other side, we doubt not but the righteousnes of christians, doth con­sist, not so much in the regeneration of nature, which is made by the spirit of Christ, & which is vsuallie called by the name of inherēt righ­teousnesse; as in the imputation of the perfect obedience, and righteousnes of Christ, whose members we are.

VII. That, contagion of nature, is verie sinne.

And although that contagion, was, infli­cted [Page 35]not onelie vppon Adam alone, but also on his whole posteritie, for a punishment of that first transgression of Gods commaunde­ment: yet wee hold this as certainelie, out of the holy scriptures, as whatsoeuer is most cer­taine, Rom. 7.7 that the same is not onely the punish­ment of sin, and the cause of all other follovv­ing sinnes, but also a verie sinne it selfe, euen so great as were sufficient to condemne vs.

VIII. That, concupiscence of it owne proper nature is a sinne in the verie regenerate.

Yea so farre doe we learne, that concupis­cence of it owne nature is a sinne, fighting a­gainst the lavve of God, and making all men subiect to condemnation, vnlesse they bee de­liuered by Christ: yea that in the regenerate themselues, though the guiltines being taken away by faith in Christ, it be not imputed vn­to them anie more, yet we doubt not, 1. Ioh. 3.4 Rom. 7.7 but it is a sinne, yea and that worthy of eternall death: sith it is [...], a transgression of the lawe, and is by gods lawe condemned as the Apostle teacheth.

IX. From concupiscence ingrafted in vs, the ri­uers of sinne doe continually flowe.

Futrhermore we beleeue that this our na­turall deformitie, is such a fountaine of al sin, and that euer so abounding, that from it doe continuallie spring, most corrupt waters of e­euill affections, of vngodlie thoughts & vvic­ked [Page 36]desires: which vnlesse they be by the spirit of Christ restrained, they breake out at length into manifest sinnes & offences, some worse thē others; so that, there is not any man so ho­lie, which beareth not about him this puddle of vices, yea and feeleth not the filthie vapors breathing from it, and is not often sprinckled and bespotted with that noisome contagion. Euerie man is tempted of his ovvne concupiscence (saieth Iames) vvhen he is drawne avvaye by his ovvne concupiscence, Iam. 1.14.15 and is entised, then vvhen lust hath conceiued it bringeth forth sinne, and sinne whē it is finished, bringeth forth death.

X. That God is not the author of sinne.

Now, all these things beeing thus, wee are confirmed in that beleefe, wherein wee hold that god is not the author of sinne: sith he nei­ther created Adam euill, or prone vnto euil, but iust and righteous: neither did hee intice or mooue him to il, but he of his own accord and by his free-will sinned: 1. Io. 2.16. neither yet, vvas this naturall peruersnesse from god, but of it selfe, it followed that disobedience of Adam, being depriued of his righteousnes, god most iustly so permitting, and punishing mans trās­gression by that worthie punishment.

XI. Errors.

We condemne therefore with Ireneus, and the whole church, all those which make god the author of sinne: likewise all Pelagians, as [Page 37]wel new, as old, which denie that all men sin­ned in Adam, and are holden in the guilte of the first offence: or doe labour to prooue that this ingrafted concupiscence is onelie a di­sease, and a punishment of sinne, but not in­deede a sinne it selfe: or at least in the regene­rate will not haue it to bee worthie the name of a sinne. Wee condemne also those, which haue taught that originall sinne is a substance: because this opinion, either makes god the author of sinne, or else denies that god is the maker of euerie substance, and confirmes the doctrine of the Manichęs, concerning the two beginninges, the chiefest good, and the chie­fest ill, of which all things should haue their o­riginall, namely good things of the good, and ill things of the ill. Moreouer we condemne the Stoicks, and such like, which teach that all sinnes are equall, & that one offence is more grieuous then another: lastlie those, vvhich will affirme, that there maye some man bee found in the worlde, which is quite voide of all sinne.

CHAP. VIII. Of mans free-will after his fall. Liberum arbitrium.

I. What we vnderstand by the name of free-will.

SIth all men after Adams fall and by his fall are conceiued in sinne, Eph. 2.3 Gal. 6.5. & 8.21. and are borne the children of vvrath, and proone not vnto goodnesse, but exceedingly vnto wickednes: this is our beleefe and confession concerning the freewill of a man not regenerate. By the name of freewill, wee doe so meane the free choise of a man, that we doe not yet separate from it, the facultie of the vnderstanding whereby we iudge & determine vpon things, as what is good and what is ill, or what is to be chosen and what to be refused.

II. That the question is two folde, one concerning the nature, the other concerning the power of freewill.

But wee distinguish the question concer­ning the nature of the vvhole freewill, from the question concerning the nature of mans choice. Nature we call, that naturall & essen­tiall proprietie, giuen of god, vnto the will or choice: whereby, whatsoeuer it willeth, whe­ther good, or ill, the same it willeth freelie, [Page 39]with meere accord and consent, euer voide of all manner of constraint. But by the name of power we vnderstand an abillitie or force gi­uen vnto vs, whereby wee can both discerne in the minde, what is good, and what is ill: & also in the will, to make choise of the one, and refuse the other.

III. That freewill is alwaies free from constraint.

Euen as therefore the substance of freewill was not lost by sinne: (for the vnderstanding and the will, and the whole substance of the minde remained) so beleeue wee, that the na­ture thereof was not lost, but whatsoeuer it willeth yet, as well ill, as good, that it willeth the same freelie, and without all constraint: as Augustine truelie saide, free-will is alwaies free (namely from constraint) but is not alwaies good.

IV. Three kindes of thinges and actions, vvherein the povver of mans freevvill is occupied.

But of the power to choose the good or re­fuse the ill, thus wee thinke. Wee distinguish good and ill into three kindes, that is, in such things as pertain to the animal life, & in such things as pertaine to humane life, and in such as pertaine to the diuine, that is, a christian life. Of the first kinde, are such thinges as are in a manner common vnto vs with beastes, & doe belong vnto the vegetable and sensitiue [Page 40]faculties. In the second kinde are reckened, such thinges as are proper vnto man, and per­taine to a humaine minde, as are all the artes, aswell mechanicall as liberall, the morall and politick vertues, lastlie, all sciences, and al phi­losophie. And the third kinde containeth, onelie those good thinges, and good actions, which are ordained onelie to the kingdome of god, & a christian life: as are the true know­ledge of god, faith, and the effects therof, re­generation, obedience, charitie, and other of the same sorte.

V. The povver in a man not regenerate is verie weake, in those things which pertaine to humaine life.

To speak nothing therfore, of mans power after his fall, in knowing, in desiring, yea (and if occasion be offred,) in choosing and follow­ing those things, which pertaine to the sustai­ning of this animall life, and the happie lea­ding thereof, and to eschewe the contraries, because they belong not to religion and to manners (in which pointe notwithstanding, dailie experience teacheth vs howe great an infirmitie both of iudgement and appetite hath taken hold on man) wee beleeue, that al­though by the mercie of God, there is some light remaining in mens mindes, partlie for the iudging of what is right and wrong, good and euill in humaine affaires, and partlie for the attaining to the knowledge of diuerse [Page 41]thinges, of artes and instructions, and sundrie vertues: yet that smale light, what so it is, is left so little in mans minde, and his will so de­praued, that vnlesse the minde bee helped by light from heauen, & his will inclined by spe­ciall grace, to choose that which is good, and refuse the ill: men can neither learne the arts truelie and profit by anie instructions, nor at­taine vnto anie vertues; although there may be in the vnregenerate neuer so manie: euen as Augustine not without cause did write, that all the learning, or vertues, Tom. 7. con Iul. Pel. lib. 4. cap. 3 or rather the images of vertues, which were in the Romaines, and other hea­then people, were the singuler gifts of god.

VI. A confirmation of the former opinion.

For neither were, nor are, al the infidells in­dued equallie with the same vertues & know­ledge: so that therby it manifestlie appeareth, that these were not the giftes of nature, but gifts of god added to nature.

VII. In those thinges vvhich pertaine to god and to true piety, a man not regenerate, can do nothing.

But in things pertaining to God, godlines, religion, and christian life, we beleeue, that the minde of a man not regenerate is so darkned, and his heart so vnsounde, and all the powers in him so extinguished: that hee can neither know god, and the things belonging to god, nor loue him, and desire any thing acceptable [Page 42]vnto him, much lesse bee obedient to his will, as he ought: 1. Cor. 2.14 sith the Apostle saith: The naturall man perceiueth not the thinges, that are of god, nei­ther can he know them: how should he therefore will, Ioh. 15.5 and performe? and Christ saith, without me ye can do nothing.

VIII. A confirmation of the former opinion.

For as a man beeing dead vnto nature and to men, can do none of those things which be­long to nature and to man: so neither can hee which is dead vnto god in sinne, truely know or doe those things which belong vnto god or true godlinesse, but shall altogether consume and putrifie in sinne, vnlesse he be deliuered out of the same with grace by Christ, and bee called to life againe. For all mē without Christ and not regenerate by Christs spirit are quite dead, so as they are said to bee truely reuiued, raised vp, and borne againe, which are deliue­red from sinne by faith in Christ, and do serue him.

IX. Errors.

Wee therefore condemne all Pelagians, which teach the contrarie, and doe exroll the power of freewill against the grace of Christ: so do we detest and accurse the Manichęs & others, which make man to be but as a block, which hath no iudgement nor any free liber­tie of will, no not in ciuill causes.

CHAP. IX. Of the promises of redemption and saluation by Christ.

I. That Christ, the man from heauen, was promi­sed by grace to saue vs.

WHen therfore the first earthly man, by his owne fault had fallen into so miserable an estate, through diso­bedience, and together with him, all his po­steritie, which had sinned in him, and were in deede to bee conceiued in sinne, and to bee borne the children of wrath: we beleeue that god of his meere grace and fauour, promised vnto Adam and Eue, and in them to all man­kinde, an other man from heauen, Gen. 3.15 1. Cor. 15.47.48 Mat. 1.20 Luc. 1.34 Ebr. 4.15 Ios. 7.14 that should be the true substance of verie woman, but cō ­ceiued without the seede of man, & so should be born of a virgine without sinne: in whome, as in another head of mankinde, consisting of a diuine and humaine nature, beeing the true image of the father, and full of the holie spirite, that should bee supplied, which in A­dam the first head, by his owne fault, was de­caied: that is, that hee the second man, in the name of all vs, which were to bee ingrafted in­to him by his spirite, Rom. 6.5 & 11.17. and by a spirituall rege­neration should become flesh of his flesh, and [Page 44]bone of his bone, Io. 5.6 Eph. 5.29 Phil. 2.8 Rom. 5.19 Eph. 2.13.14 should most perfectly bee o­bedient vnto god: and by his obedience and death should take away sinne, should appease the wrath of god, should redeeme vs, iustifie vs, sanctifie vs, and gouerne vs by his spirite, should indue vs with true libertie, and with power to do god, and lastly should saue vs & glorifie vs to eternall life.

II. The promise of redemption by Christ was verie necessarie.

For Adam, not as a priuate person, but as the parent and originall of all mankinde, as he was indued with a righteousnesse, which he should haue dispersed into all his posteritie, as hereditarie, for which cause it is vsed also to be called originall righteousnes: so by his dis­obediēce, in stead of righteousnes, he brought vppon all men great iniquitie, and a spring of all sinne, and in stead of eternall life eternall death. Therefore there was neede of an other head, from whome, through his obedience, that true and heauenlie righteousnesse, holi­nesse, and life might bee deriued into all the members. This same is Christ.

III. To what ende that promise was made presently after the transgression.

And wee beleeue, that this promise was made immediatlie after the transgression, euē from the beginning of the worlde, and after­wards oft times mētioned to the holy fathers, [Page 45]declared, yea and confirmed and sealed by di­uerse and sundrie meanes, signes, and sacra­ments: that not onely wee which were to bee borne after the comming of the Messias, but also all other, which from the first creation should beleeue in this promise, and in true faith should imbrace the Sauiour which was to come, might by that faith bee made parta­kers of the following redemption, might bee iustified and saued.

IV. As manie as beleeued in Christ that vvas to come, from the first beginning, were saued.

Wee beleeue therefore that as manie since the making of the world, as beleeued in Christ promised, and to come, they were ingrafted vnto him by this faith: made partakers of his following obedience, of his passion, death, and redemption: that they did eate his bodie that was to come and to bee betrayed, and dranke his blood that was to bee shedd: and finallie that they were all christians, and indued with the spirite of Christ, and saued vnto eternall life, as well as we.

V. Errors.

Therefore wee condemne and abhorre all those, which saye that none were saued that were before the comming of Christ: and that those fathers receiued no promises concer­ning eternall saluation, but onely concerning things temporall.

CHAP. X. Of the law.

I. The law of Moses came betweene the promise of redemption by Christ, and the accom­plishment thereof, and to what ende.

BVt betweene the promise of redemption by Christ; made first vnto Adam, & after more manifestly declared, aswell to o­thers, as most especially to Abraham, sealed with the sacrament of circumcision, and con­firmed as it were by the death of Isaac his first begotten, offered for a sacrifice, and establi­shed by an euerlasting couenant: & betweene the accomplishment of the fame promise, the lawe was giuen which Moses deliuered: the people which came of Abrahams seed beeing gathered together and wonderfully encrea­sed, (of whome also Christ should be borne) and beeing also deliuered out of the bondage of Egypt by a wonderfull meanes, that God might haue a church knowne and visible, and separate from other nations, and gathered to­gether in one certaine place: in which church, that promise concerning Christ made vnto the fathers might be kept safe, and an accep­table seruice of God maintained, euen vnto the comming of the true promised redeemer: [Page 47]The law, I say deliuered by Moses from God vnto his church, came betweene, containing three kindes of commandements: Morall, by which the life and pietie of euerie one should bee directed: Ceremoniall, with the forme whereof the church should bee gouerned in her outward seruice and religion: and iudicial, pertaining to the gouernement of the whole common wealth in matters politick and oe­conomicall: that by these meanes the people of God, of whome Christ was to come, might both bee restrained from the prophane man­ners & idolatries of wicked nations, & might be kept within their duetie and obedience to Gods will, and finallie might be vpholden in the faith and hope of the promise to bee per­formed concerning the true redemption by Christ: and so might bee prepared more and more for the receiuing of Christ: and so in that people God might be glorified.

II. VVhatsoeuer was necessarie to be done, for sal­uation, is contained in the law of God.

To let passe then the two latter parts of the lawe, which doe not appertaine to vs, and to speake onely of the former: wee beleeue, that in that law, as it is declared in the bookes of Moses, the Prophets and Apostles, 2. Tim. 3.16 al things which are necessary to saluation are so per­fectly set downe, and Gods will, Deut. 2.4. & 5.22. & 12.32 which he will haue vs to do in his word, so reuealed, as no­thing can be added or taken from it.

III. The law of the Decaloge or ten commandements, is a declaration of the law of nature, and a picture of the image of God.

We also beleeue that this law, is a declara­tion of the lawe of nature, which was written in the heartes of the first men perfectly, of o­thers imperfectly, and but in part: and there­fore by this law is condemned, whatsoeuer is not agreeable to that image of God, where­unto man was created; and is commaunded, whatsoeuer is agreeable to the same. For God would shew by that law, what man was in his first estate, and what hee was made in the se­cond estate, and what manner one he ought to be: and further what he should afterwards be in the third estate in parte, and vvhat per­fectly in the fourth, by Christ: so that the lavve is nothing else, but a true and liuely picture of the image of God, to vvhich man vvas crea­ted: vvhereby vvee are instructed, vvhat vvee vvere, vvhat vvee are, vvhat vve ought to bee, and in deede vvhat vvee shall be, if vve trust in Christ.

IV. The summe of the law to bee restrained to the loue of God and our neighbour.

Novv vve beleeue and confesse, that Christ did teach, Mat. 22.37 that the summe or substance of the vvhole lavv is cōtained in these two precepts: Thou shalt loue the Lord thy God with all thy heart, withall thy minde, withall thy soule, and vvithall thy [Page 49]strength: & thou shalt loue thy neighbour as thy self: the first of these is the summe of the first table, the other, the summe of the second table.

V. If God alone bee to be loued with the whole heart, he alone is to be worshipped.

And if the summe of the first table, which containeth the whole worship due vnto God, doe consist in the perfect loue of God alone: from hence, besides other expresse comman­dements of God, declaring this commande­ment, we gather and we beleeue that God a­lone is to bee adored, inuocated and serued with a religious worshipp, and that wee must sweare onelie by his name, because these bee all contained within that commaundement of louing God with all our heart: to let passe, that the image of God, whereof this lawe is a type, did teach Adam the same thing.

VI. That our verie concupiscence and corruption of nature is a sinne.

But if by Gods law be condemned, what­soeuer offence is repugnant to that first image of God, that is, to iustice, holinesse, and righ­teousnes, wherein man was created: we hold that in man not onely his actions committed with cōsent of his will against the law of god, but euen the motions also of lust, yea the con­cupiscence it selfe, and the whole corruption of his nature, is sinne, Rom. 7, 7 and by the lawe of God condemned: because it is repugnant to that [Page 50]vprightnes and iustice wherein man was cre­ted, and wherein he ought, and might haue kept himselfe, if he would.

VII. Although the law cannot bee obserued: yet it was not giuen in vaine nor vn­profitablie.

And although the law of God be so perfect, Rom. 7.101 & 8.3 that it neuer could or can be obserued of anie man, either all, or alwaies, or in such measure as it ought: yet we beleeue that it was not gi­uen in vaine, nor vnprofitablie, sith God doth not anie thing in vaine, but all things with his exceeding high wisedome, to his owne glo­rie, and to our profit and saluation.

VIII. A threefold profit by the law of God.

First by the perfect declaration of the will of God by this law, men might and may bet­ter vnderstand, what was pleasing vnto god: what was good, and what ill, what was to bee done, and what to be auoided: then by the onely reliques of the law of nature remaining in mans minde: and therefore all cloake of ig­norance being cleane taken awaye, the Iewes were made more inexcusable then other nati­ons, if they kept not the law: which thing falls out greatlie to the glorie of God: sith men do therby vnderstand, that his iudgements tow­ards vs are verie iust. Furthermore, by the cur­ses which are added against the transgressors, and the blessings for the obseruers, men were [Page 51]restrained by feare of those as it were with a bridle, from committing sinne, and by hope of these as it were with a spurre, were stirred vp to keep the law, if not wholly and perfect­lie, yet in part, and for the externall obseruan­ces: and so might bee the better held within their dueties: which how profitable it is not onely to a whole common wealth, but to eue­rie particular man, so bearing himselfe, none can be ignorant. Last of all, by that, that men saw by dailie experience, how they continual­ly sinned against this so perfect a law; and per­ceiued, that they were not able to obserue it, as it ought to be, and so that they were dailie more and more in daunger of Gods wrath, & guiltie of eternall death: It came to passe that distrusting themselues, & their owne strēgth, they grew to haue a greater and earnester de­sire of the promised Sauiour and redeemer. And therfore how much the more they knew their sinnes by the law, and their weakenes, & more sensiblie felt the wrath of God, so much the more greedilie did they hunger and thirst after righteousnesse, and were disposed and prepared to take holde on Christ by faith: so that verie true were both those sayings of the Apostle: by the lawe is the knowledge of sinne, Rom. 2.20 Gal. 3.24 and the law was a schoolemaister vnto Christ.

IX. The lavv hath still the same vse, yea euen in men regenerate.

And we beleeue, that these vses of the law [Page 52]are perpetuall, as long as wee remaine in this world: not onely in men not regenerate, as it said, but also in the verie regenerate. For sith our mindes are still blinded with much dark­nesse, and our memorie so slipperie, that wee can neither perfectlie vnderstand the thinges that are of god, nor keep in minde that which we haue vnderstood: we haue euermore need of this glasse of the diuine lawe, wherein wee may dailie behold, and still more certainelie vnderstād, what god will haue vs to do. More­ouer, sith our heart is not yet perfectly clean­sed from all corruption, that it can bee fullie setled vppon doing the will of God, but that the flesh still wrastleth against the spirite, Gal. 5.17 therefore the law is most necessarie, which may terrifie vs with the threatninges, and hold vs in from offending: and with the promises may stirre vs forward to obedience and to the working of righteousnesse. Lastlie sith there is none so holie which sinneth not manie waies, 1. Ioh. 1.8 & which hath not sinne dwelling in him, whereby wee bee made weake vnto goodnesse, and prone to ill: Therefore the lawe is proffitable vnto vs, by which our sinnes and infirmities being made knowne to vs, wee may dailie more and more acknowledge how impossible it is that we by our owne works, should at anie time bee iusti­fied or saued: and therefore should bee filled with the greater desire, hunger, and thirst of the righteousnesse of Christ, and embrace him by faith: And thus the law, when it can neuer [Page 53]iustifie vs, yet it may alwaies drawe vs neerer vnto Christ who iustifieth, more and more to be iustified.

X. The morall lawe, touching the substance, vvas not to be disanulled by Christ.

For we knovve and beleeue that the lawe, touching the substance, and those wholesome vses, of which we speake, was not to be aboli­shed by Christ, and so not abolished at all: but onelie touching the curse and condemnation: because there is no condemnation to them that are in Christ Iesus, Rom. 8.1 which walke not after the flesh, but after the spirite. But yet the law was proffitable euen in the condemnation, and alwaies is, to them which are not yet in Christ: in as much as it driueth them to Christ, that they may auoide condemnation.

XI. Errors.

Therefore wee condemne those which re­iect the law out of the church, as vnprofitable, and not pertaining to christians; and againe, those which teach that a man may either who­lie, or in part, bee iustified by the lawe: fith it was rather giuen, Io. 1.29 to shutt vp all men vnder sinne, and to leade them to Christ, who alone taketh away the sinnes of the world. And this is brieflie our confession of the law, deliuered from god by Moses, and declared by the Pro­phets, vvhich prepareth, disposeth, and brin­geth [Page 54]men vnto Christ: Rom. 10.4 and therefore Christ is ende thereof as the Apostle writeth.

CHAP. XI. Of Christ the redeemer.

I. A summe of the faith of the person and office of Christ the redeemer.

WHen therefore the fullnesse of time was come, Gal. 4.4 wherein the promise of redemption, made vnto the first man, was to be accomplished by the second: God the euerlasting father, sent his onely be­gotten sonne, and eternal, and therefore true God, of the same nature vvith the father; made of a vvoman, alone, and vvithout the seede of a man, and therefore true man; but vvithout sinne, and so true Christ: made sub­iect to the lavve, and therefore circumcised; that he in most perfect obedience might fulfill that lavv in the name of vs all, made obedient to his father euen vnto death, namely for vs (for he being vvithout sinne, deserued not to die) that he might redeeme those which vvere vn­der the law, and all the elect, euen by his obedi­ence, by his death and bloodshedding, that is, by a sacrifice of exceeding vertue (for it vvas the blood of God) and a most effectuall — ransome: — that he might I saie re­deeme vs from sinne, to the old image of god [Page 55]to perfect righteousnesse: yea from death, to eternal life: and from the kingdome of Satan, to the kingdome of God: and that we might re­ceiue adoption of children, and so in the ende bee taken into full and perfect possession of the heauenlie inheritance, as sonnes and lavvfull heires: And lastlie that he might gather toge­ther all thinges in heauen and in earth vnder one head, and ioyne them to himselfe, Eph. 1.10 for the glorie of God the father.

II. Christ the redeemer is true God and true man.

We beleeue therefore Iesus Christ to be the onely begotten sonne of God, Ioh. 1.14 Mich. 5.2 Phil. 2.6 1. Ioh. 5.20 Mat. 1.1 and so the sonne in nature consubstantial and coeternall to the father, and lastlie true God almightie: also true man, of the true seed of Abraham and Dauid, conceiued vvithout the help of a man, Heb. 4.15 Mat. 26.35 but on­lie by vertue of the holie ghost, in the vvombe of the virgine, and vvithout sinne, and borne of her, indued vvith a true soule and a humaine minde, and made like vnto vs in all thinges, sinne onelie excepted: so that he is true God of the substance of the father, Ath. in sym. begotten before all vvorldes, and true man of the substance of his mother, borne in the vvorld.

III. Onely the Sonne to be both God and man, and onely Christ.

But so vve beleeue that the sonne of God is both true God and true man, and therefore the [Page 56]true Christ, and him alone vve confesse to bee such: sith vve read that neither the father, nei­ther the holie Chost but onelie the vvorde it selfe vvas made flesh: Ioh. 1.14 and the Apostle saieth that the sonne onelie vvas made of a vvoman and that he onelie suffred: Gal. 4.4 although to the cre­ation of the nature vvhich the sonne tooke vp­pon him, not onely the Sonne, but the Father also and the holy ghost vvere all concurrent.

IV. That the sonne vvas made man, without anie change of himselfe, but onely assuming to himselfe humaine nature.

And vvee beleeue that the sonne of God vvas made man, vvithout making any confusi­on of the diuine and humaine natures, vvith­out his conuersion into flesh, or anie chaunge in the flesh, onely by assuming of the humaine nature, into the vnitie of that person: and as Athanasius speaketh, In sym. not by conuersion of the godhead into flesh, but by taking of the man­hood into God: so that, that vvhich he vvas, he did by no meanes leese or let goe, but that vvhich he vvas not, he tooke vppon him as the Apostle saith, Ieb. 2.16. the sonne tooke on him, the seede of Abraham: and as he teacheth, that, as the sonne taking vppon him, vvas not chaunged into the thing taken, (for God cannot be chaunged at all) but remained the same that he vvas, trulie distinct from the thing assumed and taken: So that seede taken on him vvas not turned into [Page 57]the thing that tooke it, but was vnited with the diuine nature, into the vnitie onely of the same person; according to that saying, The word was made flesh. The flesh therefore remai­ned flesh, and was not changed into the word.

V. Nether one nature tooke on it another nature, nor one person another person, but the person of the sonne of God tooke on him mans nature.

Whence also wee vnderstand that neither the diuine nature, common to the three per­sons, nay indeed one and the self same nature of them all, did take on it, humaine nature; nor one person tooke on it another person, but onelie another nature. For neither did the sonne of God take on him any sonne of Abra­ham, but the seed of Abrahā: that is, humaine nature spreading from Abraham, & therefore wee acknowledge not two persons in Christ, but onely the same alone, by which all thinges were made, and which was so perfect, before it tooke on it the seede of Abraham, that by the same taking, it is not made anie other, or anie perfecter person, or yet indeed any whitt vnperfect.

VI. The humaine nature was not taken, to make a nevv person in Christ, or to make perfect the former: but onelie to be coupled and vnited to his eternall and most perfect person.

For albeeit we acknowledge two natures in Christ, the diuine and humaine: yet we doe not admit, that the humaine was therefore as­sumed, that either a new person, compounded of that & this, as of the parts, should be made in Christ: or that the former and the eternall person should bee made the perfecter, by the coupling of a newe nature: but onelie that mans nature beeing taken into vnitie of that most perfect and euerlasting person, the sonne of God, remaining the same that he was, might be made that he was not; and might haue what to offer vnto his father for vs. And therefore we doe not simplie allow it, if one saye, so the person of Christ is compounded of the diuine and humaine nature, as the person of a man consisteth of a soule and a bodie. But we allow the vsuall phrase in the church, that Christ clo­thed himselfe or was clothed with our flesh. Whereupon Augustine saith, Christ came downe from heaven, as a naked man comes downe a hill, but he went vp againe, clothed with our flesh, as vvith a garment. For this manner of speach, although it doe not perfectlie declare the personall vni­on, Hyposta­tica. yet it sheweth a manifest difference bee­tweene the person of the sonne of god taking, and our nature taken. For this same cause we embrace those kindes of speaches of the Fa­thers, as mans nature was borne of the sonne of god: to subsist in the person of the sonne of God: and such like, separating the person of the sonne of god taking, from the nature taken: and teaching [Page 59]that the person of the sonne of God by the comming of mans nature, was made neither other, nor more perfect.

VII. A confirmation of the former opinion with an exposition of the place of Athanasius.

Surelie we confesse with Athanasius, that as the reasonable soule and flesh is one man; so God and man is one Christ: that is, Christ is onelie one person, although there bee in him two natures: yet not that the person of Christ (if we will speake properlie) is constituted or made of both these natures, as of the parts; as to the perfect cōstitution of man, no lesse the bodie, as an essential part, then the soule must ioyne together: seeing the person of Christ was alreadie, 1. Cor. 10.9 1. Pet. 3.19 and that whole and most per­fect, before it was shewed in the fleshe: but the person of man (as of Adam,) was none at all, vntill the foule was coupled with the bo­die: and sith that nether the soule doth assume vnto it selfe a body, or the body a soule, as the sonne of God assumed vnto himselfe the seed of Abraham, into vnitie of the same person: And further sith the bodie and the soule are two existences, as it is manifest in the creatiō of Adam, but mans nature did neuer subsist by it selfe, but onelie in the person of the sonne of God: so that verie vniustlie doe some abuse this godlie saying of the holie man, for proofe of their owne dreames: For he which did shew [Page 60]himselfe (and he is the person of the Sonne of god) must needs differ frō the flesh, where­in he did shewe himselfe: and that not onelie before, but also after his resurrection, and sit­ting at the right hand of his father: which (as saith Augustine) added a glorie to the flesh, but took not away the nature.

VIII. How Christ is one onely person, and that eternall and vnchangeable but there are in the same two natures: and how it is said to consist of them.

We therefore acknowledge and confesse a­gainst Nestorius, that in Christ is onelie one person, and that eternall, most simple & most perfect, and the same shall remaine for euer: namelie the person of the euerlasting sonne of God. Further, that vnto this eternall person, there came in time, not another person, but a­nother nature, namelie mans nature: and the same not as a parte of that person, of whome it was taken, but a thing farre different from it, and yet takē vnto it, into vnitie of the same. And therefore we thirdly confesse, that in one & the selfe same person of Christ, there is now two natures, the diuine and the humaine, in which we doubt not that the same doth sub­sist, doth liue and doth worke: for which cause also we feare not to speake thus, Christ consi­steth now of his diuine nature, & his humaine being taken into the vnitie of person: & that he is after a sort compounded of them both.

IX. Hovve the tvvo natures are vnited into one person without alteracion or confusion, the properties and actions of either of them remaining whole and distinct.

But we beleeue and confesse that these two natures, are truelie and inseparablie ioyned and vnited into one person of Christ: that yet we doubt not, but each of them remaineth whole, and perfect, and the one truely distinct from the other, yea and that they do hold the essentiall properties and operations of each of them distinct: without all manner of con­fusion: so that as the diuine nature holding the properties, remaineth vncreated, infinite, immeasurable, simplie omnipotent and simply wise: euen so the humaine nature holding hirs remaineth created, comprehensible, & deter­mined with certen limitts: And as the diuine nature hath will and power, whereby Christ willeth & worketh, as god, such things as are of God: so hath the humaine nature will and power, whereby Christ as mā, willeth & wor­keth those thinges which are of man: so farre forth as Christ in that he is God, hee willeth not nor worketh by humaine will or power: so neither as he is man, willeth he or worketh he by diuine wil or power: as it hath bin lear­nedly determined by the fathers both against Eutyches, and against Macarius. We therefore did alwaies like wel of that saying of Leo the [Page 62]first, Epi. 10. c. 4 writing vnto Flauianus about the same thing, where he saith. He which is true God, the same is also true man, and in this vnitie there is no vntrueth, whereas there meet together the basenesse of manhood, and the excellencie of the godhead. For as God is not chaunged by the partaking, so man (that is mans nature in Christ) is not consumed by the dig­nitie, for each forme vvorketh with communion of the other, their ovvne propertie: namelie the vvord vvorketh that which is proper to the vvord, and the flesh performeth that vvhich is proper to the flesh. Thus farre Leo that learned man: which hee afterwards fetteth out by examples, whereby it is plainelie shewed, that, as the natures are truelie vnited in Christ, yet remaine distinct, and not confounded: so also were and are the actions: for thinges which were proper to the word, the flesh did not performe, but the word & that which was proper to the flesh the word performed not, but the flesh. To raise againe Lazarus from death, was proper to the word: but to crie Lazarus, come forth, was proper to the flesh: yet both those actions were vni­ted to the raising vp of Lazarus, because they were both one and in one Christ, & tend both to one purpose: and yet they were distinct. Likewise to forgiue sinnes was a proper actiō to the diuine nature, but to say, thy sinnes bee forgiuen thee, was proper to the humaine na­ture. To restore his sight, that was born blinde was an action of his diuine nature: but to put clay vppon his eies, and to say, goe and wash: [Page 63]was of the humaine nature. Therefore this personall vnion, as it did not confound the natures, so neither did it the actions, but kept them distinct: neither yet did it confound the properties of the natures. For there be in one & the same person of Christ these three things, Natures, the proprieties and faculties of the natures, and the actions of them: and these proprieties of natures in Christ are after the verie same manner that the natures, and acti­ons are. Therefore as it is cleere, that one na­ture passeth not into another, nor one action is confounded with another: so is it apparent that their proprieties are after the same sorte.

X. That it cannot bee prooued by the vnion of the natures, that there is a true and a reall chaunging of the diuine proprie­ties, into the humane nature of Christ.

For wee allow that axiome or principle of the Fathers, against the Eutychians, and Mo­nothelities: namelie that, they vvhich haue the same essentiall proprieties, haue also the same natures and essences: and they whose naturall proprieties are confounded, they haue also their natures confounded. Which being of it selfe true in all things, then is it especiallie true in God: in whome the es­sentiall proprieties are indeede nothing else, but the essence it selfe: that it must in verie deed needs follow, if those essentiall proprie­ties can truelie and properly be communica­ted [Page 64]to anie created substance, so that it may be made such, as God is, as (for example) simplie omnipotent; then the diuine essence it selfe cā also be communicated vnto it: so that it might be made equall to God in substance, & there­fore consubstantiall with God, if it might be made equall vnto him, in power, or anie other proprietie. So herein is admitted a double, & that a grecuous offence: One is, that when we communicate truelie and properlie, to a crea­ture those thinges which belong to God, wee make the creature equall to god. Neither can this exception serue to shift it, that God hath them of himselfe, but the humaine nature in Christ taketh them of the Godhead. For euen the Sonne, is not of himselfe, nor hath he his diuine essence of himselfe, but of the Father: yet is he notwithstanding equall to the father and hath the same nature with the Father. A­nother offence is, that vvhile vve attribute di­uine and so infinite proprieties to the humaine nature, as infinite povver: we depriue the same of the ovvne and proper qualitie: not other­vvise then the glorie of the resurrection shall depriue our bodies of the basenesse of corruption, vvhen it shall bee truelie communicated vnto them: and not othervvise then the cleare light of the Sunne, if it bee let into the ayre, vvhich vvas lightened onelie vvith the light of a candell, it extinguisheth that light. For if the infinite povver vvorketh and doth all thinges: the finite shall be idle, and therefore none at [Page 65]all. But sith this heresie, euen in our time, is largely and plainly refelled by many learned men: we which doe here exhibite this briefe & simple confession of our faith to the church of God, and to all posteritie, will add no more to that which hath bin said.

XI. Hovve great the force of this personall vnion is.

Meane while, wee beleeue and confesse the force of this vnion of the natures in the per­son of Christ to be so great: that first, whatsoe­uer Christ is or doeth, according to the diuine nature, that same, whole Christ, the Sonne of man, may be said to be, or to doe: and againe, whatsoeuer Christ doth or suffreth according to his humain nature, that same, whole Christ the sonne of God, God himselfe, is said in the holie Scriptures, to bee, to doe, and to suffer. As that: God (that is Christ, man and God) re­deemed the church vvith his bloode: Act. 20.28 vvhenas the force of the redemption pertained to the god head, the shedding of his blood onelie to the manhood. Yet both these actions are ioyned in one, and each of them may be spoken alike of whole Christ: although they were and are distinct, because the natures, although distinct yet are coupled together in Christs one per­son. Yea Christ the mediatour, according to his humanitie neuer did or doeth anie thing, wherin his diuinity did not or doth not work together: and he neuer performed anie thing [Page 66]according to his diuinitie, whereunto his hu­manitie was not assisting or consenting: that the Fathers verie fitlie called all the works of Christ the Mediatour [...], that is perfor­med both by God and man. Secondlie as the force of the vnion is so great betweene the Father and the Sonne, that he doeth nothing, nor communicateth anie good thing to the world, but by the Sonne: euen so the force of the personall vnion of the two natures is so great, that no grace, no saluation, no life can come to vs from the deitie, but by the huma­nitie, apprehended of vs by faith: so that hee must needs be coupled to the flesh of Christ, that will be partaker of eternall life: whereun­to that saying of Christ tendeth, Ioh. 6.53 vnlesse ye eate the flesh of the Sonne of man, ye shall haue no life in you. Lastlie it causeth, that wee cannot adore the deitie in Christ, but wee must also there­with adore the humaine nature, and that the diuine and humaine nature must both bee re­uerenced with one reuerence onelie, accor­ding to that same: And when he bringeth in his first begotten sonne into the vvoolde, Heb. 1.6 he saith, and let all the Angells of God worship him: Him saith hee, that is, whole Christ, God and man together: when as notwithstanding the humaine nature of it selfe, and considered alone in it selfe ne­ther can nor ought to bee worshipped: (for God alone is to bee worshipped) but the vni­on, (not whatsoeuer) but this personall vnion of the diuine nature with the humaine, cau­seth [Page 67]it. Therefore albeit that God dwell in the Saintes: yet they are not to bee worshipped, nor prayed vnto, as is Christ the man. Wher­fore we confesse this vnion whereof we speak, to be of great force: yet we saie that it is an v­nion which excludeth al confusion and trans­fusion. For if the vnion betweene the father, the sonne, and the holie ghost in one essence, (then which vnion there can be none greater thought or imagined) doe not take away the distinction of the persons: then nether this v­nion of the natures, and so of the proprieties and actions in one person, can take awaye the distinction of the same, and bring in con­fusion.

XII. Christ, in that he is man, is indued with a very great yet a determinate power: and other gifts.

Finallie wee beleeuē, that Christ, like as in that he is God, he is simplie omnipotent, sim­plie wise, and so it may be said of all his other attributes: so in that he is man, hee is indued of the father with a power and knowledge ve­rie farre yea almost infinitelie exceeding the power and knowledge of all thinges created either in heauen or earth: and yet a determi­nate or finite power: and so it may be saide of all his other gifts and vertues, loue, prudence, fortitude, iustice, grace, trueth and the rest, of [Page 68]which Esaias saith, Esay. ii. 2 Ioh. 1.14 Luk. 2.52 and the spirit of the Lord shall rest vpon him &c, And Iohn, He was full of grace, and trueth. Also Luke, he grew in wisedome and fa­uour with God and man. For which cause also, he is saide, Ioh. 3.34 Col. 2.3 in that he is man, to be exalted aboue all principalities and povvers: also that the spirite is giuen vnto him aboue measure: also that in him lye hidden the treasures of wisedome and knowledge. Whereby it comes to passe, that he, in that hee is man, is ignorant of nothing, he is able to do all those things which pertaine to his office: yea and such things as cannot bee performed of anie created substance, but onelie of God himselfe, may bee done by him, by the power of his deitie, yet his humaine wil alwaies wor­king therewithal euermore by consent and as it were by desire: so that in all the actions of Christ, as he is God, pertaining to our saluati­on, alwaies his soule in some sorte ioyneth it selfe thereunto by loue, by desire, and will: as also in all things which he did as man, the dei­tie was alwaies concurrent, yea euen in his death and passion: not that the deitie suffred, but that it willed both the passion and death of Christ, and added to his passion and death an infinite power, euen to cleanse vs of our sinnes. To conclude, concerning the two na­tures in Christ, and the vnion and proprieties of them, wee beleeue whatsoeuer hath bin de­termined in the Nycene, Constantinopolitane, E­phesian, and Calcedonian counscels, against Ar­rius, Apollinaris, Nestorius, and Eutyches: and [Page 69]in the sixt Synode against the Monothelites.

XIII. Tvvo kindes of actions in Christ: and all those things which we read that he did & suf­fred, were done indeede according to the trueth of the matter, and not after a vaine shew or illusion.

Now from the person of Christ, and his na­tures, and the vnion of the natures, to passe o­uer peculiarly to his actions and his office: First we beleeue, that as there are two true natures in Christ, whereof each hath had and hath her true and essentiall proprieties, coupled toge­ther, euen as the natures are also vnited, but not confounded together: so there are two kinds of actions, which our Lord Iesus Christ is said partlie to haue performed, and partlie wil yet performe for our saluatiō: some wher­of proceed from his deitie, and some from his humanitie: and the same partlie haue bin, & partly are so ioyned together, and yet distinct that each of their formes (as Leo speaketh) al­waies worketh with communiō of the other, The word, performing those thinges which are of the worde, and the flesh, those thinges which pertaine to the flesh. Moreouer, as those thinges which Christ did and doeth by vertue of his diuine nature, were true and not fained deeds, (for he truelie reconciled vs to his father, he truelie forgiueth sinnes, & truely sanctifieth, and regenerateth.) So whatsoeuer [Page 70]we read that he did or suffred for vs according to his humanitie, wee beleeue that he did and suffred all those things truelie and indeed, and not onelie in a vaine shew and (as some speak) an appearance onelie.

XIIII. A declaration of the former opinion.

Wee beleeue therefore, that Christ, as hee was truelie conceiued of the seede of Dauid, and truelie borne true man, and did truelie eate, drink, & performe other humaine deeds: so also that he truelie kept the law for vs, 1. Pet. 4.1 Luc. 24.36 that he truely suffred in the flesh, and died, and rose againe from the dead in the same flesh, and ascended with his visible, palpable & humain bodie, circumscribed with true and certaine dimensions, into the true and created heauen placed aboue all these visible heauens: Act. 3.21 and ther of his free wil worketh & abideth: til such time as hee returne againe in the same visible body truely from heauen, to iudge the quick and the dead: and that he truely desireth our saluation in heauen, and hath a care ouer vs: & his spirituall and liuelie motion and feeling worketh in vs, Eph. 1.22. & 4.16 as his members: and lastly that he gouerneth the whole church.

XV. The fruites of the obedience, passion, death and resurrection of Christ.

And wee beleeue that Christ by his perfect obedience, deserued eternal life, not only for himselfe but also for vs: by his passion & death [Page 71]he satisfied for our sinns in his flesh: he redee­med vs out of the hands of Satan, the tirannie of death, and the bondage of sinne: he recon­ciled vs to God in himselfe, and made vs his beloued, that in him wee might bee deemed righteous with the father: and by his resurre­ction and ascension into heauen hee obtained also for vs both the resurrections, Apo. 20.5 (as Iohn spea­keth) the first and the latter: and that in our name he tooke vnto himselfe possession of the hea­uenlie in heritance: Eph. 1.20 and sitteth at the right hand of God, that is, hath taken to himselfe power o­uer all things in heauen and in earth: So that, in asmuch as he is our Mediatour and is man, he hath obtained of his father the secōd place: is appointed head of the church, aswel which is in heauen, as which is on earth: that from him, and euen from his flesh, is conuaied by his holie spirite, whatsoeuer pertaineth to the quickning and to the spirituall life of vs, to all those, which as members are fastened vnto him their head. And therefore wee acknow­ledge, beleeue & confesse, that in Christ alone is placed our whole saluation, redemption, iustice, fauour of God and eternall life: 1. Cor. 1.30. accor­ding to that saying, VVho of God is made vnto vs wisedome and righteousnesse, and sanctification & re­demption: Also, be is our peace: Also, Eph. 2.14 Ier. 23.6 Eph. 1.7 Col. 1.19 1. Ioh. 5.11 Iehouah our righteousnesse, In him vvee haue redemption by his blood, forgiuenesse of sinnes: Also, it pleased the Fa­ther that in him all fulnesse should dwell: Also, life is in his Sonne. And therefore we know that the [Page 72]promise concerning redemption, which was made vnto the first man, did receiue accom­plishment in this other man Iesus Christ: so that whosoeuer will bee made partaker of it, he must needs be ioyned to his head Christ & be made a member of him. For we haue re­demption and saluation not onelie by him, as a Mediatour, but also in him, as our head. This is our faith cōcerning Christ the redee­mer, his person, natures, and office, and the saluation of mankinde fulfilled and laide vp in him.

XVI. Errors.

Therefore we condemne all aswell the an­cient as later heriticks, which euer taught or teach the cōtrarie: Arrius, Photinus, & name­lie Seruetus, and all other vngodlie men of that crewe, which denie the true deitie of Christ: the Cerdonians, the Marcionits, the Va­lentinians, the Maniches, the Priscillianits, the Apollinarists, and the rest which do oppugne the true humanitie of Christ: some denying, that Christ came in the flesh, and that hee had true flesh: and doe contend that he brought a phantasticall bodie from heauen, or that hee was conceiued of the elementes, and not of the seede of Abraham, and that hee was not borne of a woman: others graunting him in­deede [Page 73]a true humaine flesh, but yet depriuing him of a reasonable soule, and substituting his deitie in place of his soule: Also the Neitori­ans, which denied the true vnion of the hu­maine nature with the person of the Sonne, & did set downe two persons in Christ, and two Sonnes, the Sonne of God, and the Sonne of man. We likewise condemne the Eutychians, which on the contrary side, as Christ is but one onelie person, so they leaue him but one na­ture onelie, namelie the diuine: teaching that the humaine nature which he assumed, either is wholy turned into the diuine: or els so min­gled and confounded with the diuine, that they make no difference at al in him, between the proprieties and actions of his diuine and humaine natures. Wee condemne also those which haue proceeded from the former, as Macarius with his followers, which make but one onelie will in Christ, namelie the diuine, and therefore admit no proper action at al of the humane wil in Christ. We condemne like­wise the Cerdonians also in this pointe, that they said, Christ did not truelie suffer, nor was truelie dead, but that he fained a suffring, or (as some heritiks say) he suffred and died pu­tatiuelie: and therefore with these we also cō ­dēne, all which taught or teach the like things: as namelie, that Christ rose not againe truelie in the same flesh, wherein he died, but in ano­ther of a diuerse nature: or else, that if he rose [Page 74]in the same, yet that he did not truelie ascend into heauen, and carrie the same into hea­uen, and chaunge the place of it. Wee also also with Hierome, Cyrill and other of the fa­thers condemne the Originists, and their like who taught that Christ rose againe with a bo­die like vnto a spirite, most subtill, and in it owne nature inuisible, and not subiect to the senses: all those likewise as Iewes and Turkes, which denie that the worlde is redeemed by the benefite of Christes death: Also all those lastlie, which goe about to proue our saluation to be grounded vppon any other thing, either in parte, or altogether, then onelie in Christ: and blasphemouslie doe auouch that sinnes may bee expiate or remitted by anie other sa­crifices, then that one sacrifice of Christ one­lie. For wee acknowledge one onelie redee­mer Iesus Christ, without whome, as there is no true God, so no true saluation: and one onely sacrifice, the oblation or offring wherof being once made, not onelie all the sinnes of the elect were once washed awaie in the per­son of Christ, but also beeing yet continuallie washed away euen vnto the ende of the world are remitted to them that beleeue.

CHAP. XII. Of the true dispensation of the Redemption, the saluation, & life which is laid vp in Christ alone: and therefore of the necessarie vniting, and participation vvith Christ.

I. Saluation and eternall lise is laid in Christ, that from him it may bee com­municated to be.

WE beleeue, that euen as the sinne of Adam, and death which followed the same, remained not in Adam alone: but from him, as from the head of all mankinde, it did and doth flow into all men, which by a common generation haue bin and are borne of him: so likewise that the righte­ousnesse of Christ, and the eternall life due vn­to him, is not holden in Christ alone, but is deriued into all those, who by the regenerati­on of the holie spirite are made one with him, and as true members are ioyned vnto him as head of the whole church: and that to this [Page 76]ende and purpose Christ came in the flesh, and that all our saluation and life consisteth in him, as in our head: that it may indeed be bestow­ed and communicated vppon all the elect of God which are vnited vnto him.

II. The grace of redemption, and saluation is offred vnto all men: but indeed is not commu­nicated, but to the elect, who are made one vvith Christ.

For we beleeue, Mar. 16.15 & 16 that although the grace of redemption, saluation and eternall life which God bestoweth, be earnestly propounded and offered vnto all men by the preaching of the gospell (for, that very manie are not made par­takers of the same, it is through their owne fault:) yet is it not indeed communicated, but vnto those, who (beeing from the beginning chosen and predestinate vnto it in Christ, as in the head of all the elect, that they should bee his members and so made partakers of salua­tion) were afterwards in their time called by the gospell, indued with faith and so grafted into Christ and made one with him.

III. To the true participation of eternall life, howe necessarie this true vnion or communi­on is with Christ.

For euen as the braunch can draw no liue­lie sapp from the vine, Ioh. 15.1.2.3.4.5.6.7 nor the bough from the tree, nor the members anie motion, sence, or [Page 77]life from the head, vnlesse, they be ioyned to the vine & tree, and these to the head: euen so cannot men receiue anie saluation or life from Christ, (in whome onelie it consisteth) vnlesse they be grafted into him, & coupled in a true and reall vnion, and being coupled doe abide in him.

IV. That we cannot be vnited vnto Christ, vnlesse he first vnite himselfe to vs.

Sith therefore the whole participation of true righteousnes, saluation, and life, hangeth and dependeth vppon this most necessary cō ­munion with Christ, and vnto the same is re­ferred, both the preaching of the gospell, and administration of both the Sacraments, yea & the whole Ecclesiasticall ministrie: Therefore what our faith cōcerning the same is, we pur­pose to declare & witnes to the whole church, as brieflie and plainelie as may be, in certaine assertiōs or positions, which after follow. Of the communitie with Christ. 1. Ioh. 4.10 And first we beleeue that, as we therefore loue Christ, as Iohn saith, because he first loued vs. & we come vnto him by our spirite, because he came first vnto vs, by his: and therefore wee imbrace him by faith, because he first, by vertue of his spirite imbracing vs, stirreth vs vp to faith: so we also can by no meanes cleaue and bee vni­ted vnto him, vnlesse he first doe ioyne and v­nite himselfe vnto vs. For the one is the cause of the other the first of the latter. Wherefore [Page 78]we must pray vnto him, Ioh. 14.23 that he will come vnto vs, and make his abode with vs.

V. How many fold is the vnion of Christ with vs, and of vs with Christ, and how they are ordered in themselues.

We acknowledge furthermore this coniun­ction of Christ with vs, and likewise of vs with Christ to bee threefold: one, which was once made in our nature: another, which is dailie made in the persons of the elect, which yet goe astraie from the Lord: and the last, which shall be likewise with the Lord in our persons when they shall be present with him: namelie when God shall be all in vs all. And the first is re­ferred to the second, & the second to the third euē as nature is ordained to grace, and grace to glory. For the first is also made by assuming of our nature into the vnitie of the person [...] Of the word. The second is made by assu­ming of our persons into grace, and into one misticall bodie with him, and as Peter spea­keth, into participation of his diuine nature. The third shall likewise bee made by assuming of vs all into euerlasting glorie with Christ. Nei­ther doe wee doubt, but Christ purposed to foreshew vnto vs the second by the first, and the third by the second: that by that which was alreadie made, we might bee confirmed in the hope of that which was to be made.

VI. As the first vnion was made that satisfaction might bee made for our sinnes: so the se­cond is made, that vve might bee partakers of that sa­tisfaction.

Wee beleeue therefore (that letting passe those things which pertaine not to this mat­ter in hand, wee may come neerer) that the Sonne of God, by the euerlasting will of the Father, and therefore of himselfe also and of the holy ghost, like as he tooke vpon himselfe into vnity of his person, our flesh, that is, mans nature, conceiued by vertue of the holy ghost in the wombe of the virgine, that he might in himselfe purge vs of our sinnes, and in that flesh he most perfectlie fulfilled the lawe of God for vs, beeing made obedient vnto his Father euen vnto death, and at the length the same flesh being offred vp in sacrifice for our sinnes, he obtained in himselfe eternall salua­tion for vs: so also, that he might make vs par­takers of this saluation, by sacrifice of his flesh assumed for vs, he was willing & accustomed to take vnto him and to knitt and ioyne all his elect vnto him, in another kinde of vnion: namelie in such a coupling, as in it wee may bee vnited with him, though not into one person, yet into one misticall bodie, whereof he is the head, and euerie one of vs members, and may be made partakers of his diuine na­ture.

VII. As the first is made by vertue of the holie ghost, so is the second.

As we certainelie knowe that as the Sonne of God, our Lord Iesus Christ, in the first vni­on coupled vnto himselfe our flesh and blood, by vertue of his spirite: (for he was conceiued man of the holie ghost, and therefore without sinne: for which cause also he is called, the man from heauen:) so also in the secōd vnion he doth communicate his flesh and his blood and his whole selfe vnto vs, and in the same commu­nion doth knitt, ioyne and incorporate vs into him, by the power of the same his spirite: that alwaies the bonde, where with Christ is cou­pled with vs, and we with Christ, might bee the same spirite of Christ: which, as it did bringe to passe in the wombe of the virgine, that the sonne of god should be made flesh of our flesh, and bone of our bones: so also by working in our hearts, and incorporating vs into Christ it bringes to passe, that wee likewise, by partici­pation of the bodie & blood of Christ, should be bone of his bone, and flesh of his flesh: espe­ciallie seeing hee stirreth vp that faith in vs, whereby wee acknowledge and embrace him for true God and man, and therefore a per­fect Sauiour.

VIII. The vnion of vs with Christ, is spirituall, yet so as it is true and reall.

So we beleeue, that this other vnion also, is [Page 81]almost no lesse (then the former) so spirituall (if we may so speake) that yet it is true & reall: Because that by the spirite of Christ, wee, all­though remaining on the earth, yet are truely and reallie coupled with the bodie, blood, and soule of Christ, raigning in heauen: so as this misticall bodie, consisting of Christ as the head and of the faithfull members, sometime is sim­plie named Christ. So great is the coniunction of Christ with the faithfull, and of them with Christ: that surelie it may seeme not to be said amisse, that as the first vnion was made of two natures in one person: so this is made of many persons, as it were into one nature: 2. Pet. 1.4 Eph. 5.30 according to those sayings, That ye should be made partakers of the diuine nature: And: Wee are members of his bodie, of his bones, and of his flesh.

IX. A confirmation of the former opinion, hovve straight this vnion is.

For like as the soule in a man, because it is one and the same, and no lesse whole in the head, and in each member, then it is in all the bodie together, it causeth, that all the mem­bers do vnite and ioyne themselues into one bodye, vnder one head: euen so, by vertue of Christs spirit, because it is one and the same in Christ and in euery of the faithfull, it causeth, that all of vs knitte spiritually together both in soules and bodies into one, we are all one and the selfe same body with Christ our head: a body (I say) misticall and spirituall, because [Page 82]it is ioyned and compact, by a secret band of the same spirite.

X. This vnion, because it is made by vertue of the holie spirit, cannot be hindred by a­nie distance of place.

Whereupon it followeth that this true and reall vnion (though spirituall) of our bodies & soules, with the bodie and soule of christ, can be letted by no distance of place, though ne­uer so great: because that spirite is so mightie in operatiō, as it reacheth from earth to hea­uen, and beyond, and ioyneth in one no lesse strictly, the members of christ being on earth, with their head in heauen sitting at the right hand of the Father, then the soule of a man ioyneth together the hands and leggs and o­ther members into one bodie with the head: yea though that man were so great, that his head did reach vnto the ninth spheare, and his feete stand fast in the center of the earth. So great is the vertue of the soule: thē how great is that of the holie spirit, the true and almigh­tie God.

XI. The spirit, by whome this vnion is made, is gi­uen of Christ, to the preaching of the gos­pell and administration of the Sacraments.

Furthermore wee beleeue, that his spirite, whereby christ both coupleth himselfe vnto vs, and vs vnto him, & ioyneth his flesh with [Page 83]ours, and ours with his: is communicated of the same christ, vnto vs, by his meere grace, when and where and how he please, yet ordi­narily at the preaching of the gospell and ad­ministration of the Sacramēts. Of which thing was a visible testimonie, which we read, how that they in the primitiue church, which im­braced the gospell by faith, and were bapti­sed in the name of christ or vpon whomsoeuer the hands were laid, besids the inuisible grace receiued also diuerse sensible giftes of the spi­rite.

XII. This vnion, is the especiall ende of the gospell, and Sacraments.

Whereuppon we do easily gather, which is the principall end, both of preaching the gos­pell, and administring the Sacraments: name­lye this communion with christ the Sonne of God incarnate, who suffered and died for vs, but now raigneth in heauē, and imparteth sal­uation and life to his chosen: which commu­nion was begonne here, but was to be perfe­cted in heauen: so that we, by this true & reall copulatiō of our selues with his flesh & blood, and his whole person, may also be made par­takers of eternall saluation, which was pur­chased by him, and stil remaineth and abideth in him.

XIII. That this vnion is not imaginarie, nor made by participation of gifts onely, but by communication of sub­stance.

But we call this present incorporation of vs with christ, true, and reall, and substantiall: that we may meet with that errour, wherein some thinke that wee forge a certaine imagi­narie and a false vnion: or that wee meane no other true vnion, but that which is made by participation of spirituall giftes, and grace of christ, without communication of the sub­stance of his flesh and blood.

XIIII. This vnion is made by no other meanes, but by the holie spirite, and by faith.

But againe, lest some might hereby falslie gather, that wee conceiue of such an vnion, which is made with the flesh of christ beeing really here vppon earth, by some physical or naturall touching, either grosse or subtile, as al sensible thinges are coupled with the sences, some in grosser; and some in a subtiller man­ner: or which is made with the same flesh re­maining in heauen, by certaine intelligible formes in the minde (as the philosophers speake) as all things which are vnderstood are vnited with the vnderstanding faculty, which apprehendeth the same by certaine formes or images: Therefore we al adioyne the meanes whereby this vnion & incorporation is made [Page 85]namely by the spirite of christ, communicated vnto vs, really abiding in vs, coupling vs vnto christ, and working in vs, that by a liuely faith we may embrace christ.

XV. A confirmation of both these propositions, name­lye, that this vnion is essentiall, but is made onely by the spirit, and our faith.

For both these things, namely that this co­pulation is essential, & made by the only spirit of God, and by our faith, the holy scriptures, do plentifully and plainely declare. Eph. 2.14.15 16 The Apo­stle writing vnto the church at Ephesus, be­cause all enmitie being taken away by christ, & the particion wal broken downe, The lewes and Gentilles, two sortes of people much dif­ferent, were reconciled to God and between themselues, and were altogether ingrafted & renued in christ by the same holy spirit: there­fore hee doubted not to saye, They vvere both built, (not into one people, as it seemed hee should haue said) but, the better to expresse how straight this vnion is, into one new man, in Christ. Wherefore sith all of vs doe liue with one & the selfe same spirite, renued as it were in one and the same minde, and are ioyned together vnto one and the selfe same head christ: Eph. 4.1 [...] wee are fittlie all of vs together called one new man. And in the same epistle descri­bing this neere and essentiall incorporation, he compareth christ to the heade, and all vs to the [Page 86]members, coupled & knit with the head by sinnues, ioyntes, and ligamentes: which take their life and motion from the heade. And nothing is more often vsed in the holye Scriptures then this similitude, that hereby wee might more easily and clearely vnderstand, what, and how great, this coniunction of all vs is with christ, through his spirite, which dwelleth in al peo­ple that are regenerate. For this cause the same Apostle, Eph. 2.21.22 23 compareth Christ to the foundati­on, and all the faithfull to stones (but yet liuing stones, euen as the foundation, that they may receiue increase from him) built vppon the foun­dation: Mat. 16.18 In vvhome all the building coupled together, groweth vnto an holy temple in the Lord, by the holie spirite: which thing also christ did, before the Apostle, more then once, making himselfe the foundation, and the church the building, sure­ly grounded vpon that foundation, and faste­ned by an inseparable knot. Ioh. 15.1 To the same pur­pose, christ calleth himselfe a vine, and vs the braunches, which drawing life and sapp from the vine, do liue, and bring forth good fruits. The same is also shewed by the similitude of the tree and the oliue, Rom. 11.17 whereinto the faithful, as braunches cut from the wilde oliue, are in­grafted, that they may bringe forth good o­liues: and are ingrafted by the holy spirit, and by faith. Phil. 2.1 Eph. 3.17 Eph. 5.32 Whereuppon, to the Philippians, it is called the communion of the spirite: And Christ is said to dvvell in our heartes by faith. Nor is it ob­scure, that the Apostle calleth this incorpora­tion [Page 87]of the church with christ, and of christ with the church, and all the faithfull, a mariage, after the custome of the Prophets: whereby two shalbe made one flesh. And two, said God, shalbe one flesh: And the Apostle, This (saith he) is a great misterie: but J speake concerning Christ and concer­ning the church. But that same is still very plaine and readie; which Iohn writeth of this vnion, and of the spirite by which the same is made and knowne: 1. Ioh. 4.13 By this (sayth he) we knowe that vve dwell in him, and he in vs, because hee hath giuen vs of his spirite. Therefore he dwelleth in vs, & we in him, by the same holy spirite, which is both in him and in vs. To this also beelongeth that same, He vvhich hath not the spirite of Christ, the same is not his. But the Apostle knoweth that all are christes, which are true and liuely mem­bers of christ.

XVI. It is concluded, that this coniunction is essenti­all, and made by the onely spirit of Christ and our faith.

Being perswaded therefore by these and o­ther the like testimonies of holy scriptures, we doubt not, but christ and his Apostles ment to signifie vnto vs, that the communion, which all we the faithfull, aswell smale as great haue with christ, and with his flesh and bloode, is true and reall: and yet is made by no other meanes, then by vertue and knitting of the ho­ly spirit. And therefore though it be secret, ful of misteries and spirituall, because it is made [Page 88]by the spirite and by faith: Yet we ought not to doubt, but that through the same spirit, it is as true & essential, as is that same betweene the husband and the wife beeing ioyned into one flesh: betweene the foundation, and the stones thereon builded: betweene the tree & the boughes: betweene the vine & the braun­ches: lastlye betweene the members and the head, coupled together with ligaments and si­nues, liuing and working with the same soule: that no coniunction with christ himselfe, can be made greater then this, while wee liue in this mortall flesh.

XVII. A confirmation of this opinion by another si­militude, and by very philosophie.

Surely if there were in all men but one and the selfe same soule, it must follow, that innu­merable many persons, were onely one man: Euen as, of one and the same essence being in the three diuine persons, the holy writers doe conclude, that therefore there is one onely God. Yea and the same would appeare much more plainly to be true, if those many men had but one onely head, to which they should bee ioyned, and of which they should haue their motion. VVhat maruaile then, that the holie ghost bee one and the same in all the godlie, which being also in Christ, doth so really cou­ple vs with him, that we are one body with him and amongst our selues: yea al of vs one new man in the same head Christ? for in those two [Page 89]respects, namely one, of the spirit, by whome; the other of the head, Eph. 2.14 to whome wee are ioy­ned, Paule saide all the faithfull vvere one nevve man.

XVIII. By the vnion vvith Christ, the participation of the benefits of his death and resurrection is conueied vnto vs.

Now of this communion with christ, there followeth and dependeth the participation of his benefites, and of saluation gotten, and re­maining for vs in his flesh and blood: For as the branches can draw no nourishment from the vine, nor the members from the head, nor the liuely stones from the foundation, vnlesse they be really ioyned with their foundation, with their head, with the tree, with the vine, & abide in them: so neither can we from Christ our head, our foundation, our tree, our vine, vnlesse wee bee truely grafted into him by the holy ghost, and do abide in him, beeing made flesh of his flesh, and bone of his bone. Wher­fore they doe vs very great iniurie that say we therefore denie the true participation of his flesh and blood, and that we affirme a partici­pation only of his gifts and benefits, because wee will not admit, which wee cannot admit, that the true bodie of Christ doth passe reallie through our mouth into our bodies. As though it were not a true and an essentiall communi­on, which is made by the holy ghost and by faith: sith nothing can knitt more strictlie, di­uerse [Page 90]substances and natures into one, then the holy ghost: As we see in the incarnation of the sonne of God: and in the creation of man being compounded of the soule and the bodie. Surelye if that communion, which is made by the onely spirit and by faith, with the flesh and bloode of Christ, were not able to saue, vnlesse he should also passe through the mouth into our bodies: Christ had prouided but slenderly for his church. Therefore in re­ceiuing of the gospell, and in the profession of Baptisme, he would haue the same communi­on to be made: 1. Ioh. 1.3 1. Co. 12.13 as Iohn witnesseth of the first, and the Apostle Paule of the second. This therfore is our confession of the true commu­nion with Christ in generall, and therefore of the dispensation of saluation and life which is in Christ.

XIX. Errors.

Wherefore we disallow their error, which teach that remission of sinnes, and saluation is communicated to men, Opus ope­ratum. by the vvorke wrought, as they call it, without faith, and without the true vniting with Christ. Yea & we condemne their blasphemie, who labour to proue, it may be done by works not commaunded of god, but deuised by men, and full of superstition & idolatry: and theirs also, which setting nought by the ministerie of the worde, doe teach that saluation is communicated aswell without, as with the hearing of the word and receiuing of [Page 91]the Sacraments: and much more those, which affirme that al infants in their mothers wōbes, aswell of faithfull parents as of infidells, are made partakers of the benefite of Christ.

CHAP. XIII. Of the gospell, and of the abro­gation of the lawe by the gospell.

SEing, first the gospell, and then the Sacra­ments, Baptisme, and the Lords Supper, are the outward instrumentes, whereby our redeemer the Lord Iesus Christ, vseth to offer and bestowe the grace of redemption, & remission of sinnes, vppon the worlde, and to communicate himselfe vnto vs his elect, and to incorporate vs likewise into himselfe, & so to make vs indeed partakers of that saluation and life, which we haue in him; Therefore wee haue purposed, briefly and plainely to declare vnto Gods church, what our faith is concer­ning the same.

I. The gospell what it is.

Concerning the gospell therefore, accor­ding to the signification receiued and vsed in the church, we beleeue, that it is nothing else, but the heauenly doctrine concerning Christ, preached by Christ himselfe, and the Apostles [Page 92]and contained in the bookes of the newe Te­stament, bringing the best and most gladsome tidings to the world: namely, that mankinde is redeemed by the death of Iesus Christ the onely begotten sonne of God: so that there is prepared for al men, Mat. 3.2 if they repent, & beleeue in Iesus Christ, a free remission of al their sinns saluation, and eternall life. Wherefore it is fit­lie called of the Apostle, Eph. 1.13. The Gospell of our sal­uation.

II. The gospell was promised by the Prophets, but published by the Apostles.

For albeit, that this misterie, euen from the first beginning of the world, was reuealed vn­to the fathers, and that the Prophetes spake of the same: yet that which they preached, was rather Euangelical promises, and those reser­ued among the Iewes, then the gospell it selfe, which was to be published to all nations: sith they foretold of a thing which was to come, but did not declare the thing present, or that was past: Rom. 1.2 1. Pet. 1.10 as the Apostle teacheth to the Ro­maines, and Peter in his first epistle.

III. Aswell the fathers were saued by faith which they had, in the promises concerning Christ the redeemer, as wee which beleeue in the gospell.

Meane while we doubt not but aswell the fathers, Rom. 4.3 who beleeued in those Euangelicall promises, of Christ which was to come, and [Page 93] should bruise the serpents head, were saued, Heb. 1.10 as we also by our faith in the gospell, telling vs that Christ is come, and that he hath redeemed the world, are saued: as the Apostle, both in other places and in the epistle to the Romaines doth largely teach vs, concerning Abraham: & to the Hebrues, concerning all the other so that it is a foule blasphemy, to say, that only earth­ly matters were promised to the fathers, and that they receiued onely such, and not heauē ­lie, as remission of sinnes and eternall life. For looke what the gospell is vnto vs, properly re­ceiued: the same were the Euangelicall pro­mises to them: Rom. 1.16 namely the power of God to salua­tion vnto euerie beleeuer.

IV. The doctrine of the gospell, touching the sub­stance, is most auncient, and eternall.

Whereby wee knowe, that the doctrine of the gospell, touching the substance thereof, is not new, but most auncient, and preached vn­to the Fathers, euen from the worlds creation: so as Iohn not vnfitly called the gospell, Apo. 14.6 an e­uerlasting gospell.

V. The parts of the gospell, how many, and what.

Furthermore, there ar three especial points in the gospell, which wee are called vppon to performe: Repentance towardes God, Faith in our Lord Iesus Christ, Act. 20.21 Mar. 1.4 Mat. 28.10 and a care to obserue whatsoeuer Iesus Christ hath willed and com­maunded.

VI. A declaration of the former opinion.

The Gospell therefore, which setteth out vnto vs Christ with the whole fauour and mer­cy of God, with the purging & forgiuenes of sinnes, and with the whole saluation and eter­nall life, laid vp in him, requireth onely these three things. First that being touched with an earnest griefe of our whole life ledd amisse, wee might desire from our heart to haue our mindes, and so all our affections chaunged & renued into the obedience of the diuine will: and that we might earnestly pray and doe our best endeuour, that it might be so: Secondlie that, imbracing Christ by a true faith, withall his treasures, wee might beleeue firmely, and without any wauering, that all our sinnes are for euer pardoned, of the fauour and mercie of god through Christ alone, and we receiued into grace, made the children of God, and heires of euerlasting life: Lastly, that beeing thus perswaded of the free and eternall salua­tion through Iesus Christ, wee should thence foreward labour by all meanes, to obserue whatsoeuer Christ hath commaunded, to the glorie of God, and profite of our neighbour: so, as faith do euermore accompanie vs to the ende, whereby we beleeue, that howsoeuer in this new obedience, we err or do offend, yet for Christs sake it shall not be imputed to vs: but contrariewise, by the perfect obedience, iustice, and holinesse of christ imputed vnto [Page 95]vs, our imperfect obedience shalbe perfected, and shalbe taken and reputed for most per­fect in the sight of God. And to three thinges are all the preceptes of christ referred, name­ly, that renouncing all vngodlines & worldly desires, wee should liue in this world, (in res­pect of our selues) soberlie, (in respect of our neighbour) iustly, (in respect of God) godlie: Tit. 2.12. looking for that blessed hope, and the com­ming of the glorie of the great God. This wee beleeue to bee the summe of those thinges which christ requireth of vs in the doctrine of the gospell: and therefore that they bee true gospellers, and christians indeede, that bende their whole studie and care hereunto.

VII. Jn what thinges especially the Gospell differeth from the Law.

And nowe of that which is alreadie saide, it appeareth, that we do not confound the Law with the Gospell. For albeit wee confesse that God is author aswel of the Law as of the gos­pell, and that of it selfe, it is as well holie, iust, Exo. 20 and good, as the gospell: Rom. 7.12 yet we hold that ther is no smale difference betwixt them both: not onely because the Lawe was deliuered to the Israelites alone, and the gospell pertaineth to al people and nations: and also, not onely be­cause that was for a time, and to continue but till christ, and the gospell is euerlasting: and also not onely because, that was deliuered by Moses, and declared by the Prophets, and the [Page 96]gospell was brought by christ, and published to the whole world by the Apostles: But indeed and most especially for these causes: First, be­cause the matter of the law, is onely comman­dementes with irreuocable curses thereunto ioyned, if they bee broken neuer so little: It hath also promises, not onely of earthlie but also of heauenly blessings: but al of them with the condition of perfect obedience, and none merely free. But the gospell is properly a hap­pie message, setting before vs gratis christ the redeemer, forgiuing sinnes and sauing vs: yea and requiring nothing at our handes for the obtaining of life euerlasting, but a true faith in christ, which faith cannot bee without true repentance, nor without a care to doe the will of God, that is, to liue so berly, iustly, and god­ly, as is aboue declared. Moreouer because the law did not performe, that which it required; nether had it power whereby to saue, & there­fore was vnsufficient, and a killing letter, the minister of wrath and death, more prouoking then taking away sin: But the Gospell, what it requireth, the same it performeth, and there­fore, whatsoeuer it offereth, the same also it truely imparteth vnto vs: For as much as the holy ghost is by it powerful in the elect, at the preaching of the Gospell: stirring vp in them that true faith, wherby they apprehend christ offred, and with him eternall life: For faith is by hearing of the Gospell: Rom. 10.17 but obedience is not by hearing of the Lawe: because the holie [Page 97]spirite giueth no man strength to the hearing of the Lawe, by which hee might obserue the same, as he stirreth vp faith in the elect, to the hearing of the gospell. For which cause, as the Lawe is called a killing letter, so is the Gospell called a quickning spirite: and therefore is a true and forcible instrument to saluation, vnto e­uerie beleeuer. Whereon also followeth the third difference: namely, that the Law was not written in their hearts, but remained written onely in tables, and therfore did not chaunge men: But the Gospell is written by the holie ghost in the hearts of the elect, & therefore it chaungeth and renueth them, 2. Cor. 3.18 because it is the instrument of the holie ghost, to sanctifie and to saue vs.

VIII. The Law of Moses is partly taken away, and partly not taken away by the Gospell.

Of this which we haue said, it also plainelie appeareth, what our faith is of the abrogation of the law by the gospell. First wee beleeue, that in the gospell (so farre forth as it decla­reth all things, which in the old Testament did figuratiuely foreshew of Christ, to bee fullfil­led in this Iesus, as is saide before in the 11. chapter) we are taught, that the law of Moses concerning cerimonies, sacrifices, and all Mo­ses outward worship are simply abrogated: ac­cording to that saying of the Apostle, Heb. 9.10 Ioh. 1.17 that all these things vvere inioyned vntill the time of refor­mation: and that, The Law was giuen by Moses [Page 98]but the trueth came by Jesus Christ. Moreouer so farre forth as the gospell is the instrument of the holy spirit, whereby we are ingrafted and vnited to Christ, & made partakers of redēp­tion and saluation (as is said before in the 12. chapter.) So far also we confesse that the mo­rall law, touching the cursse against the trans­gressors, is abrogated by the gospell of Christ: according to that of the Apostle: Rom. 8.1 There is no condēnation to them that are in Iesus Christ: where of this is a token, that they walke not after the flesh, but after the spirit. But now so farre forth as the doctrine of the Gospell requireth our re­pentance, and the holinesse of life, and that we liue soberly, righteously, and godly: therein it taketh not away the law concerning māners: for it is wholy consonant and agreeable with the doctrine of the gospel of eschewing vices and following vertue. Lastlye, in as much as Christ in his gospel did not take away the po­liticke lawes of the nations, which were not contrarie to the law of nature: Therefore wee thinke it lawfull and free for any gouernors to bringe among their subiectes such politick lawes as were deliuered to the people of Isra­ell, and by the same, (then which none are more iust) to rule and gouerne the people. Therefore they do exceeding great iniurie to the Gospell of Christ, that saye it troubleth or ouerthroweth common-wealthes. This is our faith concerning the gospell of our Lord Iesus Christ.

IX. Errors.

We condemne therefore the Antinomi, & whosoeuer disallow the morall law, and cast the same out of their churches as contrarie to the gospell, or nothing appertaining to chri­stians, and do reproue those magistrats which labour to bring in Moses politicall precepts among their people.

CHAP. XIIII. Of the sacraments of the nevv Testament.

BEcause God to make perfect that com­munion with Christ, wherein consisteth the whole participation of saluation, would not onely vse the word of the gospell by it self alone, but also other external signes applied and ioyned to the worde, of which two consisteth a Sacrament: Therefore after our confession of the gospell, wee haue also adioyned our confession of the Sacraments, and the same briefe and plaine, and agreeable to the holy Scriptures and chiefest articles of our christian faith.

I. VVhat wee meane by the name of a Sa­crament.

We knowe that a Sacrament is properly a [Page 100]holie couenant or oath and promise, on both sides, that is, made betweene God & his peo­ple, not simply, but established and confirmed by sacred rites & ceremonies: as it manifestly appeareth in the Sacrament of circumcision betweene God and Abraham: and betweene Christ and vs in Baptisme, which succeeded the circumcision. Therefore Sacrament is oftē taken of the Fathers for that whole action, ei­ther of Baptisme, or of the Lords Supper: wherein there goeth before, a promise on both sides, holily confirmed with external rites and seales or signes, and euen with the bloode of Christ. But afterward by a Synecdoche, they vn­derstood by the name of Sacrament, onely the rites, and signes added to the word. And this last signification hath beene much vsed in the church. We therefore call a Sacrament, accor­ding to the significatiō receiued in the church, not the word alone, nor the element alone, but the element, water, or bread & wine, ioy­ned with the worde of the gospell according to Christs institution: according to that same of Augustine. To the element commeth the worde, and then it is a Sacrament.

II. Sacraments, of what things they bee Sa­craments.

But because euerie Sacrament is a Sacra­ment of some thing, this thing wee saye is that which is mēt in the word of the gospell, name­ly, the grace of God in Christ, or rather Christ [Page 101]himselfe with grace & saluation placed in him. For him doth the gospell wholy propound or set out vnto vs: and vnto his communion, as the word, so the Sacraments also were institu­ted, and do draw our mindes by their signifi­cation: and therefore that which is outward­ly giuen, wee call it a signe of him, which is to be receiued in wardly: and that which is done without, we cal his seale, which the holy ghost worketh inwardly in our hearts.

III. Of vvhat parts a Sacrament consisteth.

Hereby also we knowe, of what parts pro­perly consisteth a Sacrament, namely of the word and outward signe, but so as they be re­ferred to the thing signified and represented by them, and whereof they are a Sacrament. For that wherof any thing is a Sacrament, can not be the Sacrament it selfe, nor parte of the Sacrament: sith euerie Sacrament is a Sacra­ment, of some other thing then it selfe. Meane while we doe not simplie separate the thing it selfe from the Sacrament, neither do we denie but among the fathers, and most of the godlie and learned writers, vnder the name of Sacra­ment, is comprehended that it selfe, whereof any thing is a Sacrament: as by the name of Baptisme not only is vnderstood the outward washing with water, and the word, but also is [Page 102]contained, the verie inwarde cleansing of the conscience from sinne & regeneration. There­fore we embrace that saying of Ireneus, of the Lords supper, that it consisteth of an earthly mat­ter, and a heauenly: Neither doe wee our selues vse to forbeare such kinde of speaches when we talke of the sacramēts: but yet in this sence, not that it is properly a part of the sacrament, sith it is rather that, to the participation wher­of the sacraments doe bring vs: but that the sacrament hath a mistical relation vnto it: and by the band or knott of this relation, the earthly matter is coupled with the heauenly. And thus doe wee reconcile many sayings of the learned writers and of the Fathers, which seeme to haue some diuers and contrary mea­nings, when indeede their opinions are one & the same euery where: most of them calling sacramentes simply by the names of signes, fi­gures, tokens, tipes, antytipes, formes, seales, sealinges, cerimonies, visible wordes, and such like names: others, saying it consisteth of an earthly matter & a heauenly: which howe it is to be vnderstood, we declared euen nowe: but all often calling the sacraments, by the names of those things, whereof they bee sacraments, after the vse of the holy Scriptures: when as notwithstanding all men haue ment and professed in the name of sacraments, these three thinges, the word, the signes added to the word, and the thinges where of they are signes.

IV. Causes, why the Lord would haue the external signes added to the word of the gospell, and why they are called vi­sible words.

We beleeue also and freely confesse, that these visible signes, by Gods institution, were added and ought to bee added to the word, for a more full and firme confirmation of the word, in our mindes: sith it is euen vnto such an ende, that euery where among all nations they vse to put their seales to writings and to testaments. Which is also the cause why Augu­stine calleth the outward signes & the things obiect to our sences, visible wordes: because in­deed they were instituted to this ende, and added to the word, that they might doe that which the worde doeth: that is, that the same which the worde signifieth to our eares, the signes may represent to our eyes & other sen­ces: and so might confirme the word and pro­mises of God: and as by the word faith is stir­red vp in our mindes, so also by the outward signes, as it were sealed with seales it might be more throughly confirmed and increased: and lastly, that, as the worde, so also the holie signes be instruments of the holy ghost, by which wee are brought vnto that communion with Christ, and do conioyne therein. And we haue no doubt, but all this was instituted of God for our infirmitie and ignorance, and for the weakenes of our faith: that the same might [Page 104]be helped not onely by the word, but also by the vi [...]ible signes; by which faith properly we take hold on Iesus Christ, and grow together in him.

V. VVhere the words of the institution are not re­hearsed, there is no sacrament: & there­fore without vse they bee nothing, but as they are in their owne nature.

But as we beleeue, that the signes are ad­ded to the word, not for superstition, but for greater confirmation of our faith, so also that the word in administration of the sacraments is necessarie, not to charme vs, but to stirre vp faith in vs: so that where the words of the in­sutution are not so rehearsed, that they may be heard, and vnderstood, whereby faith may be stirred vp: there we denie it to be a ttue sa­crament: and therefore we affirme, that the signes without the lawfull vse, bee not Sacra­ments, but onely the same thinges which they are of their owne nature, and nothing else. For the signes are translated, onely by the word, from their common vse to the holy vse: that which many call to be consecrated & hallow­ed: and thereby is made a sacrament, euen as Augustine said, The word commeth to the element, and the sacrament is made, it commeth indeede, that it may be vnderstood and beleeued.

VI. That Sacraments be not simple markes, or bare signes.

Therfore we beleeue, that these sacramen­tall signes be not simple markes which onely do seuer vs from other people, that are not of the true church; or meere tokēs vnto vs of our christian societie; or whereby we should pro­fesse our faith openly, and giue thanks to god for our redemption: but that they are the in­struments by which (while the actions & be­nefits of Christ are represented vnto vs) they are called to our remembrance, his promises are sealed, and our faith stirred vp, the ho­ly ghost also doth ingraft vs to Christ, & doth keepe vs beeing ingrafted, and makes vs dai­ly to growe vp more and more into one with him: & that beeing indued with a greater faith towards God, and earnester loue towards our neighbour, and a mortification of our selues, we might lead a life euen like (so far as might bee) to the life of Christ, in spirituall ioye and gladnesse: till the time when we shall liue with him in heauen most holily and blessedlie for euer.

VII. The sacraments of the newe conenant, of what sorte.

Wee also confesse with Augustine, De doct. chr lib. 3. cap. 9 that the sacraments deliuered by Christ, are in number few easie to be done. and most worthie to bee vnderstood. Few in number, because they are [Page 106]onely two, Baptisme, and the Lords Supper: easie to be done, for there is nothing either in Baptisme or the Lordes supper, which may not easily be performed & receiued, nothing trou­blesome, nothing vnpleasant, or straunge vnto a man. Lastly most worthie to be vnderstood, because, although the things which are seene, are of no value, yet those things which are sig­nified, which are set downe to be thought on, considered and vnderstood in the minde, are most reuerend, heauenly, diuine, & pertaining to eternall saluation.

VIII. To the worthy receiuing of the sacraments, there is need of vnderstanding and faith.

And thereby also we know, that the sacra­ments to the worthie receiuing of them, doe require an action and attention of the minde & a faith in vs: whereby wee vnderstand what is signified and offered to vs by them, and ap­prehend it with a minde setled in faith: euen as Christ teacheth, Luc. 22.19 1. Cor. 11.24 where he saieth of his sup­per: doe this in remembrance of me, And the A­postles waighing and cōsidering these words of Christ doth largely expoūd them. To which purpose is also that, Lift vp your hearts. For there be set before vs matters most reuerend, heauenly, and diuine, to be vnderstood in the minde, and receiued by faith.

IX. That the matter of the Sacrament is seriously offred to all men, though all do not truely receiue the same, but only the cho­sen faithfull.

And although all men come not to the re­ceiuing of the sacraments, with faith, and true vnderstanding; yet as the signes are giuen to all that professe Christ, so also we beleeue, that the things signified by the sacraments, are se­riously offred vnto all by Christ: and therefore that nothing is diminished of the substance or soundnes of the sacrament, by the vnbeleefe of them that receiue the signes only: for it de­pendeth wholy vpon the institution of Christ, and the trueth of his wordes.

X. VVhile the sacraments are ministred, the spi­rit of Christ is powerfull in the faithfull: & therefore they not only receiue the signes, but also partici­pate in the things sig­nified.

But albeit the spirit of Christ be not power­full in all men, on whome the Sacraments are bestowed, (as it is neither, to all vnto whome the word is preached, and that by their owne fault, because they haue not vnderstanding & faith:) yet wee beleeue that in the faithfull e­lect of God he is powerful: in as much as they being indued with faith by the hearing of the word, and confirmed more and more in the [Page 108]same by the receiuing of the sacraments, are brought by the same spirit into the communi­on of Christ, and made to ioyne and growe to­gether with him therein: and therefore we cō ­fesse, that these men in Baptisme are truely washed and purged from sinne by vertue of Christs blood, and in the Lords supper they eate of Christs true flesh and drink of his true blood.

XI. That Christ is both author, and true disposer of the sacraments.

And wee acknowledge, as one author so one true disposer of the sacraments, euen our Lord Iesus Christ: which giueth the outward signes by men his ministers, but he himselfe properly and truely imparteth vnto them, the matter of the sacramentes effectually by him­selfe, or by his holy spirit: like as Iohn the Bap­tist said, J baptize vvith water, but Christ will bap­tize with the spirit. And therefore as it is lawfull for no man to institute new sacraments: so also can no man boast that he truely and properlie cleanseth consciences of sinne, or that he fee­deth men with the true bodie and bloode of Christ: but onely (as they say) ministerially, or, as a minister.

XII. The sacraments are not polluted to the faith­full by the vices of the ministers.

Now if Christ alone, be not onely the true author of sacraments, but the disposer also: [Page 109]we easily gather, that the sacraments are not polluted to others that be faithfull by the vi­ces of the ministers, whose labour he vseth: Tit. 1.15 but that notwithstanding they may receiue them worthily, and be made partakers of the thing signified and offered by the sacraments. For to the cleane all things are cleane: Eph. 3.17 and Christ with all his riches, dwelleth in the heartes of the faithfull.

XIII. That grace is not tied to the Sacraments.

By these foundations are we confirmed, in the opinion receiued among all godlye men, that the grace of God is not tied to the sacra­ments, so that who so receiueth them, must needs receiue also grace, that is, the thing sig­nified and offred by the sacraments, although he want faith: as though a man could obtaine the matter of the sacrament by the vvorke wrought (as they call it.) Mar. 16.16 Act. 8.13 For Christ saide not simplie whosoeuer shalbee baptized, he shalbe saued, but he first addeth, vvhosoeuer beleeueth. And Si­mon Magus he receiued the sacramēt of Bap­tisme, but he obtained not the matter of Bap­tisme, when as yet (as Peter witnesseth) hee was wrapped in the most bitter gaule of sinne and in the bond of iniquitie, and diuelish ma­lice: and therefore he had no part in the king­dome of Christ. Many also (as saith Augustine) doe eate the bread of the Lord, but not the bread the Lord. For as they that heare the gospel are not all made partakers of the forgiuenes of sinne [Page 110]declared therein, vnlesse they repent them of their former ill-life; and doe beleeue in Christ: so neither do they obtaine those things, which are represented and offred by the sacraments, because they receiue the same sacramentes, vnlesse they haue also true repentance and faith.

XIV. By the vnworthinesse of the receiuers, the ver­tue of the Sacraments is not taken away, nor weakened.

Neither yet do we thereby weaken or take away the vertue of the sacraments, and the force and power giuen vnto them of God, which we acknowledge to depend, not vpon the vnworthines of the ministers, or receiuers but on the faith and vertue of Christ the in­stitutor of the sacraments. For euen as the gos­pell doth keepe vnto it selfe alwaies, both the signification, though it bee not vnderstood of all, and the power of giuing all things which it offreth, though all bee not made partakers thereof: euen so the sacraments, those visible wordes doe the like: namely, that as the gos­pell of it selfe, is the power of God to saluati­on, but indeed to none but the beleeuers: So also the sacramentes are alwaies the working instruments of the holy ghost to saluatiō, how­soeuer none receiue this powerfull working, but the true beleeuers. For which cause, the Apostles feared not to call them all which were baptized, 1. Cor. 6.11 holy, renued, righteousse, although they [Page 111]knew, that among them were many hypocrits. For by such speaches they declared the great power giuen by God vnto the sacraments, & what we should beleeue they would work, vn­lesse perhaps our hypocrisie did hinder them. In which sence if a man saye, that who so doe eate the bread of the Lord, they also are made partakers of the Lords body, that is, it cannot stand with the vertue of the sacrament, and with the vertue of the author and distributor thereof, but who so be partakers of the sacra­mēt, must needs also be partakers of the thing signified and offered by it: such a manner of speach we cannot disallow: so that such expo­sitions might be added, by which the people might be instructed, and those false opinions, conceiued before of the worke wrought might be drawne out of their mindes.

XV. Betvveene the signes and the matters is a sa­cramentall vnion, and what it is.

And although we saye, that the matter of the sacraments is not tied to the sacraments, or included in them, namely either physically or locally, or corporally, or also by any knott or bande, as though God had simply promi­sed the very matters themselues to euery one that should receiue the sacraments, howsoe­uer they lacked faith: so that he were bound to communicate them vnto vnrepentant and vnbeleeuers: yet we take not away all coniun­ction and copulation of the thing signified, [Page 112]with the signes. For we acknowledge & con­fesse a sacramentall, that is, such an vnion, as is agreeable to a sacrament, with the thinges of the Sacrament. And this sacramentall vnion consisteth in a certaine mistical and holy rela­tion: namely in as much as the signes do sig­nifie the things, and offer them to be recei­ued: & the things are signified by the signes, and are giuen to be receiued: no otherwise thē the vnion is, betweene the word signifying & exhibiting, and betweene the things by the word signified and exhibited. But the con­iunction, aswell that of the sacraments, as this of the word with the things themselues, han­geth or dependeth vpon the wil and counsell of God the institutor: who when he instituted the preaching of the gospell, and administra­tion of the sacraments, did institute them to this ende and purpose (as is declared;) both that we, hearing the word, and seeing and re­ceiuing the signes, should by & by lift vpp the eyes of our minde to the things signified by them: & beeing offred vnto vs, should receiue them with the hands of faith: and might in­deed be vnited vnto Christ, whom they preach vnto vs, and shewe as it were with the finger, by their signification. Therefore as the coniun­ctiō of vs with Christ, is al full of mistery, as the Apostle teacheth in the 5. to the Ephe. So also we thinke this vnion both of the word, & sa­cramēts, with the things wherof they be signes and sacraments, to be misticall and spirituall.

XVI. A definition of the sacraments.

We iudge therefore sacraments (in fewe wordes to comprehend manie things) to bee externall signes and such as are obiect to our senses: ioyned to the word of the gospell, ac­cording to Christes institution, for our igno­rance and infirmitie, and the more earnestlie to stirre vp and confirme our faith: by which all men are seriously called to the true and re­all communion with Christ, and so with his flesh and blood, and consequently to the par­king of all the good things which ar in Christ, and which are signified & offred by the word and by the signes: and as for the elect & faith­full they are indeed drawne by the holy spirit inwardly working in their mindes, that they being incorporated to Christ may accomplish and make vpp the bodie of the whole church, preordained of the Father, to his owne praise and glorie, and their eternall blessednesse.

XVII. The sacraments of the old Testament, what in general they had in them, common vvith ours.

Touching the sacraments of the old Testa­ment, there is no cause we should speak much seing they are quite abrogated: only this, that the Fathers had the same God, the same pro­mises, the same mediatour, the same spirite of regeneration, the same faith and hope: and the same sacraments in respect of the substance, [Page 114]which is Christ: howsoeuer in cerimonies they were diuerse from ours: especiallie sith theirs were deliuered to them for the same ende and purpose, for which ours were deliuered to vs: namely, that they might bee confirmed in the faith of Christ, and bee ioyned in communion with him. Whereunto belong those sayings. The lambe slaine from the beginning of the worlde: Apoc. 13.8 1. Cor. 10.4 Heb. 13.8 Also, All did drinke of the same rock, and the rocke was Christ: And, Christ yesterday, to day, and for euer.

XVIII. There be onely two sacraments of Christs church.

And wee acknowledge two sacramentes, which are properly to be called by that name and which haue euer bin common to the vni­uersal church of Christ: Baptisme & the Lords supper: of which the one properly belongeth to the beginning of the communion with Ie­sus Christ, the other, to the increase: whereupon also the one is called the water of regeneration, the other, the holy banquett and supper.

XIX. Errors.

Wherefore we cannot allow of those, who will haue sacramentes to be there, where no word is heard, but only the element seene: nor those which distinguish not the matter of the sacrament from the sacrament, but will haue it come into the mouth, aswell as the sacra­mentall signe: whenas the matter of the sacra­ment, [Page 115]is that, which the signe, that is obiect to our senses, makes to come into our thought, not to fall into our hands or mouth: neither those likewise, which do consider nothing in the sacraments, but what they see with their eyes: or which will haue them onely tokens or badges, by which we are discerned from other people, or bare signes, and not the instrumēts of the holy ghost, by which he worketh migh­tily in vs, and confirmeth vs in the communi­on of Christ. And we condemne them which institute new sacraments, other then them, which Christ instituted: and those, which tye the grace of God, and the things signified by the sacraments, to the sacraments: so that e­uerie one which receiueth the signe, should be said euer to receiue truely the thing it selfe.

CHAP. XV. Of Baptisme.

BEsides that, which we haue spoken of the sacraments in generall, we also especially beleeue and confesse of Baptisme, thus.

I. Baptisme what it is, and vvhat are the effects of it.

Baptisme, M [...]t. 28.1 [...]. first is a sacrament of the new co­uenant: wherewith all men which either ha­uing professed true repentance of their finnes, doe also professe faith in Iesus Christ, and so [Page 116]in God the father, Cor. 7.14 the sonne, and the holie ghost, or at least, are beleeued to appertaine vnto the couenant, Act. 19.5. 1. Cor. 6.19 through the faith of their parents: but especially they, which truely doe belong vnto the couenant, as beeing now in­corporated into Christ are sealed by him; that they should be no longer their owne men, but his, by whome they are called into the societie of the couenant, and consequently into one bodie with him and all the Saintes, and into participation of all spiritual & heauenly good things: Eph. 1.12 Eph. 5.26 Apoc. 5 Tit. 3.5 Rom. 6.4 Mar. 1.4 and are cleansed by this Baptisme, as the water of regeneration, from al their sinns, by vertue of Christs blood: and buried into the death with Christ: that as he rose frō death by the fauour of the Father, so wee should walke in newnesse of life: whereupon it hath bin vsually called the sacrament of repentāce for the remission of sinnes, the sacrament of faith, the seale of the couenant, the water of regeneration, the washing away of sinnes, the sacrament of new life.

II. The vertue of Baptisme takes place only in the elect, and they onely are baptized vvith water, and with the holy ghost.

But though all these things are said of bap­tisme, and are truely attributed vnto it, as to the holy ghostes instrument to worke these things, and that therefore all which are bapti­zed, are truely said to be made and to be such sacramentally: yet we beleeue, that it is not [Page 117]indeed and really performed, but only in the elect, which are indued with Christs spirit: sith they onely doe beleeue rightly, and do truely belong vnto Christ, and to his misticall body: And therefore, that all are baptized indeede with water, but the elect onely with the spirit: and all doe receiue the signe, but not all are made partakers of the thing signified & offred by baptisme, but onely the elect.

III. Of what parts the whole sacrament of Bap­tisme consisteth.

And we beleeue, that vnto the making of the whole sacrament of Baptisme, those two thinges are sufficient which Christ instituted, namely, the simple element of water, where­with the parties are washed, either by dip­ping in, or by sprinkling vpon: and that forme of words, wherewith Christ taught them to baptize, that is, In the name of the father, the sonne, and the holy ghost: nether did the Apostles as we are perswaded, vse any forme of words, or added any thing else vnto the water.

IV. The yong infants of the faithfull, are to bee baptized.

We beleeue with the whole anciēt church, that vnto the sacrament of Baptisme, are to be admitted not onely they that are of discre­tion, which hauing professed repentaunce of their sinnes, doe also professe faith in Christ: but also the yong children of such, sith they [Page 118]are to bee accompted to belong to the coue­nant, 1. Cor. 7.14 (as the Apostle saieth,) The children of the faithfull are holie: especially seing God hath no where altered that commandement which he gaue to Abraham, for the marking of all, with the figne of the couenant, euen the children of the faithfull: Mat. 19.14 nay he said, Suffer litle children to come vnto me; for of such is the kingdome of hea­uen.

V. How farre forth Baptisme is necessarie in the Church, and how needfull to euery one to saluation.

Wee beleeue that Baptisme is altogether necessarie in the church, as a sacrament insti­tuted of Christ: and which the church cannot be without, so that where it is not vsed, if it may bee vsed, there wee acknowledge no church. And we thinke it so necessarie vnto e­uerie one to saluation: that, yet notwithstan­ding if one dye not washed with the water, for defect or want of a minister, and not vpon contempt; we beleeue, he is not therefore cō ­demned, or wrapped in eternall destruction. For the children of the faithfull are therefore saued, because they are holy and vnder the co­uenant of God: and men growen are saued, because they beleeue in Christ with a true faith, which indeed can suffer no contempt of the commaundements of Christ.

VI. Baptisme once rightly receiued, ought not to be taken againe.

Furthermore we beleeue, that as circumci­sion was done onely once in the flesh: so the Baptisme of water, which succeeded circum­cision, Col. 2. being once rightlie and lawfully recei­ued, ought not againe to be repeated. VVee say that it is rightly and lawfully administred when first the doctrine of the gospell, concer­ning the true God, Christ and his office, goeth before according to Christs institution: and then the parties are baptized with water, and that of a lawfull minister, in the name of the father, the sonne, & the holie ghost. Rom. 6.4 For Christ also once died, and was buried; and wee are baptized into his death, and are buried with him by Baptisme: Act. 19.5. neither doe wee reade that the Apostles euer did rebaptize anie: except those which Paule did baptize, who had not bin rightlie baptized.

VII. The vertue of Baptisme is perpetuall.

Now although wee come but once to the sacrament of baptisme: yet wee hold, that the matter of this sacrament and the vertue there­of is perpetuall: which vertue is nothing else but the verie planting into Christ, and so the participation of his benefites, the washing a­way of sinnes, and regeneration, which dailie more and more is made perfect by the holie ghost. For the Apostle saith, Eph. 5.26.27 that he cleanseth the [Page 120]church by washing of vvater through the worde, that he might make it vnto himselfe a glorious church, without spott or wrinkle. 1. Ioh. 1.7 And his blood clēseth daily frō all sinne. And therfore we thinke & beleeue that the faithful being content with once re­ceiuing of the sacrament, ought daily to bee occupied in remembrance of it, and to waigh in their minds, to what ende they were bap­tized, or what they haue obtained of God by baptisme, & what also they promised to God therein: whereby they may the more be con­firmed in faith, and grow vp into the commu­nion with Christ, and bee made more carefull of performing their dueties. For baptisme is not bestowed on vs, for remission of originall sinne onely, or our sinnes past: but of all the offences of our whole life: euē as the pulling out of the waters is a signe of a newe life, not for one day, but for al our time: as the Apostle saith, Rom. 6.4 VVe are buried with him (euer) into his death by baptisme: that as Christ rose from death by the glory of his father, so we should (alwaies) walke in newnesse of life. Wee were once wa­shed with outward water: but the blood of Christ is a continuall streame, washing and cleansing vs daily from our sinnes.

VIII. By whome baptisme ought to bee administred.

Wee beleeue also, that holie baptisme is to bee administred by those: by whome also the gospell is preached: For to whom Christ said, Goe into the whole worlde, and preach the gospell, to [Page 121]them he also said, Baptizing them, in the name of the father, and the sonne, and the holy ghost: teaching them to obserue, whatsoeuer is commaunded you.

IX. Errors.

Therefore we condemne all, aswell aunci­ent as late herisies, which haue at anie time beene scattered against the sound doctrine of baptisme: Seleucus and Hermias, who bapti­zed with fire: The Cerdonians and Marcio­nites, who vsed another forme of words, then that which was prescribed by Christ, & bapti­zed in the name of another God, then of the father, sonne and holy ghost: those also which baptized in the name of Iohn, or any other man: the Cataphriges, who baptized dead mē: with all Donatists and Anabaptists, who re­baptize them which come vnto them: & which denie that infants ought to be baptized: and those also that denie baptisme to be true, vn­lesse there bee added, exorcismes, spittle, salt, and other cerimonies deuised by men.

CHAP. XVI. Of the Lords supper.

BY that which we haue saide, of the com­munion with Christ, and of the worde of the gospell, of the sacramentes in gene­rall, and of Baptisme: may easilie be gathered what our faith is, concerning the Lordes Sup­per.

I. The sacrament of the supper, is an instrument of the holie ghost, to helpe forvvard the communion with Christ, and with the church.

We beleeue that the sacrament of the sup­per, is not onely a testimonie of our commu­nion with Christ, and with his flesh and blood and with the whole church: but also an instru­ment of the holie ghost to confirme & helpe foreward the same: the Apostle saying, the bread vvhich we breake, 1. Cor. 10.16 is it not the communion of the Lords bodie? the breaking and the taking of the blessed bread, he calleth the communi­on of the Lordes bodie: because they which eate with an actuall faith in the Lorde, doe ioyne in communion with the Lord, and with his flesh and blood: as also they that imbrace the word of the Apostles in faith, do receiue a communion with the Apostles, & that cōmu­nion is with the father, and with his sonne Ie­sus Christ.

II. A confirmation of the former opinion.

For as baptisme, is an instrument to begin this communion, because by it, wee are borne againe in Christ: so is the supperinstituted, to make perfect the same: because in it wee are fedd or nourished with the flesh and blood of Christ, that we may growe vp in him: as the A­postle saith, 1. Cor. 12.13 vve are all baptized into one bodie, and we all drinke, of one drinke into one spirite.

III. The increase of our communion with Christ, is the principall end of the Lords supper.

There are also other endes of the institutiō of the Lords supper: namely, that beeing ad­monished both by the words & signes, which represent vnto vs Christs death, and his blood shedd for vs, we should reuerently esteeme of the benefite of our redemption: as the Apostle saith, As oft as yee shall eate of this bread, 1. Cor. 11.20. yee showe the Lords death. And therefore the ende is, that we may be confirmed in the faith concerning remission of sinnes, we may be nourished into hope of a blessed resurrection, wee maye giue thanks to him for so great a benefite: we may be stirred vp to repentance, and lastly, we may openly before the whole congregation renue our couenant begunne with God. But sith all these things tend to this, that we may more & more be vnited to Christ, & be made one with him, and he more feelinglie liue in vs, and we in him, being now made flesh of his flesh, and bone of his bone: therfore we doubt not but the supper is principally instituted, for the in­crease of this vniting and communion with Christ, wherein our saluation is made perfect and accomplished. Whereunto it also tendeth that bread and wine are the nourishments of the bodie: so as wee may hold it for most cer­taine, the flesh and blood of Christ is the same in nourishing of our soules, & preseruing thē in life, that the bread and wine is to our bodies.

IV. The bread, why it is called the bodie of Christ.

Whereuppon we may also vnderstand, why Christ called this bread, his own body: name­ly, not for that it is either properly his verie true bodie, or that there is any such body cō ­tained within it, or also that it is onely a bare signe of his bodie, broken and dead for vs: but that it is a sacrament, (for sacraments saith Augustine take vnto them the names of the things, whereof they be sacraments) and therefore an in­strument also of the holie ghost, to communi­cate vnto vs the true body of Christ, & to con­firme vs in his communion. Like as for the same cause the Apostle also called baptisme, not the signe of regeneration, Eph. 5.26 but the vvashing water it self of regeneration: namely because that by this washing of water through the worde, as by a fitt instrument, Christ by the working power of his spirite doeth inwardly wash and cleanse vs, and begett vs a new.

V. The true and substantiall body of Christ is spo­ken of the bread, but improperly, and figuratiuely.

Wherefore we doubt not, but in the words of the supper, the true and naturall bodie of Christ is spoken of the bread: especially sith it is added for expositions sake, which is giuen for you. So that it is most truely said that the bread is Christs bodie, euen that true bodie which was giuen for vs: but yet this is improperly & [Page 125]figuratiuely: sith in verie deede, the bread was not giuen for vs, but the verie bodie of Christ, whereof the bread is a sacrament.

VI. The bodie of Christ is not in the bread, reallie, and properlie.

Hereby we are also confirmed in this opini­on: that as the bread is not properlie the verie bodie of Christ, but a sacrament thereof: so al­so Christ is not in the bread, reallie and pro­perly. For in sacraments, the thinges whereof they bee sacraments, are not really included, although they borrowe their names of the things, as in baptisme the matter is apparent and out of all question: in which no man saith that the blood of Christ, by which we are wa­shed from sinne, or the verie regeneration it selfe is included, as also in the worde of the gospell, the thinges are not therein really in­cluded which by it be declared. Nowe sacra­ments be visible words. And Christ said not, my bodie is in this, that is, in the bread: but in a farre other manner of speach, as, This, that is, this bread is my bodie. Now if any wil say, that this is all one in sense: it will follow, if the bo­die of Christ bee really in the bread, then the bread is really, properly, and substantially the bodie of Christ. And if this be impious to bee spoken, neither do wee thinke that the other can godlily be affirmed. Yet we denie not, but it is in it sacramentally, in that sense, that wee say remission of sinnes, and saluation and life [Page 126]is in the worde of the gospell, which it decla­reth and offereth. But sith the common sorte haue vsed to drawe such manner of speaches to superstition, wee iudge that those speaches are altogether to bee foreborne and auoided, and the simple plaine phrases of the scriptures to be vsed.

VII. In the supper are giuen, not onely the signes, but also the things signified by them.

Now this is setled in vs, without all contro­uersie: that although the bodie and blood of the Lord, are not, that is, do not existe in their owne substance and in verie deede and pro­perly, in the bread and wine, but are in heauē: yet notwithstanding with the verie distributi­on or giuing of the bread and wine, there is truely offered vnto all men the true flesh of Christ to be eaten, and his blood to be drunk: not simplie, but in as much, as his flesh was betraied vnto death for vs, & his blood shedd for the remission of our sinnes. For the words are manifest which Christ speaketh, in Iohn, of the eating his flesh, Ioh. 6.53. and drinking his blood, if any man will haue life in him: and that which the Apostle saieth euē iumping with the words of Christ, He which eateth the bread and drinketh the Lords cupp vnworthilie, he is made guiltie of the (true) bo­die and blood of the Lord. Neither doubt we, but Christ, as he plainely commaunded the bread to bee eaten: so also by adding immediatly This is my bodie, he closely commaunded tha [Page 127]to bee eaten, aswell as the bread, but yet each of them in a diuerse manneri

VIII. None but the faithfull doe truely eate Christs true flesh.

But albeit the flesh of Christ be offred vnto all, in the supper to be eaten: yet we beleeue that it is truely eaten of the faithfull only; both because they alone haue communion with Christ, and with his flesh and blood, and others haue not; neither by receiuing the bread are made partakers of him; and also because they alone haue the spirite of Christ, by vertue of whom onely, the flesh of Christ is truely com­municated, yea and also because they alone doe bring true faith, without which, the same cannot bee truely receiued and eaten. For Christ giueth not his true bodie to bee truely and indeed eaten, but only to them, which do aswell beleeue that the same was betraied for them vnto death, and his blood shedd for re­mission of their sinnes, as those wordes to bee true, This is my bodie.

IX. That hypocrites eate Christs bodie sacra­mentallie.

By the way we denie not, but hypocrits also lacking the true and iustifying faith, in recei­uing and eating the breade, as a sacrament of the Lords bodie: may be said to eate the very true bodie of Christ also, namely sacramental­ly, not truely and indeed: Euen as the Apostle [Page 128]saith al the Corinthians, 1. Cor. 6.11 which were baptized with water, were sanctified & iustified, namely sacramentally, as is aboue said: though not all of them were truely made such.

X. There bee three kinds of men that eate, and therefore diuerse sorts of eating.

Thence also we learne, that there are three kindes of men which may be called into que­stion, whether they eate the flesh of Christ, or eate it not. The first, is of such as receiue the bread, as common meate, and not as a sacra­ment: They eate not the true bodie of Christ in any respect, and are the true Capernaites, & their eating is meere carnall. And others of the contrarie side, receiue not the bread (yet not vpon contempt) but onely beleeue in the gospell: and their eating is meere spirituall. Lastly there are others, who not contenting themselues onely with faith in the gospell, do also receiue the bread: not simplie, as the first sorte, as bare bread: but as a sacrament of the Lords bodie. Whereuppon it comes to passe that they are said, to take and eate sacramen­tally. But sith this may bee done aswell of the the godly and faithfull, as also of vngodly hy­pocrites, (yet in a diuerse manner; of the one sort by faith, of the other without true faith:) therefore we also say that the vngodly hypo­crites do eate it onely sacramentally, but the faithful, do eate it both sacramētally & truely and spiritually, and therefore to saluation.

XI. The true body of Christ is eaten onely by faith.

Seing then, wee say that the true bodie of Christ is reccaued onely of the faithfull, both sacramentally, and also truely: we meane that it is eaten, not with the mouth of the body, but the mouth of the minde and with a heart in­dued with faith: & that by meanes of the ho­lie ghost, which worketh in vs, and applieth whole Christ vnto vs. For it is the meate of the minde (saith Cyprian) not of the bellie. And, Ser. de caen. 1. Cor. 12.13 The flesh profiteth nothing (as Christ saith, and Augu­stine expoundeth) but it is the spirit which quick­neth. And the Apostle teacheth, Ioh. 6.63 By one spirit we are all baptized into one bodie, and haue bin all made to drinke into one spirite. And if that all true con­iūction with Christ be through the holy ghost, though he with his bodie do remaine in hea­uen, and we vpon the earth: it followeth, that this eating must bee after the same sorte. For what else is it to eate, then to receiue & vnite vnto thee meate for the nourishment of that part, to which it is ordained, after a due sort? But the flesh of Christ (as hath beene said) is food of the minde, not of the bellie. Neither vndoubtedly, is the flesh of Christ otherwise eaten, then in respect that it was killed for vs, and made bloodlesse, as the words do sound, and the breaking of the bread doth represent; and that truely also, euen as the passeouer, and all the sacrifices were eaten. But now his body liueth, and can not bee without blood: as at [Page 130]the first supper it was neither without blood, nor dead. And therefore wee cannot without sacriledge affirme, that it passeth properly & that by the mouth into our bodies. And to what ende also, as the sacrament of bread is giuē without wine, & the wine without bread: so in the supper, the bodie is giuen without blood, and the blood seuerally without the bodie: but that wee might know, that these his owne substances, as they are properly in hea­uen, doe not passe through our mouthes, but are receiued onely by a faithfull remēbrance, effectually stirred vp by the holy ghost? For this did the Lord himselfe require, saying, doe this in remembrance of me: and in saying, This is my bodie which is giuen for you. For in speaking thus, he required in them faith, whereby they might beleeue this. and beleeuing might eate: that is, might apply it vnto themselues for the food and life of their soules. Wherefore wee hold assuredly, that they eate the flesh of Christ truely, and not by an imagination: who, be­leeuing that it was giuen vnto death, for the cleansing of their sinnes, doe with a faithfull minde imbrace the same for such a sacrifice, & applie it vnto themselues. And they which thus eate the bodie of Christ as dead, wee doubt not, but they are more and more ioyned to the now liuing & quickning bodie of him, accor­ding to his owne promise: Ioh. 6.56 who first said, He which eateth my flesh, and afterward added, abi­deth in me, and I in him.

XII. The opinion of the corporall eating, to be reie­cted, as vaine and vnproffitable.

Moreouer sith this manner of eating the flesh of Christ, namely, by faith, is both sure, and profitable to saluation: And the other, namely of eating it with the bodilie mouth, cannot be prooued out of the holy scripturs: and admit that somewhat might probably be alleadged for it, yet it is not necessarie, nor cā any thing at all profite the soule, but bringeth with it into the church many mischiefes, mon­strous herisies, idolatries, stirres, schismes, dis­solution of congregations: yea, makes christi­an religion to be a scorne and derision to infi­dells: we therefore beleeue, that piety willeth al of vs, contenting our selues with that kinde of eating, which in the supper is made by faith and by the spirite, wee should not regard the other kinde, but bidding it farewel, we should reuerently imbrace brotherly charitie, and peace, to which ende also the supper was insti­tuted. Nether indeed cā the vse of those kinde of speaches be suffred in any other sense: then in this, as we vse to saye, that what we vnder­stand by hearing the words with our eares, the same we learne by our eares. But to bring in phrases not vsed in the scriptures, especiallie such as bee not onely vnprofitable, but also pernitious & hurtfull, wee thinke it altogether vnlawfull.

XIII. That there is a true presence of Christ in the supper: but it is spirituall.

Now by this which we haue saide, both of the true vnion, and the true eating: it may ea­silie be seene, what wee ought to beleeue of the true presence. Wee hold therefore, that if we be truely and indeed vnited with Christ, & so with his flesh and blood: and, if we truely eate his flesh and drinke his blood: then the same Christ not onely in his deitie but also in his flesh and blood is present vnto them that are vnited vnto him, and do eare his flesh and drinke his blood. For what can be more pre­sent to thee, then that which thou eatest and drinkest? and to which, thou in thine owne sub­stance art coupled, and from which, as from thy head, life and motion is imparted to thee as into a member?

XIV. Such as the vnion and eating is, such is the presence, namely spirituall.

But as both the vnion, and the eating are made by the spirite and by faith: so also wee beleeue, and haue beene taught, that the pre­sence is no other then spirituall, and is in men that are indued with the spirite of god, & with faith: and therefore that this kinde of presence cannot bee letted by any distance of place, though neuer so great.

XV. A thing is present, or absent, so farre forth as the same is perceiued or not perceiued.

For neither the neerenesse nor the farnesse of the places, maketh a thing to be present or absent, but the participation or not participa­tion of the same thing. The sunne, though it be verie farre distant from vs, yet it is said to bee present; and it is truely said to be in our eyes, when as we are made partakers of it: Againe it is absent, whē as either ouershadowed with cloudes, Aug. ad vol. Epi. 3. Col. 10. or gone into the other hemispheare we cannot see it: To a man starke blinde, the light thereof is neuer present, though it shine euen into his eyes: as likewise excellent mu­sicke to one that is deafe: or the sweetenes of an oration, to an vnlearned man. God is also said to be farre from the vngodlie, because he is not perceiued of them by faith: whenas notwithstanding in his owne essence, he is not farre from any of vs. For in him wee liue and are mooued, and haue our being. Therefore so farre forth as a thing is perceiued or not perceiued of vs, either by the naturall part or by the sen­ses, or by the minde, or any other waye: so far also is it said to be present or absent.

XVI. VVhat kindes of presence we denie, and vvhat kindes we graunt.

Wherefore albeit we disallow, that the sub­stance of the bread being changed, or wasted into nothing, there should succeede in place [Page 134]thereof, the true flesh of Christ, and that so to bee present vnto vs, that vnder the accidents of bread should lie hidden the true substance of Christs bodie; and albeit we also denie the flesh of Christ to be really and in it owne sub­stance, present in the bread, which bread hath no other vnion with his flesh but the sacra­mentall vnion, which is made by a misticall relation; and albeit, wee also gainsaye, that he is present to the wicked, which haue not that spirituall communion with him, nor can bee said truely to eate his flesh; And albeit we doe not graunt such a presence of Christs bodie, namely that he is now present with the faith­ful vpon earth in the time of the supper, visibly to bee seene of them, as he was in the first sup­per present at the table, visibly to be seene of his Apostles (for this doth plainely disagree not onely frō the nature of the body of Christ, but also frō the scripture it selfe) but do graūt that he is present with them onely in an vnui­sible manner, and such a manner as is not to be perceaued by our senses; Lastly albeit wee detest that presence, wherein some doe faine the flesh of Christ really & in it owne substāce to be euerie where: yet wee beleeue and ac­knowledge such a presence, as is no lesse essen­tiall, for the things which are truely present vn­to vs (seing we are indeed made partakers of them) then spirituall for the manner, where­in they are made present, and are truely com­municated vnto vs. Yea wee also doe little [Page 135]doubt, but the flesh of Christ is present in the bread, and his blood in the wine: but after no other sort, then as wee vse to say, that what so is declared and offred in the word of the gos­pell, the same is present and is contained in the word: sith euen the sacraments are visible words, and euerie thing that is signified, is (in some sorte) in the signe thereof, and is giuen with it.

XVII. The presence of Christs bodie in the supper, de­pends not vppon vbiquitie, but vppon Christs wordes.

Whereupon it is euident that the presence of Christs bodie in the supper dependeth, not vpon vbiquity (or being in all places at once) as some haue dreamed, but vppon the verie words of Christ, working in vs, to whome he is made present by the holy ghost. For if the Apostles had eaten the bread, receiued at the hand of Christ, and had not heard, and by faith vnderstood those his words, (This is my body:) doubtlesse they had then nether receiued nor eaten any other thing, then bread. So that to the confirming of their reall presence in the bread that monstrous opinion, and odious to God and his whole church, concerning vbi­quity, can nothing help them: drawne indeed out of their scholasticall distinctions, but yet cleane against the iudgement of the schoole­men themselues. And this is our faith and con­fession, of the true communion, of the true [Page 136]eating, and of the true presence of Christes bodie.

XVIII. What rites are to bee vsed in the celebration of the Lords supper.

Concerning rites and ceremonies in the celebration of the Lords supper we say onely this, that those are principally to bee allowed of, which come neerest to the Apostolicall simplicitie.

CHAP. XVII. Of faith, hope, and charitie.

I. To the communion with Christ, and therefore, to the participation of saluation, faith is most necessarie.

TO the ingrafting into Christ, & the hel­ping forward this communion, the holy ghost vseth the outward instruments, of the gospell, and the sacraments: But vnlesse the same spirite doe also stirre vp in vs, faith, by which we may imbrace Christ with all his benefites offred vnto vs: we hold, that those instruments can profitt vs nothing to saluati­on: And therefore wee doubt not but to the vnion with Christ and participation of all his benefites, faith is most necessarie.

II. What we meane by the name of faith.

Now by the name of faith wee vnderstand, not a certaine humaine opinion, or perswasi­on, concerning God, and Christ: but a gift of diuine wisedome and prudence, stirred vp by the holy ghost in our heartes, by hearing the word of God: whereby wee with a sincere, firme and constant minde doe assent to the whole word of God reuealed in the scriptures for the authoritie of God speaking therein, but especially to the gospell, which bringeth the gladd tidinges of redemption purchased by Christ; and doe truely vnderstand in it God himselfe, his will, Christ our mediatour, and all his benefites: yea we certainely knowe them, louingly imbrace them, and call vppon God with an assured trust in his mercie and in his vnspeakable loue towards vs: & we are incou­raged to loue him againe, and also prouoked to the performance of a faithfull obedience to him, and to glorifie him in good workes, and dueties of charitie towards our neighbour, e­uen to the ende of our liues.

III. A confirmation of the former opinion.

For neither is true faith a property of mans wit, but a gifte of God: Phil. 1.29 Tit. 1.1 Act. 13.45 Heb. 11. neither is it giuen to all, but to the elect: neither is it an vncertaine and wauering opinion, of things promised, but a substance and setled assurance of things promised, & an assured taking hold on things [Page 138]which are not seene. Rom. 10.17. Neither doth it growe from the hearing of humaine reasons, but is conceiued by hearing the word of God, and is grounded vpon the authoritie of God him­selfe onely, speaking and promising: Neither is it an hypocritical and dissembled, 1. Tim. 1.5 Mat. 13.21. but a sin­cere assent thereunto. Neither is it a tempo­rall persuasion, but a constant and perpetuall: though many times wee weaken the same by our sinnes. Eph. 1.8 Neither is it a blinde or fonde mat­ter, but an exceeding great wisedome, where­by wee knowe God and Christ and heauenlie things: and a christian prudence, which cau­seth vs not to abuse that knowledge of God, but to apply it to the true vse: Gal. 5.6 Ia. 21.20 Neither (lastly) is it a dead thing, but liuely and working through charitie.

IV. Faith hath her increases.

And albeit the faith of the elect doth neuer vtterly decay, but alwaies liueth; yet we know that it is not alwaies so perfect and complet, but it hath daily neede of increase: for which both the Apostles prayed, Luc. 17.5 Eph. 1.17.18 and wee confesse that we ought alwaies to pray vnto god.

V. The confession of the trueth cannot be separa­ted from the true faith.

Wee also beleeue that true faith can neuer (when neede is) want the true confession of the trueth: Rom. 10.10. as saith the Apostle, VVith the heart man beleeueth vnto righteousnesse, and vvith the [Page 139]mouth man confesseth to saluation: And therefore we condemne the Libertines, and others of their crew, that think it is in their owne choise to dissemble the trueth in all places, and a­mong all people, and to apply themselues vn­to any religion.

VI. Hope springeth of faith.

Wee also beleeue that hope springeth of faith, and that faith is the foundation of hope, as the Apostle saith, Faith is the ground of things which are hoped for. Heb. 11.1. For therefore doe we hope for the good things to come, & assuredly looke for them through patience: because wee be­leeue in Gods promises.

VII. VVhat hope is.

Now hope is a gift of god, whereby we do as certenly looke for, as we assuredly beleeue through patience, in the mercie of God & for the merit of Christ alone, Rom. 8.24 those promised good thinges, which are not yet either had, or seene.

VIII. The assurance of hope, whence it is.

For Christian mens hope as it doeth not spring of any humaine promises: so neither is it cherished by humaine merites nor relieth thereupon, but being manifoldly confirmed and sealed in our hearts by the sole trueth of Gods promises; being also declared to all the faithfull by the mighty & all-working power [Page 140]of the same God alone which promised, but especially beeing shewed openly in Christ at such time as he raised him from the dead, and made him sitt at his right hand in the heauen­ly places: Eph. 1.20 and lastly beeing fixed and vpheld by the onely obedience and merits of Christ in whome we beleeue, and in whom we hope: it doth assuredly and stedfastly looke for the accomplishment of our saluation, euen the resurrection from death, the comming of the glorie of the great God, and of our Sauiour Iesus Christ, and the full possession of the hea­uenly inheritance.

IX. Charitie also doth spring of faith.

We beleeue also, that of true faith sprin­geth true charity, by which it worketh, and by which it sheweth how forcible it is: as the A­postle saith, Gal. 5.6 1. Ioh. 4.3 that the faith auaileth much in Christ which worketh by loue: and Iohn affirmeth, that he which loueth not, Ia. 2.15.16 hath not knowne God. There­fore we acknowledge not them for brethren, which boast of faith: when they haue not cha­ritie.

X. Charitie is the gift of God.

And wee beleeue that the same charitie is the singular gift of God: 1. Ioh. 4.18 whereby we are affe­ctioned towards God the father, and Christ our redeemer, to loue them againe & to glo­rifie them, with all our hearts: and inclined & made proue to good will and louing kindnes, [Page 141]aswell towards al men, yea euen our enimies, as especially towards the saintes and faithfull. Therefore we disallow them, which saye, that man can of his owne naturall power loue god aboue all things. For loue commeth of God, 1. Ioh. 4.7 saith Iohn.

XI. Testimonies of true charitie.

Neither doe we thinke that to be true and christian charitie, which commeth not to that nature, which the Apostle describeth in the first to the Corinthians chap. thirteen: ver. 4.5.6.7. namely that it suffreth long: is bountifull: enuieth not: doeth not boast it selfe: is not puffed vp: doeth no vncomely thing: seeketh not her owne things: is not prouoked to anger: thinketh not euill: reioyceth not in iniquitie: but reioyceth in the trueth: suffereth all things: and the rest which follow.

XII. By charitie, the communion with Christ and the church is nourished.

We beleeue that by true charitie the com­munion with Christ, and with the church is exceedingly cherished, increased, and preser­ued: in as much as loue doth vnite betweene themselues the persons louing and beloued: as Iohn saith, He which abideth in loue, abideth in God, and God in him.

CHAP. XVIII. Of repentance.

ALthough that all these thinges, Faith, Hope, and Charitie; Repentance, Iustifi­cation, the studie of good works and of a godly life, cannot indeed be separated from one another: yet in as much as one of them dependeth on another, they are therefore to be distinguished, and each of them seuerallie to bee considered of, and to bee seene, what they be, and what they worke. And therefore wee thinke good brieflie to declare what wee thinke of them euerie one, and first of repen­tance the continuall and inseparable compa­nion of faith. For albeit it bee daily made more perfect after iustification: yet because no man is iustified without repentance, and the beginning thereof goeth before iustifica­tion: therefore wee haue purposed in this first place, to declare what our beleefe is concer­ning the same.

I. To Justification, and therefore to the commu­nion with Christ, Repentance is necessarie.

Wee beleeue that to the true participation of Christs righteousnesse, and so to the com­munion with Christ, repentance is very neede­full: whereby beeing turned from sinne and from the worlde, by chaunging our mindes & [Page 143]willes, we are turned to God, and are ioyned vnto him, and so obtaine forgiuenesse of our sinnes in him and by him, & be cloathed with his righteousnesse and holinesse. For the first thing, that Iohn Baptist, yea that Christ himself preached, Mar. 14.15. was repentance for the remission of sinnes. And, except (saith Christ) yee repent, Luc. 13.3.5 yee shall all likewise perish.

II. What we meane by the name of repentance.

By the name of repentance we vnderstand two things especially; first, an earnest griefe, & a true sorrow for our sinnes cōmitted against God: and that not so much for the feare of pu­nishment due to sinne, as for that we haue of­fended God himselfe, our chiefest good, yea our maker and louing father: and then, an vn­fained chaunging of our mindes, hearts, wills and intents, and so of our whole life. For this part, which Christ calleth properly repentance, and the Prophets, a turning to God, 2. Cor. 7.10. and the cir­cumcision of the heart, the Apostle teacheth to come of the former, ioyning both partes to­gether, where he saith, Godly sorrowe causeth re­pentance vnto saluation.

III. Repentance is the gift of God.

We beleeue, that repentance is the gifte of God, comming from his meere grace: & not due to any of our deserts or endeauours, as the Apostle saith, 2. Tim 2.25. If god at any time will giue them repentance that they may acknowledge the trueth, & [Page 144]may come to amendment out of that snare of the de­uill: Ier. 31.18 and the Prophet saith, Turne me O Lord, and I shalbe turned.

IV. To stirre vp repentance in vs, God vseth or­dinarily the word of the law and the gos­pell: and therefore the hearing of both is most necessarie in the church.

God accustometh, for the stirring vp of re­pentance in vs, to vse ordinarily aswell the de­claration of his lawe, which discouereth our sinnes, and laieth open gods wrath: as also the preaching of the gospel: which sheweth remis­siō of sinnes, & fauour of god in Christ: euē as it manifestly appeareth to euerie godly man, which readeth the holie scriptures. And ther­fore wee iudge the declaration and hearing of them both to bee verie needefull in the church.

V. A summe of the doctrine of repentance, euery where and alwaies necessarie to all of yeares of discretion.

The summe of our faith concerning repē ­tance necessarie euerie where and at al times, to all that bee of yeares of discretion, is this; that, repentance is a chaunging of the minde and heart, stirred vpp in vs through the holie ghost, by the word both of the law and the gos­pell: wherein wee greeue from our heart: wee detest: we lament: we loath and bewaile: and [Page 145]cōfesse before God, all our sinnes, & euen the corruption of our nature, as things vtterly re­pugnāt (as the law teacheth) to the wil of god, & to the cleansing whereof, the death of Gods owne sonne (as the gospell preacheth) was needefull: and doe humblie pray and intreat for pardon and forgiuenesse of the same: and do earnestly resolue vpon amendment of our life, and on a continuall studie and care of in­nocencie and christian vertues, and exercise our selues in the same diligently all the dayes of our life: to the glorie of God, and edificati­on of the church.

VI. That the vulgar or vsuall partes of poenitencie, as contrition, confession of sinnes and satisfaction, are not simplie condemned.

Concerning the partes of repentance, be­sides those, which are alreadie declared, wee haue not much to speake: being taught by the holie scriptures, that the same doth wholy and chiefly consist in an earnest mortification of the olde man, and a quickening of the newe: whereof, the former taketh the force from the death of Christ; the latter, from his resurrection the holie ghost imparting them both vnto vs. Meanewhile we doe not simplie disallow that same distinction, receiued and long held in [Page 146]the schooles, of the partes of repentance, into contrition, confession of sinnes & satisfaction: name­ly if it bee examined to the rule of the holie scriptures, and doe not varie from the vse and custome of the auncient church. For there want no testimonies in the scriptures, of con­trition, and likewise of confession of sinnes, both before God, and before our brother whome we offend, and also before the whole congregation, when it is expedient. As also, if any man ouerloaded with the burden of his sinnes, and troubled with grieuous temptati­ons doe priuately require counsaile, or instru­ction, or comfort, either of a minister of the church, or of any other brother who hath knowledge in the lawe of God, we disallow it not. Moreouer, those Ecclesiasticall satisfacti­ons, whereof we reade in Tertullian, Cyprian and others, which consist onely herein, that an assured testimonie of true repentance may be shewed to the whole congregation, which they call to doe pennance, wee cannot con­demne it. But we condemne, the superstitions thereunto added, the torments of conscien­ces and vngodly opinions, wherein appeareth to bee taken no benefite of the death and sa­tisfaction of Iesus Christ, the one and onely washer away of sinnes, and perfect and full redeemer from all fault and punishment.

CHAP. XIX. Of iustification.

I. They which haue true repentance, haue also a liuely faith, are ingrafted in Christ, and iustified in him.

THe man that is contrite in heart, Esay. 66.2 & loa­theth his sinne from his heart, and repē ­teth him of his whole misledd life, Psal. 32.6 Mat. 5.6 sigh­ing vnto God for remission of his sinnes, and hungring and thirsting for the true righteous­nesse of Christ, wee doe beleeue, that as hee was by the holie spirite indued with this re­pentance towards God: so also that hee is by the same spirite indued with a liuely faith in Christ, and euen from the beginning was pre­ordained to be ioyned vnto Christ, as a mem­ber to the head: & therefore in him to obtaine remission of his sinnes, and to be indued with his perfect righteousnesse, and so to bee repu­ted truely righteous for Christ, into whome he is ingrafted, and to be absolued from all guilt: as the Apostle saith, Rom. 8.1 1. Cor. 1.30. There is no condemnation to them that are in Christ: and, Christ is made our righteousnesse.

II. He which through Christ, into whom he is in­grafted, is counted iust: the same is also indued with inhaerent iustice.

Wee beleeue also, that, he which through [Page 148]Christ, into whome he is ingrafted by the holy ghost, is accompted iust, and is truely iust, ha­uing obtained forgiuenes of his sinnes in Christ, and imputation of his iustice: the same man forthwith is possessed of the gift of inhaerent iustice, so that he is not onely perfectly and fully iust in Christ his head, but hath also in himselfe true iustice, whereby he is indeede made conformable vnto Christ: although, while we remaine in this flesh wee can neuer haue the same so perfected, but that it is by our owne fault, spotted and defiled with many corruptions of our sinnes. Of which iustice Iohn saith, 1 Ioh. 3.7. He which doth righteousnesse or iustice: that is, iust workes, he is righteousse or iust. For the Apostle doeth alwaies ioyne both these righteousnesses, aswell to the Romaines, as in other his epistles, and teacheth they bee both bestowed on the faithfull through Christ: Phil. 1.11. as he well prooueth to the Philippians: And wee affirme, that the later iustice, the fruits where­of are made manifest to men, is so sure a testi­monie of the former, that where the last is ab­sent, Iac. 2.21. &c there we hold (withall the Apostles) that there is no place for the first. So farre bee we from letting loose the raines to vngodly peo­ple, by the doctrine of iustification by faith onely apprehending the remission of sinnes and imputation of the iustice of our Lord Ie­sus Christ.

III. Because this inhaerent righteousnesse is alwaies by our owne fault most vnperfect: there­fore we are iust before God, onely by the righteousnesse of Christ.

Meane while we confesse, that this inhaerēt righteousnesse is through our owne fault so imperfect in vs, that wee are made iust before God, and can be accounted for iust onely by that righteousnesse of Christ, whereby our sinnes are not imputed, not onely in the be­ginning of our conuersion, when of wicked we are made godlie, but euer after euen to the ende of our liues: as Dauid saieth, Psal. 32.1 Rom. 4.7 Psal. 143.2 and the A­postle alleadgeth, Blessed are they whose wicked­nesse is forgiuen: and againe, In thy sight shall no man liuing be iustified. Therefore wee conclude, that our true iustification doeth consist in the onely remission of sinnes, and imputation of Christs owne righteousnesse.

IV. By faith it is knowne, whether a man be iusti­fied in Christ: and therefore it is saide that such a one is iustified by faith.

But because iustification is not without the knowledge and feeling, and consequently the assent of him (we speake of such as are of years of discretion) who is iustified: & that feeling, is the feeling of faith: therefore we say that a man is then iustified by faith, when he which is ingrafted into Christ, perceiuing and fee­ling [Page 150]the same, is persuaded, that his sinnes are so forgiuen him, by the onely mercie of God, and for the only obedience, satisfaction, and sacrifice of Christ, to whome he is ioyned: that he is freed and deliuered from all faulte and punishment due vnto his sinnes: yea & is per­suaded that the perfect righteousnes of Christ is so imputed vnto him, that he knoweth eter­nall life to be euen due vnto him for the same in like sorte as it is due to Christ: and conse­quently findeth the same to bee due of free grace and fauour, & not for his owne works.

V. A confirmation of the former opinion, and what it is for a man to be sanctified.

First, Rom. 4.8. & 5.19 to iustifie, in the scriptures, aswell in the old Testament, as the new, and especially with the Apostle, when he handleth the same matter, doth signifie to forgiue sinnes, and so to absolue and acquite from all blame & pu­nishment, and also to receiue into fauour, and to pronounce a man iust, and to accompt him for iust: not such a one as is simplie vnrighte­ousse, but such a one as by the obtaining for­giuenesse of his sinnes is no longer vnrighte­ousse. Moreouer although God doe alwaies in Christ acknowledge for his, and hath freely made acceptable to himselfe in his well belo­ued, all those whome from the beginning he hath chosen in Christ, as mēbers in their head, to be his children: yet because wee are not yet really in Christ, vntill we are ingrafted and in­corporated [Page 151]into him by the holy ghost, (which indeed we that are of yeares of discretion are not, till we be indued with faith, so that we ac­knowledge Christ to be our righteousnesse, and imbrace him for such) therfore the scrip­tures do teach that we are then iustified, and that by faith in Christ, without our owne workes, when wee beleeue all this with true faith, that is, when wee are persuaded that our sinnes shall no more bee imputed vnto vs, as being once washed away in Christ, but shal be pardoned by the fauour of God, & for Christs sake alone: Ia. 2.21. and on the other side that Christs righteousnesse shalbee imputed to vs as our owne, and that wee being clothed there with, shall be, and shalbee counted iust in the sight of God. An assured and manifest testimonie whereof, is, as wee saide before, that same be­gonne and inhaerent righteousnes in vs: which consisteth in the detesting of sinne, and the loue of righteousnesse, and the studie of good workes.

VI. A confirmation, vvhat it is to be iustified by faith.

Wherefore when we saye a man is iustified by faith or through faith: we doe not meane, that the vertue of faith is that verie thing, whereby as by the forme (as they speake) and by true iustice, he is iustified: or that, for which we deserue forgiuenes of our sinnes and iusti­fication: or that, which, as the head of al other [Page 152]vertues, and the cause or fountaine of all good works, doeth drawe with it all other vertues, charitie, cleanesse of heart, in ward iustice, and good workes whereby wee are iustified: But because it is as the light, whereby looking in­to the glasse of the gospell, we behold in what state wee are in Christ, by the free bountie & will of God, and through the merites of the same Christ: and also because it is as the hand whereby we grasp and take hold vppon that fauour of God, and benefite of Christ shewed vnto vs in the gospell, and performed in the person of Christ: or, to say more brieflie as the matter is: wee are said to be iustified by faith, that is, by remission of sinnes and by the impu­tation of Christs righteousnesse, apprehended by faith: so that faith is taken for the thing that is beleeued, or apprehended by faith. As we read of Abrahā, Gen 15.6 He beleeued God, & it was imputed vnto him for righteousnesse: namely, that which he beleeued of the seede promised vn­to him, that is, Christ. For he is the righteous­nesse of all the chosen which beleeue, and of the children of the promise, as the scripture cal­leth them.

VII. Men are iustified by faith alone,

Here by it is easily vnderstood, what is mēt in that wee haue euermore confessed and doe yet constantly confesse with the holy scripturs and with the godly fathers, that wee are iusti­fied by faith alone. For sith to bee iustified by [Page 153]faith in the sight of God, is nothing else, but to be accounted iust by the remission of sinne and iustice of Christ apprehended by faith: & that this is onely the true righteousnes: whē ­as, whatsoeuer inherent righteousnesse there is in vs, and whatsoeuer good worke wee doe, is such as cannot stande in the sight of God: according to that saying, Psal. 142.2 Enter not into iudge­ment with thy seruant O Lord, Psal. 130.3 for no flesh is righte­ous in thy sight: and that also, if thou markest what is done amisse O Lord, Lord vvho can abide it? it most plainely appeareth, that our beleefe con­cerning iustification by faith alone is most cer­taine and most true.

VIII. Not onely in the beginning of our conuersion, but euen in the whole course of our life, to our death wee are iustified onely by faith.

And hereby also is it, that wee cannot but beleeue and constantly affirme, that not one­ly in the beginning, when of vngodly men we bee made righteousse, but also all the whole course of our life euen vnto the end, we are iu­stified onely by faith in Christ; so that our righ­teousnesse is alwaies from faith to faith. For there is no man which doth not daily sinne: so that we haue need continually to say, Mat. 6.12 Psal. 32.6 1. Cor. 1.30 1. Ioh. 2.2 Forgiue vs our sinnes: and, To thee saieth Dauid shall eue­rie one that is godlie make his prayers, for forgiuenes of his sinnes: And Christ not once but euermore [Page 153] is our righteousnesse, sanctification, redemption, and the propitiation for our sinnes.

IX. Iustification by faith alone is no imaginarie or fained matter.

Now least any man might thinke, that wee forge a certaine imaginarie righteousnesse, which hath no foundation, nor force in vs: we will againe repeat, that which we haue before made profession of: First, that this faith, where by we say that we are iustified, is a faith that is liuely, and worketh through loue: then, that God doeth not so iustifie vs by the forgiuing of our sinnes, and imputing Christs righteous­nesse vnto vs, but that he also makes vs parta­kers of his diuine nature, but that he regene­rateth, refineth, sanctifieth vs, giueth inherent righteousnesse to vs, and makes vs conforma­ble to the image of his sonne: and this begun righteousnesse in vs, is a manifest testimonie of that other true and perfect righteousnesse which wee haue in Christ alone: and wee con­fesse that both of these are ioyned together by the band of the same holy spirit, Rom. 5.15. (as the A­postle saith) not onely the grace of God, but also, the gift by grace, which is by one man Iesus Christ, hath abounded vnto manie. For euen as not onely the disobedience of Adam was imputed vnto vs, but also the corruption of his nature flow­ed into vs: so also not onely the obedience & righteousnes of Christ is imputed to vs, which are ingrafted into him, but also his holy na­ture [Page 154]is truely communicated vnto vs, 2. Cor. 5.17 Eph. 2.10 Tit. 2.14. that wee may be made new creatures, righteousse and holie euen in our selues, followers of good workes.

X. Inherent righteousnesse is increased by good works.

But like as we say that the former iustice is neither due to our good works, nor begonne, nor increased by them: so the latter, although it be not due, nor begunn by our good works that wēt before (for they are all sinne, sith good workes goe not before him that is to be iusti­fied, but followe him that is iustified) yet wee confesse, that by these following good works and exercises of godlinesse it is much preser­ued, set forward and increased: 2. Tim. 1.6. as the Apostle teacheth; the gifts of God bestowed on vs, are stirred vp nourished and maintained with such māner of exercises, like vnto a fire: and of this increase of righteousnesse Iohn saith, Hee that is righteousse, let him be righteousse still: Apo. 22.11. And there­fore, when wee speake onely of this inherent righteousnesse, we denie not, but that a man is iustified by good works, and not of faith one­ly, that is, he is made more and more iust.

XI. A man is iustified by that iustice vvhich consisteth in the forgiuenesse of sinnes, and imputation of Christes iustice, and not properly of his owne works: but by them he is decla­red to be iustified & to be iust.

But if we bee asked of the former kinde of [Page 155]iustifying, wee aunswer that a man is neuer iu­stified by his workes, but alwaies properly by faith alone: but yet that it is declared by his works whether he bee iust or no, aswell in the one kinde as the other: sith none is iustified by the former iustice, but he is also indued with the latter, and both of them are declared by good workes: in which sense wee doubt not but Iames spake.

XII. Errors.

We condemn all Pelagians, which thought that infants were conceiued without sinne: & therefore needed not the forgiuenes of sinns and benefite of Christ for their saluation: and those also, which teach that although they must needes haue forgiuenesse of sinnes, yet that the same maye bee obtained without faith in Christ: And those too, which thinke, that al­though wee neede to haue faith in Christ, yet that the same is not sufficient, but that wee need also our owne works, as merites necessa­rie for the obtaining forgiuenes of sinne: but especially those that teach the same to be done by vngodly worship and fonde superstitions. Neither doe wee allowe of those, which haue taught that we are iustified by no other iustice then that inwarde and inherent iustice: Nor those, which thought that the remissiō of sinns can stand without the internall renuing and iustice. Wee also condemne them, which sup­pose they may bee iustified and saued by the [Page 156]historicall faith cōcerning Christ, which Iames calleth a dead faith, that is, none at all. Yea and there opinion is disallowed of vs, which teach that a mā is iustified, not by remission of sinns and imputation of Christes iustice, but euen by the verie essentiall righteousnesse (as they call it) of Christ really communicated to vs.

CHAP. XX. Of the regenerate mans free­choise, and power to do good.

I. They that are iustified in Christ, are also rege­nerate in him and receiue power to doe good.

WE beleeue that they which are in­grafted into Christ, like as they are iustified in him, so they bee regene­rated in him, and made new creatures, by par­ticipatiō of his diuine nature: and consequētly are made free, and doe take force from Christ himselfe, as members from the head, and as braunches from the vine, to eschew euill, and to follow that which is good. As Christ saieth, if the sonne of man shall make yee free Ioh. 8.36. ye shall bee free indeede. But then be we made free, when wee are ioyned vnto Christ, and regenerate by his spirite: as the Apostle also saith, where the spirite of the Lord is, there is libertie.

II. Christ liueth and worketh in men regenerate.

For with the Apostle we cōfesse that Christ liueth in vs, Gal. 2.20 Phil 2.13. Rom. 8.26 that are regenerate by his spirit, and li­ueth not idelie, but worketh, both that vvee may will, and that wee may performe; for the great loue that he beareth vnto vs, and by his spirite doth help our infirmities.

III. A regenerate man, in matters pertaining to the sensible and humaine life, doth beare himselfe better then one not rege­nerate, and therefore is more free.

So a regenerate man, besids that he alwaies keepeth his will free from all constraint, (as also the vnregenerate doth:) he doth likewise beare himselfe better and more warelie then the vnregenerate, euen in such actions as per­taine to the sensitiue and humaine life, where­in the vnregenerate may bee circumspect: sith in those actions also a regenerate man is wrought by the holy spirit, who lighteneth his minde, gouerneth his will and his thoughts, and draweth his actions out of a good foun­taine, that is, out of a good heart, & directeth them to their principall ende, that is, to the glorie of God. Whereunto the Apostle also exhorteth vs, 1. Cor. 10.31 saying, Whether yee eate or drinke, or whatsoeuer yee doe, doe all thinges to the glorie of God. And therefore he is euen in this kinde of actions more free then the man vnregenerate: [Page 158]namely, in that he is not violently drawne by his owne lustes to the doing thereof, as the o­ther vnregenerate is: but beeing wrought by the holy ghost, thinketh, willeth, and attemp­teth all things more warily, wisely, and religi­ouslie: euermore heedfully respecting this, that he do all things to the glorie of God, his owne saluation, and some profite of his neigh­bour. Rom. 147.8. For he alwaies obserueth that rule of the Apostle, None of vs liueth to himselfe, nether doth any die to himselfe, for whether we liue, we liue vnto the Lord, or whether we dye, vve dye vnto the Lord: whether we liue therefore or dye, vvee are the Lords. And therefore he commendeth all his actions to the diuine prouidence: & saith with Iames, or at least thinketh, if the Lord will, I will doe this or that, or I will goe to this place or that.

IV. Likewise in getting the morall vertues, a rege­nerate man is freer, and of more force then the vnregenerate.

And albeit we confesse, that a man vnrege­nerate, helped by the speciall aide of God, cā bee possessed with the morall vertues: yet wee hold, that this speciall aide of God is much more forcible in the regenerate: and that through the presence of the holie ghost, Tert. in the Apol. c. 4.5. Aug. cont. Iul. Pel. lib. 4 c. 3. & De Ciu. De. lib. 19 c. 25. O­rig. con. cels. by whome they are lightened, gouerned, & driuē forward: as it was well prooued of the aunci­ent fathers, against the vaine boast of the gē ­tilles, that those vertues which they call mo­rall, were farre other manner of giftes in the [Page 159]christians, then they were, or could bee in the infidells: sith in them they were onely the ima­ges or shadowes of vertues, but in true christi­ans they were the verie vertues indeed.

V. Ʋnto such things as are of God, and pertaine to his kingdome, onely the regenerate man is by the holy ghost enlightened, inclined & wrought, to the vnderstanding, choosing, and performing them.

But we beleeue that in the true vnderstan­ding, choosing, and performing those thinges which pertaine to the kingdome of God, one­ly the regenerate, are so guided by the holie ghost: that they alone, truely vnderstand, will, and doe the same: sith the Apostle saieth, The naturall man perceiueth not the things of the spirite of God, 1. Cor. 2.19 neither can he perceiue them, but of the re­generate he addeth, The spirituall man discer­neth all things, Phil. 2.13. and in another place, God worketh in vs, both to will and to performe.

VI. A regenerate man is not onely vvrought, but also worketh by the holy spirite.

Being so taught by these words of the Apo­stle, and other testimonies of the holy scrip­tures, wee confesse that regenerate men are so wrought by the holy ghost, that they them­selues doe likewise worke: and God so wor­keth in them to will and to performe, that they are the same, which do will and doe per­forme. For, they are not blocks, nor beasts, but [Page 160]men indued with reason, whereby they vn­derstand, and with a wil, whereby they desire, and whereby they commaund ouer the other powers of the soule & bodie, that such things as are good should be put in execution

VII. The povver of free choise in the regenerate is yet weake: so that vve haue still neede of the help of God, neither can we do all that we would.

But, because our regeneration is as it were onely begonne, and not as yet perfect, so that whereas we were before wholly flesh, now we consist partly of the spirite, and partly of the flesh, Gal. 5.17. which do cōtinually fight the one against the other, that what good things we would, them wee cannot performe, but in our spirite we serue the lawe of God, Rom. 7.25. but in our flesh the law of sinne: Therfore we beleeue, that which wee also knowe by experience, in the regene­rate, that much bondage still remaineth, much darkenesse in the soule, and peruersnesse in the heart, and weakenesse in all the faculties of minde and bodie: that wee haue still neede of new help from God, and new grace, whereby both our mindes may be more and more en­lightened, and our willes made better & bet­ter, and our strength to do good more increa­sed and perfected. And therefore while wee remaine in this flesh, our free choise is neuer truely and meerely free: that is, neuer able i­nough of it selfe, to auoide ill and doe good: [Page 161]especially sith the euent of all things is not in our power, but in the hand of God: and that it must needs bee, that all those thinges come to passe, Act. 4.28. not which we thinke, but whatsoeuer his hand and purpose hath decreed shalbee done.

VIII. That God so gouerneth the mindes and wills of the godly, that in the very conflict of tēp­tations and of the flesh, he suffreth them not altogether to fall from him.

Meane while wee hold this, that they which be alreadie ingrafted into Christ, their minds and willes being now indued with the holie ghost, are so gouerned and vpheld by God for Christs sake: Ier. 32.40. Luc. 22.32 Rom. 8.35 that although they may be weak­ned many waies and by manie temptations, yet they are neuer suffred wholly and altoge­ther to be beaten downe and so to perish.

IX. Errors.

We condemne them, which either denying or extenuating this new birth, will haue a mā regenerate, to be as vnable to doe good, and as much the seruant of sinne, as he was before he was borne againe: against so many and so manifest testimonies of holie scripture, con­cerning [Page 162]the deliuerance of the regenerate frō the bondage of sinne, and their choise to doe good: (to saye nothing of that bigh iniurie which is done to the holie ghost, which dwel­leth and worketh in vs.) Againe wee disallow those likewise, which will haue a regenerate man, to bee so deliuered out of the bondage of sinne, that he can by no meanes sinne anie more: which all the whole scripture in gene­rall, and our daily experience gain-saieth. For although wee bee not suffered to sinne vnto death, yet it is verie apparent that we commit manie sinnes, in their owne nature worthy of death. Therefore on the other side wee also disallow their opinion, which do so extenuate or make smale the force of the spirit in the re­generate, and so enlarge & set out thereliques and remainder of the flesh: that they saye the working of the spirite is often times quite ex­tinguished by the forces of the old man: and teach that the same regenerate man may vt­terly fall out of the fauour of God, and so e­ternally perish: which God gaine-saith by the Prophet, I will giue my feare into their hearts, Ier. 32.40 2. Tim. 2.19 Phil. 1.6 that they shall not slippe from me. And the Apostle af­firmeth, that the foundation standeth sure &c. And, He which beganne this good worke in you, shall perfect it vnto the ende.

CHAP. XXI. Of good workes.

I. They which are ingrafted into Christ, haue both whereby they themselues do liue, and bring forth the workes of their life for o­thers: and this is the princi­pall ende of their in­grafting.

AS the braunch doth not onely draw sap and nourishment from the vine, where­by it liueth it selfe, but also taketh from it, whereby to bring forth fruite vnto vs: so al­so we beleeue, that the faithful haue not one­ly life from Christ, in whome they are planted, whereby they liue themselues, but all force & power whereby they shewe forth fruites of good works, to the glorie of God and edifica­tion of the church: Ioh. 15.5. &c as Christ saith, I am the vine, and you the braunches: he that abideth in me and he in whome I abide, he shall bring forth much fruite. Wherunto this also pertaineth, we are his work­manship, Eph. 2.10 created in Christ Jesus vnto good vvorkes vvhich God hath ordained, that vvee should vvalke in them.

II. What we meane by the name of good workes.

But by the name of good workes, 2. Pet. 1.5. we vnder­stand all those actions, which are done by men [Page 164]regenerate, after the rule of Gods will reuea­led in his word, and by a liuely faithin Christ, 1. Tim. 1.5 and a pure heart through the holy ghost: For, Rom. 14.23 as euerie thing which is not of faith is sinne: so all things which are of faith, and so out of a pure heart, and good conscience must needes be good works: wherefore we do not thinke, that those deedes can bee numbred among good workes, and acceptable to God, Col. 2.18.23 which are done of the vngodly without faith, and without the worde of God, Mat. 15.8.9. and not through the guiding of the holie spirit: howsoeuer they may carrie a shew of great pietie and seruice of God.

III. Good works are done of vs by power of the holy ghost.

For as the braunch of the vine, or the wild oliue boughes being grafted into a good o­liue tree, bring forth fruits not of themselus, but by the vertue of the vine & the tree where into they are ingrafted: so wee also doe not good workes of our selues, but by vertue of Christs spirit, to whome we are incorporated, and from whome wee draw that life, whereby we liue: Christ himselfe working in vs by his spirite, both that wee may will that which is good, Phil. 2.13 Ioh. 15.5. and performe the same. For without me (said he) yee can do nothing.

IV. Good works are not the cause, but the effect of our vniting to Christ, and of our iustifi­cation and life.

Likewise as these braunches and boughes, doe not therefore bring forth good fruites, that they might by them bee planted in the vine or the oliue tree, or that they might liue therein, but therefore they bringe fruite, be­cause they are already planted and doe liue: and so their good fruites are not the causes of their planting and life, but the effects and ma­nifest testimonies thereof: after the verie same manner wee beleeue that it is betweene vs & Christ: as also Augustiue fully teacheth, who also saith, that good works do not goe before him that is to be iustified, but follow him that is iustified. And therefore wee constantly confesse, that a man (speaking properly, and of the iustification of his life) is not iustified by works, but by them declared to be iust.

V. Although we bee not iustified by our workes: yet others are oftimes edified thereby and saued.

Now this also we add, that as of the fruits of trees, though the trees themselues liue not by the same, yet others, namely earthly crea­tures and men, are fedde and their life main­tained by the same: so although wee by our owne good works bee not iustified, yet others thereby are not a little edified, Mar. 5.16. and stirred vp [Page 166]both to glorifie God, and also by our exam­ple to seeke after the true righteousnesse and life in Christ, and are so saued: Rom. 11.13 The Apostle also saying, that he magnified his office among the gen­tilles (namely by his diligence, and holines of life) that he might prouoke them of his flesh to follow him, & might saue some of them. 1. Cor. 7.16. And in another place. Sometime by the beleeuing wife (liuing god­ly and holily, and doing her duetie) the vnbelee­uing husbād is saued. And to Timothie, 1. Tim. 4.16 if he look to himselfe, that is, doe the duetie of a byshop, he shall saue himselfe and others.

VI. Though we deny a man to be iustified by works, yet we do not therefore condemne works.

Wherefore though wee denie, that good workes are to bee done to this ende, that by them we might bee iustified: because that this ouerthroweth the free iustice of god, & whole benefite of Christ: yet wee doe not therefore disallowe the care of a holie life, and good works: nay, we commend them, and vrge mē thereunto as much as we can possiblie.

VII. There be many and those most weightie causes why men must labour to doe good works.

For there be many and very weighty causes declared in the holy scriptures, why wee must diligently labour to do good works, although wee bee not iustified by the same: whereof some are referred immediatly to the glory of God: some to the saluation of our neighbour, [Page 167]and profite of the church: and some also per­taine to our owne thankfulnes towards God, yea and to our owne saluation. God comman­deth this thing and to his commaundement we must simply obey. Mat. 5.16 By these workes God is glorified and the glorie of God must bee set forward. Tit. 2.12 God did therefore elect, create, re­deeme, and plant vs in Christ, that we should liue soberly, iustly, and godly in this worlde: and God is not to bee defrauded of his pur­pose. Act. 10.35 Col. 1.10 They please God: for he hateth iniquity, and loueth righteousnesse: and wee must doe those thinges which please god, though there­by there should arise no profite either to our neighbour or to our selues. But both to our neighbour and to the church especially com­meth great profite by our good works, not onely in regard of the bodie, and external cō ­modities, but also of eternall saluation: whilst by our example (to let passe other thinges) the elect are prouoked to the like godlinesse. 2. Cor. 1.4 Heb. 10.24 2. Pet. 1.10 And to vs they are profitable, first, because that by good works, as by the effectes of our election and vocation, wee make them both, that is, both our election and calling, assured, both to our selues and others. Secondly because faith not onely manifesteth and vttereth it selfe by the fruites thereof, 2. Tim. 1.6 but is also by them exerci­sed, kindled, strengthened, and increased: euē as al moral vertues do get increase & strēght­ning by the exercising of them: Thirdly, be­cause, Eph. 4.30 as by our sinnes we grieue the holie spi­rit [Page 168]dwelling in vs: so by good works we make glad, and fill our hearts and consciences with spirituall ioye: and contrariewise we resist the temptations of the deuill: Fourthly because, Deut. 28 as in auoyding sinnes, there be also many pu­nishments auoyded: so by doing good works, Eph. 2.10 we obtaine many blessinges of God, aswell in this life, as especially in the other: Lastly, be­cause they are the waye: by which God ordi­narily leadeth his elect vnto eternall life: and vnlesse the braunch bring forth fruite it shall be cut of, and cast into the fire. Ioh. 15.6

VIII. There is promised and giuen a revvard to our good workes, yet of free grace, and for Christ.

Whereby wee vnderstand, that although by our works, we cannot (to speake properly) deserue for our selues the possession of the hea­uenly inheritance (for eternall life is the gifte of God:) yet we may obtaine the same, Luc. 17.10 Rom. 6.25 Ier. 31.34 Mar. 5.7 as it were a reward, but yet of the free mercie of god, and for the merits of Christ.

IX. Errors.

We cōdemne therefore those: which teach, that for the worthinesse of their works, there is due vnto them either remission of sinnes, or ternall life, or any other good gift. For though wee should perfectly fulfill the commande­ments of God, yet we should be but vnprofi­table seruants. Luc. 17.10 But no mā yea after his ingraf­ting [Page 169]into Christ, keepeth the commandemēts of God, as they should be kept. Meanewhile we disproue not the Fathers, in that they vsed the worde merite: namely so farreforth as thereby they ment nothing else, then a good worke, done by faith, vnto which of fauour, and for the onely merites of Christ was gi­uen a reward. Againe wee cannot allowe of those which doe so discourse of good workes, as if they were things indifferent: and there­fore hold that the same are not onely neede­lesse, Heb. 11.6 Iud. 2 20 but also doe nothing auaile to saluation. For how should any man bee saued without faith? and how can he haue a liuing faith with­out a care to doe good workes? and who can also hold faith, vnlesse hee also keepe a good conscience? and how can he keep a good con­science, vnlesse he also keepe a care to auoide sinne, and to doe good workes, and to frame his whole life to the will of God? but wee sim­ply condemne all Libertines, who make it all one to keep or not to keep gods commande­ments, to do well or to doe ill. We condemne also those, which teach that our good workes doe profite the very soules of the dead, which lye in a certaine burning flame, which they call purgatorie: 2. Cor. 3.10 sith the scripture saieth, euerie one shalbe iudged according to his owne works, which he did in his owne bodie: Apoc. 14.13 and, not the works of o­ther men, but their owne workes, doe followe them which are dead.

CHAP. XXII. Of inuocation and an oath.

BEcause among the other good workes commaunded by God prayer is not the least, so that, very often in the scriptures it is taken for the whole seruice of god; where­unto is ioyned also an oath, as being a part of Gods seruice: therefore we haue thought fitt, brieflie to declare our faith, concerning these two things: and the rather sith among the pro­fessours of Christ there is some controuersie, about both these points.

I. Onely God, and so Iesus Christ, to be praied vnto.

We beleeue that (speaking of prayer, which pertaineth vnto religion) the true God, (that is, the Father, Sonne, and holie ghost) and so Iesus Christ our aduocate, is to be prayed vn­to, and none other. Psa. 50.16 For of calling vppon God alone, there bee expresse commaundements: sith he alone is to bee serued and worshipped. And of Christ being our mediatour and ad­uocate we lack not testimonies and examples in the Acts of the Apostles, in their Epistles, Deu. 10.12 Mat. 4.10 Col. 2.18 & in the reuelation. And as it is expresly forbid­den vs, to serue or worshipp any meere crea­ture, whatsoeuer it bee, either in heauen or earth: so also we are forbidden to praye vnto them. And if whatsoeuer is not of faith is sinn: Ioh. 1.6 much more then is that which is admitted a­gainst [Page 171]the cleare worde of God: sith the verie heathen themselues, thought none was to bee called vppon, except he were thought a God: And how shall they pray vnto him (saith the Apo­stle) in whome they haue not beleeued? But that God alone and Iesus Christ are to be beleeued in, the whole scripture, and the whole catho­licke church, euen in the creede which is daily rehearsed, do manifestly teach.

II. A christian man may sweare, lawfully.

We also beleeue, that a christian man may sweare, Ier. 4.2 lawfully, namely in trueth (as the Pro­phet teacheth) in iudgement, in righteousnesse, so that his oath be neither false, nor rash, nor vn­iust. Neither is it condemned, that one should take the name of the Lord: but if he take it in vaine, and for an vntrueth. And among all na­tions, since the beginning of the worlde, an oath hath beene vsed: when it maketh for the glorie of God, and profite of our neighbour. Yea it hath beene confirmed by the examples of god himselfe, of Christ, and of the Apostles, being a parte of Gods worship: to speake no­thing of the perpetuall consent of the whole church. Wherefore the doctrine of Christ in Matthew, Mat. 5.35 Ia. 5.12 or of Iames in his Epistle, cannot be repugnant vnto this. For they spake against the abusing of oathes: and ment to declare a true vnderstanding of the commaundement concerning an oathi

III. We must not sweare, but by God.

We beleeue, when an oath is to bee taken, that we ought to call vppon or take to witnes of our conscience no other, besides God: and therefore may not sweare, but by him. For God alone is the searcher of our hearts, and he a­lone must haue his honour and worshipp, that he may bee the witnesse and reuenger against our soules, if we performe not that, which by our oath we promise.

IV. Oathes which are iust, and lawfully taken must be kept.

Hereuppon we confesse, that for the honor of God, whose name in our oathes, is as it were laide to pleadge, all oathes, lawfully ta­ken ought to be obserued: as also the law com­maundeth: neither is the name of God to bee taken in vaine, or in an vntrueth.

V. Oaths vpon vngodly and vniust matters, such as be against the law of God ought not to bee made: or being made ought not to be kept.

Againe sith wee ought to promise nothing that is vniust or vngodly, namely, contrarie to the law of God: much lesse doe we iudge it lawful to be confirmed, by oath, or by taking the name of God: yet if it be taken, we affirme that such an oath, vnlawfull in it selfe, ought not to bee kept: because in performing such [Page 173]an oath the sinne is doubled: Mat. 14.7 as wee reade of Herode in the Euangelists.

VI. Oathes which cannot be kept vvithout breach of Gods law, ought not to be kept: though some such oathes are in themselus not vniust.

This also wee adde, that all such oathes, as cannot be kept without breach of gods com­maundement, C. 22. q. 4 though they are in themselues not vniust, yet are not to bee kept. And there­fore (for example sake) they which by oath promise perpetuall single life, which after­wards they cannot keepe without manifest breach of Gods law: we iudge that such ought by no meanes to keep their oath.

VII. Errors.

Wee disallowe therefore those which praye vnto idolls, dead men, things without life, or do worship them. Wee disallow also the Ana­baptists, which simplie condemne all oathes, and affirme that no manner of oath is lawfull for a christian man: as also those, which call to witnesse to their soules, others besids God: lastly those, which hold that their oathes, which in themselues are vngodlie, and cannot without great offence be performed, yet that they are to be fully kept and obserued.

CHAP. XXIII. Of Christs church in generall.

SIth it appeareth, that the church of Christ, which is his bodie, doeth consist of those which are coupled vnto him by the bond of the holie ghost as members to their head: and it is manifest that the gospell and sacra­ments, with which as with instruments, men are knitt vnto Christ, are not administred but in the church: and that all which are indued with a true faith in Christ, with hope, loue, re­pentance, and care to doe good works, do per­taine vnto the church: Therefore we thinke it a thing worth the labour, to declare what our faith is concerning the church: the rather be­cause about this article chieflie there are so great controuersies. And first of all of Christs church in generall: so with the whole church it selfe doe we make confession of our faith, and purpose afterwards to speake seuerally of the militant church, and the things thereunto per­taining.

I. The article of faith concerning the church, out of the Apostles creede,

We beleeue the holie catholick Church, the communion of Saintes.

II. What we meane by the name of the church & the description thereof.

By the name of Christs church, we vnderstād a certen number and companie well knowne to God both of Angells and men: not onely chosen and predestinated, to haue a perpetu­al communion with Christ, and among them­selues, and to serue the true God, according to his will and commaundement, and to loue a­mong themselues mutually with a perpetuall and sincere loue: but also of those which in their time shalbe effectually and by the holie spirite called out of the number of others, and ioyned to their head Christ, and so truly made Saintes. Which number was begonne, from the first creation, and gathered and continued in a perpetuall line, & band of the holy ghost, and to be continued to the end of the world, yea to all eternitie: and partly alreadie trium­phing in heauen with Christ: and partly yet on earth, warring with many enimies for Christ: preaching and hearing the worde of the gospell; ministring and receiuing the sacra­ments: and taking care that the commaunde­ments of Christs may be kept, aswel publickly as priuately.

III. The church is a companie consisting of many.

For the Scriptures teach vs, that the church is a companie consisting of manie, as a bodie compact of many members: calling the same [Page 176] the bodie of Christ distinguished into many mē ­bers: and also, a flock of sheepe, Eph. 1.23 Ioh. 10.3 Heb. 11.10 and the kingdome of God, and acitie consisting of many citizens, and such other like names.

IV. The church consisteth onely of the elect, alrea­die incorporate into Christ.

Now that these many, of whome the church consisteth, are none but elect, already ingraf­ted into Christ, and indued with Christs holi­nesse: the same scriptures do plentifully teach, both in other places, & chieflie to the Ephesi­ans: where the Apostle, speaking of the church and the members thereof, saieth, Eph. 1 VVe are all chosen in Christ and haue redemption in him: and are sealed vvith the holy spirite of promise: That Christ is giuen to bee the head of the church: and the church is his body. It is therefore such a bodie, whereof all the members, are ioyned by the same spirite, both to the head Christ, & among themselues: and are quickned or haue life from the head, and are indued with his ho­linesse: so that this whole body is truely holy, and called the holie church.

V. The holy Angells are not excluded from the bodie of the church.

Neither from this bodie of Christ, which is the holie church, doe we exclude the Angells: both because the Apostle speaking plainely of the church, comprehendeth the Angells ther­in: and also because they with vs are likewise [Page 177]gathered into our bodie, Heb. 12.22 Eph. 1.10 Col. 2.10 Apo. 229 vnder one and the same head Christ, and Christ is expresly called of the Apostle the head of the Angells: yea and also because they call themselues our fellovve seruants: and haue the saine father with vs, and serue the same God, and we all of vs shall bee for euer together in the same citie the heauēly Ierusalem: lastly, they are also Saintes; and the church is the communion of all Saints.

VI. The reprobate hypocrites, though they are in the church, yet they are not of the church.

So wee rightly beleeue and confesse, that the reprobate hypocrites, though they dwell in the church, and liue among the Saints: yet they are not of the church, nor members of the church, when they are not truely ioyned to the head Christ, nor indued with his spirite, and consequently not truely Saints. As the A­postle Iohn saieth, 1. Ioh. 2.19 of certaine hypocrites, they are gone out from vs (as filth from the bodie) but they were not of vs. For if they had beene of vs, they had continued with vs. They therefore are not of the church, which at last doe fall from Christ, and keepe not that perpetuall communion with Christ and with all his Saints: howsoeuer great and rare men they seeme in the church for a time, yea and hold the gouernment o­uer the christian common wealth, and rule o­uer the whole church. For they are members [Page 178]of Sathan not of Christ: whosoeuer haue the spirite not of Christ, but of Antichrist.

VII. That there euer vvas and is one onely church of Christ.

And wee confesse, that there euer was and is one onely church of Christ: Eph. 4.4.5.6 because there e­uer was & is one onely bodie, to which Christ was giuen of the father to bee the head: one onely spirite, by which all the members are knitt vnto the bodie: onely one God, to the seruing of whome and glorifying for euer, we are all chosen and called: one onely faith of al the faithfull beleeuers: one saluation: & lastly one heauenly inheritance of all. To which pur­pose, also Christ euer called the church one, & one flock: wherfore we make that church which hath beene since the first creation, and before the cōming of Christ, no other, but the same, that it is nowe: and shalbee to the ende of the worlde: but wee call it one of all times, of all places, and all persons ioyned with Christ, & consequently one cōmunion of al the Saints: from which, they that make an vtter seuering and departure, we are persuaded by the holie scriptures that they belong not to this bodie.

VIII. Of the christian church there is one onely head Iesus Christ.

Hereuppon we are strengthened in this be­leefe, that sith there is one onely church of Christ, which is his bodie: there euer was and [Page 179]is yet therefore one onely head of it: by this name head we meane him, which was giuen of God, euen from the worlds beginning to that ende, that he might be made of the same na­ture with it: that he might redeeme it: that he might ioyne it to himselfe: that he might quic­ken it: that he might deck it with the glory of his wisedome: that he might kindle it with the fire of heauenlie loue: that hee might effectu­allie moue it to all good affections and good workes: that he might euermore gouerne it & keepe it. For that this is the proper duetie of the head towards the whole bodie: besides dailie experience in nature, we learne also out of the holy scripturs. But who could perform, hath, and wil performe this to the church? we acknowledge none other, besids Christ Iesus: meane while not denying, but there may bee one head of all hypocrites which are in the church, and so of the hypocriticall church: sith the Prophets foretold it should be so and the Apostles confirmed the same. Eph. 1.22. & 4.15 & 5.23 Col. 1.18 But that there is one onely heade, Iesus Christ, of the holie church: we beleeue and confesse with the ho­lie Apostles.

IX. This church is truely holie.

Whereupon it followeth, this church ther­fore to be truely holie: because it hath a head that is most holie, & maketh it holie: because [Page 180]no sinnes are imputed vnto it: because from him it draweth the spirite of sanctification: and because whatsoeuer holinesse is in the head, that is wholy imputed to euerie member.

X. It is also truely catholicke.

We also confesse it to be truely catholicke, that is, vniuersall: because the head thereof is also catholicke and euerlasting: at all times, euen from the foundation of the world to the ende thereof ioyning vnto himselfe members out of all places, from all kindes of men, and all nations, and gouerning and preseruing them to himselfe for eternall blessednesse.

XI. This one church, is partly in heauen tri­umphant, and partly on earth militant.

But wee acknowledge, that this church, though it is, and euer was one: yet it is so di­stinct, that one part is triumphant in heauen with Christ, alreadie raised from death, and sitting at the right hand of the father: another part on earth, fighting still with flesh & blood with the world and the deuill. Whereuppon ariseth that vsuall distinction among all the godlie writers of the church, of the trium­phant and militant church.

CHAP. XXIV. Of the militant church.

ALbeit by this which wee haue confessed of the church in general, euery one may easilie perceiue, what we beleeue parti­cularly of the militant church: yet that our faith may more clearely & plainly be known, wee haue purposed to declare our opinion of this church seuerally, partly referring that which was spoken of the whole, in a briefe re­hearsal, to this, and partly adioyning the pro­perties of this peouliarly.

I. A description of the militant church.

Wee therefore beleeue, Eph. 1.4 that the militant church is the cōpanie of men, chosen in Christ before the worlds creation: Mar. 28.19 Mar. 16.15 Rom. 10.14 Eph. 1.22 Mat. 18.20 which being cal­led by the preaching of the gospell, & by the holie ghost, in their time, from the worlde to Christ, and from the kingdome of the deuill to the kingdome of God, and gathered together into one bodie, vnder one head Christ, and so made truely iust and holie wheresoeuer they bee, Ioh. 10, 27 & 13.4 and whether few or manie: doe professe from their heart & soule the same faith in god, and in Christ, the same hope of the heauēly in­heritance for the onely meritts of Christ, the obedience of the same commaundements of Christ, and so the same brotherly loue among [Page 182]themselues, and charitie to wards all men: doe preach and heare the word of the gospell: Rom. 7 doe administer and receiue the sacraments accor­ding to Christs institution: and haue a great care, to liue soberly, rightly and godlie in this world: meanewhile while they remaine in this flesh euer warrfairing for Christ, and fighting against sinne that dwelleth in the flesh, Eph. 6.12 and a­gainst the world, either alluring them to sinne or persecuting thē for Christ, or lastly against the deuill: Mat. 13 and by patience looking for the comming of Christ, and eternall felicitie: A­mong whome also many reprobates, & naugh­tie hypocrites doe liue, 1. Ioh. 2.19 and professe the same Christ: But as they thēselues are nothing lesse then of the church, so their wickednes cannot take awaye the church, nor extinguish the name of the church. Neither do we doubt, Mat. 13 but vnder the name of the church, the hypocrites also, which are in it, are contained: sith the Lord himselfe saieth, it is like vnto a flowre wherein there is corne and chafe: to a field, wherein is wheat, and tares: to a nett, Mat. 25.1 where­in are good fishes and badd, to the companie of ten virgines, wherein some were wise, and some foolish: Mat. 16.18 but yet that these are not of the church: the same Lord taught vs, when he said, he would build such a church, against which the gates of hell should neuer preuaile: 1. Ioh. 2.19 and Iohn con­firmed it in his epistle, when he said, they vvent out from vs, but they were not of vs. This wee be­leeue to bee a true description of the militant [Page 183]church: for it hath manifest testimonies from the holie scriptures.

II. Differences betweene the triumphant and mi­litant church.

So, although the triumphant and militant be one and the same church: yet what great difference there is in each part we may easilie vnderstand. For besids, that the militant cō ­sisteth onely of men, when as the other, hath also the blessed Angells ioyned and present: wee haue also here neede of preaching the word, of administration of the Sacraments, of discipline of manners, which things are not required in heauen. Likewise, from that are al the wicked and hypocrits excluded: in this, there are euer ill mingled with good. And there, those heauenlie brethren hauing as it were receiued a token of free-dome doe tri­umph and reioyce ouer those vanquished eni­mies, being in Gods presence, and see him face to face; but wee must still fight with flesh and blood, with the world, with sinne, and Satan, the prince of this world: and we see through a glasse in a darke speach, as straungers to the Lord. Lastlie, that is euermore one and the same, that it can neither bee deuided into partes, nor bee in hazard of anie chaunges, which cannot certainely be spoken of the mi­litant church.

III. So is the militant church one and the same, & that catholicke: that yet it fareth not e­uer after one sort, & it may be par­ted into diuerse particular churches.

Wee acknowledge therefore, that albeit this militant is and hath alwaies bin one, and that a catholicke church, sith it hath euer since the worlds beginning and in all places, had one and the same head, Christ, who coupleth to himselfe into one bodie, all the elect, out of all people: yet the same hath not, nor doeth euer fare or shew it selfe after the same sort: & is distinguished into manie particular chur­ches, as into diuerse and sundrie members, according to the varietie of times, places, and people. For it was after another māner in the terrestriall paradise before sinne: and another after sinne; before the floude, and among the Patriarches: otherwise vnder the lawe, and o­therwise vnder grace: and otherwise in Christs time among the Iewes onely, and otherwise after Christs glorification, gathered aswell of Iewes as Gentiles by the Apostles, & that not in one place, but in diuerse, neither of one people, but of diuerse and manie: neither ob­seruing alwaies and euerie where the same ce­rimonies: in which respects we vse to say, that there was one before, & another after Christ: and that was the church of the old Testamēt; this, of the new: & as we read, they were wont [Page 185]to cal them the old people, and the new: like­wise one church was at Rome, another at Co­rinthus, another at Ephesus, and so of the rest.

IV. Of manie particular churches, consisteth one catholicke church.

Againe albeit for these manie and diuers res­pects already declared, there euer haue beene and are manie and diuerse, & particular chur­ches: yet wee acknowledge that in substance there hath euer consisted one and the same church of them all: Eph. 2.15.18 and the same, Catholicke, Apostolick, and holy. One, because it euer was and is gathered into one bodie, Eph. 4.5 vnder one head, by one and the same spirite, and there is one faith of all men, & one confession of faith. Catholicke, because it stretcheth to all times and places, and consisteth of all kinds of per­sons & people. Eph. 2.20 Apostolicke, because it is built vpon the foundation, which the Apostles haue laid, Iesus Christ: and is grounded vppon the Apostles doctrine, which hath beene the same with the teaching of the Prophets, euer since the worldes beginning. Lastlie holie, not, be­cause it hath no sinne, but because being graf­ted into Christ, and indued with a continuall repentance and faith, no sinnes are imputed vnto it, but hath obtained forgiuenes of them all: because also, it is made partaker of the spi­rite of Christ which sanctifieth and regenera­teth it: lastly because the righteousnesse and holinesse of Christ is imputed to it: for which [Page 186]cause, it is also saide to bee without wrinkle: Eph. 5.27 namely, in Christ the head & spouse thereof.

V. Particular churches how they may be knowne, whether they be true churches, or not.

And hereby wee beleeue, euerie particular church may be discerned, whether it be a true church gathered in the Lord: euen by those things whereupon the Lord hath willed them to be built: Mat. 28.19 20 namely vpon the preaching of the gospell, the administration of the Sacraments instituted of Christ, and the keeping of his cō ­maundements. Therefore those churches wee acknowledge for the true churches of Christ, in which, first the pure doctrine of the gospell is preached, heard, and allowed of: and that so allowed of, that there is no place nor hearing for the contrary. Ioh. 10.4.5 For these both are properties of the flocke or sheepe of Christ, namely to heare the voyce of their shepheard, and to re­iect the straungers voyce: in those also where the Sacraments instituted of Christ (as much as in them lieth) are lawfully, 1. Cor. 11.20 that is according to Christs owne institution administred and receiued: and so where other Sacraments de­uised by men are not allowed of: in those last­lie, where the discipline of Christ taketh place: that is, where a care is taken through loue, that both priuately, and publickely, Mat. 18.19 Tit. 1.8 by admo­nitions, corrections, and when need requireth by excommunications, the commandements of Christ may bee obserued: and so that men [Page 187]may liue soberly, iustly, and godlie, to the glo­rie of God, & edification of their neighbours. For wheresoeuer vngodlinesse, and all loose­nesse of life is in publike practise, and open offences are not reprooued, according to the discipline of Christ: there, we beleeue, that it is possble that manie good and godlie men may be: but we beleeue this is not a godlie & christian congregation: the Lord himself say­ing: Ioh. 13.35 in this men shall know, that yee are my disciples, if yee loue one another: but what loue can there be, where no care is taken, that according to Christs doctrine, brethren which offend, may be corrected, may repent, may be gained vnto the Lord, and saued?

VI. By vvhat manner of succession of Byshops it may be shewed, that some church is Apostolicall.

So we acknowledge, that from a perpetuall succession of byshops in some church, I say not any manner of succession, but such a one, as hath had ioyned also vnto it, a continuance of the Apostles doctrine: it maye rightly bee shewed, that that church is Apostolicall: such a one as was once the church of Rome, & the succession of the byshops thereof, euen to the time of Ireneus, Tertullian, Cyprian, and some other. So that they were wont not without reason, to appeale vnto it, and cite before it, and such other of the fathers, the heritickes of their times. But indeed as we do acknowledge [Page 188]and confesse with Tertullian and other of the fathers that those churches are to be acknow­ledged to be truely Apostolicall, in which the Apostles doctrine, with the discipline of Christ and lawfull administration of the Sacraments, is kept pure, though the same haue not beene planted by the Apostles, nor haue had a per­petuall succession of byshops, euen from the Apostles time: So againe, the churches which were planted and watered by the Apostles, although they can shewe a succession of By­shops continuall and without interruption, yet if with the succession of byshops they can not also shewe a continuance of the doctrine of Christ and his Apostles: we wil graunt, that they haue bin christian and Apostolical chur­ches: but now we cannot acknowledge them for such. For as the hood (as the Prouerb saith) makes not the monke, but his godly and holy life: so neither do byshops, but the doctrine of Christ and christian religion, make the church of Christ.

VII. Not by any manner of consent, but by consent in Christs doctrine, some churches may be shewed to be true and christian churches.

For thus wee knowe, that it can neuer bee prooued, that wheresoeuer there is a full a­greement among themselues, there are the true churches of God: sith both in the Iewish sinagogues, and in the turkish congregations [Page 189]and long since in the conuenticles of the Ar­rians and Donatists, there hath euer bene an especiall agreement: but wee hold it may bee prooued onely by that consent, which is in the pure doctrine of Christ, and in true pietie. For where the Apostle saieth, 1. Cor. 1.10. I beseech you brethren, by the name of our Lord Iesus Christ, that yee all speake one thing, and that there bee no dissentions a­mong yee: but be yee knitt together in one minde and in one iudgement: hee meaneth, in that Lord Ie­sus Christ, by whose name he intreated them.

VIII. The churches bee not taken away by euery dis­sention that ariseth in them.

But by the waye, we are not so vniust to de­nie those to bee christian churches wherein there is not alwaies a full consent and agree­ment of all things. For as euerie agreement doth not make a church: so euerie dissention doth not dissolue the same: so long as the foū ­dation, which is Christ, true God and true mā, the true and perfect Sauiour, be kept sound & firme, and so long as there is a full agreement in the summe of the Apostles doctrine, which is deliuered in their creede.

IX. A confirmation of the former opinion.

For as the reprobate hypocrites, by their being in the churches, do not hinder, but that they still remaine true churches: so neither the dissentions, which are raised in the churches by the vngodlie, or which through frailtie or [Page 190]ignorance doe spring among the Saints them­selues, can extinguish the same: which verie thing the Apostle teacheth, whenas speaking of the ministers of the true churches, he saith, that vpon the same foundation some do build gold, sil­uer, and pretious stones: other wood, stubble & haye: and to the Philippians hauing declared the summe of christian doctrine, and exhorted all men, that who so had profited therein, should persist in it: afterwards he addeth, and if any be otherwise minded, God shall reueale the same vnto them, if we abide in the same vvhereunto vvee are come. For else, if we should denie, there, to bee anie true church where contentions about re­ligion are stirred vp: then was there no church at Corinth in Paules time: where there were not onely diuisions verie rife, one saying, I am of Paule, another of Cephas, another of Apollo: but also maruailous controuersies rose concer­ning religion: Nor yet in Gallatia because im­mediatly after those churches were passing well planted by Paule, there sprang vp in them seducers, and heresies: lastly, neither yet could there be said to be any churches in the East, or in the West: because they were neuer voide of contentions, not only betweene the catho­licks and the heretikes, such as arose from the catholicks, but also euen among the godly fa­thers themselues: as the histories doe plenti­fully make mention: in so much that for these dissentions and sects, the christians were wōt to bee skoffed at in the theaters and stages a­mong [Page 191]the infidells: as also at this day wee are all derided for the same cause, among the Turkes and Iewes. But as in the primitiue church, by those contentions of the christians it was no consequence, that therefore they were not the people of God: so, neither at this time by ours can any man prooue it iustlie a­gainst vs: but that indeede the contrarie may rather be concluded, because it is the proper­tie of good wheat, that is, of the gospell, wher­by Gods people are gathered into his church, that where it is sowen, there straight waies in the same field, doeth the enemie Satan sowe cockle vpon it. And surely neuer in any place or sooner were heard the Simons, Menanders, Ebions, Cerinthians, Valentinians, and such plagues: thē in the church, and after the prea­ching of the gospell. Neither could the church of this present world be truely called the mi­litant church, vnlesse it had both at home and abroade with whome it shoulde continually fight.

X. The peace of the churches are not to bee trou­bled nor schismes to be made, for euerie difference that ariseth in doctrine, or ceremonies.

And therefore wee cannot allow it, that a­ny should make a separation from his church, and trouble the peace of the church, and vio­late brotherly loue: much lesse that one church should condemne another, for euerie diffe­rēce [Page 192]in doctrine, or in ceremonies, where the foūdatiō is stil held: so that, good reason was it that Victor the byshop of Rome intending once to excommunicate the churches of Asia, because they diffred from him in certen rites, was reprehended of Ireneus the byshop of Lyons. Neither is it the Apostles meaning, that for the stubble and hay, built vppon the foundation, there should bee diuision made in the church, or the church cōdemned: Cant. 1.5 & 2.10 Eph. 5.27 sith the church doth not straight cease to be a church, and as yet is holie, and the bewtifull bride of Christ, though it bee darkened, and hath yet some wrinkles and scarres. In a word, though the errors and defectes of it are neuer to bee dissembled: yet in what congregations soe­uer, the foundation, and the summe of the A­postles doctrine is kept and preserued, and no manifest idolatries allowed of, we iudge that we ought to embrace peace and communion with them as true churches of Christ: So great is the accompt of the vnion of churches.

XI. The vnitie of the catholicke church is to be la­boured for.

Sith therefore the whole church, being one and catholicke, consisteth of manie, and par­ticular churches, as of the partes, and is yet militant on the earth: we are not ignorant nor do we doubt, but if an agreemēt in the Lord, ought to bee obserued with euerie particular [Page 193]one, much more ought wee to labour for the vnitie of the whole catholicke church.

XII. What vvee meane by the name of vnitie of the catholicke church.

By the name of vnitie of the catholicke church we meane a coniunction of all elect & regenerate people, whersoeuer they bee on earth, made with their head Christ into one bodie by the holie ghost: which in the creede we call the communion of Saintes. For the A­postle also describing this vnitie, teacheth, that the church is a bodie, Eph. 1.22 1. Cor. 12.12 Col. 1.18 Eph. 4.12 Eph. 2.15 Rom. 8.11 Tom. 7. de vni. Eccl. c. 2 consisting of manie mēbers, whose head is Christ, repairing, quickning, working & preseruing all that beleeue in him, by his spirite into one new man. The vni­tie therefore of the bodie and all the mēbers, with the head, and among themselues, is the v­nity of the church: as also Augustine determi­ned against the Donatists.

XIII. The vnitie of the church vvholly standeth in the same faith in Christ, and loue to our brethren.

But because to the preseruing and nouri­shing of this vnitie, God vseth aswel our faith in Christ, stirred vp by the word of the gospel, and by the Sacraments in our hearts: as also our charitie and the dueties thereof towards our neighbour: nay, because the testimonies of the true communion of Saints, and coniun­ction with Christ are manifest and apparent: [Page 194]therefore in summe wee confesse, that this v­nitie of the catholicke church consisteth, in the vnitie of faith, & band of brotherly loue: that is, that wee should all of vs in true faith em­brace the same doctrine, which the Prophets and Apostles left vs in writing, and publikely professe the verie same: retaine the same Sa­craments sincere and onely, which Christ him­selfe instituted: not neglect the discipline ap­pointed and commaunded by Christ, wherein brotherly loue is exercised, and the saluation of our brother that falleth, sought for: & lastly that we should loue one another mutually, & practise the dueties of charitie.

XIV. A confirmation of the former opinion.

For looke by what thinges, diuerse people are gathered into one bodie: by the same doe we beleeue that being vnited they are preser­ued, and knitt faster and faster together. Sith therefore the church is not gathered nor pre­serued properly, by ceremonies, but by the ho­ly ghost, but by the word, by faith, by loue and by keeping Gods commaundements: wee doubt not but by the same things is the vnitie thereof kept and cherished: sith the Apostle also to the Ephesians handling the vnitie of the church, teacheth them, Eph. 4.2 &c. that it consisteth v­pon those verie things, neuer making mention of anie ceremonie.

XV. That an vnitie in the same ceremonies, though it be not alwaies and euerie where expe­dient, yet where it is setled ought not to be troubled.

By the way we denie not, but an vnitie also in these verie ceremonies and rites of each church, so farre forth as in consciēce may be, ought to be kept and obserued. For there are two kinds of things, wherein the vnitie of the church may stand: such as are deliuered in the word of God: and such as are not expressed in the word: as are many externall rites, and ec­clesiasticall ceremonies. In the first we beleeue an vnitie to be euery where and alwaies most necessarie: in the other, though it bee not of it selfe necessarie, yet it may be profitable for the diuersitie of places, and in a diuerse respect of times, to haue diuerse rites: yet where any cer­taine thing concerning these matters, is ap­pointed and receiued, for the edification of the church, there wee iudge that all ought to keepe an vnitie also in such manner of rites, and not to trouble the Ecclesiasticall orders: according to the Apostles rule. All things ought to be done by order and comely in the church and to edification: 1. Cor. 14.40 about which matters wee also won­derfully well allow and embrace the two epi­stles of Augustine written to Ianuarius. Ep. 118 & 119

XVI. A conclusion of the vnitie of the church.

Sith therefore the ecclesiasticall vnitie is [Page 196]two fold, one essentiall, & therefore of it selfe, euerie where, and alwaies neeessarie, and con­sequently proper to the catholicke church: the other accidentall, and alterable by reason of places and times, and therefore proper to pe­culiar churches: wee beleeue, that it is lawfull for no man to make separation from the for­mer, at any time, or for any occasion: whieh were nothing else but to fall from Christ and from God, and to renounce the holie spirite, and disioyne himselfe from the whole bodie of Christ; which is a verie damnable apostasie: but to forsake the latter for to returne to the former, and to preserue the same, we are per­suaded it is not onely lawfull, but verie neces­sarie vnto all men: and that much more, if also those rites and ceremonies, wherein the vnitie was, be polluted with diuers superstitions: yea and especially, if also the Sacraments, institu­ted of Christ, be corrupted, and wholly disor­dered, so that a good conscience can not bee partaker of them: but what if the heauenlie trueth also be banished from them, and in the place thereof preached and defended the do­ctrines of deuills? what also if thou canst not there bee suffered to bee silent, but shalt bee constrained, either to denie Gods trueth, and to subscribe to diuelish vntrueths, or else to spill thy life and blood?

XVII. He which is departed from the church of Rome, hath not thereby broken the vnitie of the Church, nor is seuered from the bodie of Christ.

In as much therefore as wee are accused of apostasie or a backsliding from the catholick and apostolick church of Christ, and are saide to haue broken the vnitie thereof, because we would no longer communicate with the con­gregations of the Romish church in vngodly superstitions, & idolatrous seruices: but choose rather to follow the aūcient doctrine, seruice and discipline, renued through gods benefite by the true seruants of Christ: wee protest be­fore God and his angels, & the whole church euen to the worlds ende, that they doe an ex­ceeding iniurie, not onely to vs, but also to the holie ghost, and to all the auncient church: Sith in this matter we haue done no otherwise nor doe, then wee are commaunded to doe by the holie ghost, taught by the fathers, yea and counselled by the Papists themselues.

XVIII. A confirmation of the former opinion.

For the Lord hath especially forbidden, 1. Cor. 5.11 2. Cor. 6.14 Tit. 3.10 Rom. 16.17 Ca. 24 q. 1 c. 24 & 26 & q. 3. c. 9 that we should haue any fellowship, with ido­laters, and obstinate apostataes and heritickes, in their idolatries and heresies. Nor otherwise do the fathers teach (as they are alleadged for witnesses euen in the canons) then, that not onely if there be a man, but also, if there bee a [Page 198]church, which renounceth the faith, C. 24. q. 1. c. 29. & holdeth not the foūdation of the Apostles preaching, and in which Christ doctrine abideth not: it is to be forsaken. Neither for any other cause was the old church of Rome so celebrated of the fathers, that which then flourished, & was holie, and called the mother of the churches: but because it constantly retained the doctrin receiued of the Apostles, all the rest for the most part slipping away. But now what the do­ctrine of it is, and what seruice, and how farre it is fallen from the auncient doctrine in ma­nie things, it is too too well knowne. We ther­fore moreouer protest, that we haue made no other separation from the church of Rome that now is, but as we are constrained by the word of God, & as we must needs obey God, so commaunding vs: and therefore least wee should still abide in an apostasie from the apo­stolicke and catholicke church, wee haue iud­ged it our partes and dueties to returne at length to the same againe, and to depart from the idolatries of this filthie polluted Romish companie.

XIX. We are not simplie departed from the church of Rome, but [...], in some respect.

For we haue not simplie and in all thinges forsakē the ehurch of Rome: but only in those things, wherein it hath fallen from the aposto­licke church, and euen from it selfe, and from the old and sound church: nether are we gone [Page 199]with any other meaning, but that if it would returne amended and reformed to the aunci­ent state, wee would also returne vnto it, and haue communion with it, and in their owne congregations. Which that it maye one day come to passe, wee beseech the Lord Iesus with our whole heart. For what were more to be wished of euery good man: thē that where we were by our baptisme borne a new, there we might liue euen to our liues end? so it were in the Lord.

I Hier. Zanchius with my whole familie, pronounce this to be witnessed to the whole church, euen to the worlds end.

XX. The whole catholicke church is not suffered to erre, but euerie particular church may.

Wee beleeue and acknowledge, that this catholicke church, as wee haue before de­scribed it, is so gouerned by the holie ghost: that he neuer suffereth the same wholly, & all of it, to err: because it euer preserueth in some godlie men the light of the trueth, and retai­neth the same pure and sounde by their mini­sterie to the ende of the world, and deliuereth it to posteritie. To which purpose, wee doubt not but that tendeth which Paule saide, 1. Tim. 3.15 The church is the pillar and ground of trueth, because without the church is no trueth: but in the church it is alwaies reserued: sith there is e­uer more some congregation, great or smale, wherein the word of trueth doth sound. But [Page 200]of euerie particular church, wherein there bee euer good and badd mingled together, wee know the reason is farre otherwise. For first, in these congregations, either the pure word of God is preached: or else with it, vntruethes are also taught. For where no ministerie of the word is, ther we acknowledge to be no church. If therefore together with the trueth, there may also false assertions be taught: howe can that congregation be said, that it cannot erre, when it doth manifestly erre? And if the pure word of God be onely taught, then the repro­bate hypocrites, which beleeue it not, doe al­waies erre, when they reiect the light of the trueth, and walke in darkenesse: and of them is almost in euerie place the greatest number. As for the godly, Mat. 24.24 though they are neuer suffe­red so to erre, that they cōtinue in their error and perish: Christ himselfe saying, Gal. 2.11 &c. 1. Cor. 1.11 &c. Gal. 1.6 &c. The elect can not be seduced, no not by the miracles, and wonders of Antichrist, namely, not to the end, & to their destruction: yet that they may erre, aswell e­uerie one seuerally, as many gathered toge­ther, and that not onely in manners, but also in the doctrine of faith, wee are manifestlie taught by the histories both sacred and eccle­siasticall, and by that which hath happened to godlie and holie byshops, and their churches, in the East and in the West.

XXI. A confirmation of the former opinion.

Peter doubtlesse did erre at Antioch, & ma­nie [Page 201]in the church of Corinth, and more in that of Galatia, being seduced by the false Apostles did most grossly erre: though they were soone after called back againe by the Apostle from their errors. Dauid also taught that the verie sheepe of Christ may erre, Psal. 119.176 when he said, I haue gone astray like a sheepe that is lost: and why were the ministery of the word in the church, need­full for all the godlie, if they could not erre? Sith therefore euerie godlie man in each par­ticular church, and the same a true and pure church haue often and doe often erre: & that hypocrites are neuer indued with true faith, whereby they are rightly minded: how can it bee saide of any particular church, that it can not erre? that then can much lesse be affirmed of those churches, from whence the trueth is banished, and wherein lyes doe preuaile, and iniquitie it selfe, and palpable darkenes. They surely which are such, cānot be the true church of Christ: 1. Tim 3.15. if the church bee the pillar and ground of trueth. Therefore we conclude that euerie par­ticular flock, and each seuerall sheep thereof, can so farre forth not erre, as it heareth onely the voyce of the shepheard Christ, being gui­ded by the holie ghost: but as oft as it heareth not his voyce, but harkeneth to strangers voi­ces, it cā straight waies do no other thē erre. But in a word, seing God in the scattering and dissoluing of all churches, doeth yet reserue some vnto himselfe whome he holdeth in the trueth, and by whose ministerie he will spread [Page 202]the same still to the ende of the world: there­fore we confesse, that the whole catholicke church altogether, is neuer suffred to erre.

XXII. Without the catholicke church is no saluation.

Here hence we consequently learne, & be­leeue, that this catholicke church onely is so holie, and hath saluation so annexed to it: that out of it there is no holines, no saluation: sith that in it onely the trueth so shineth, (without which saluation can come to none,) that with­out it there can bee no trueth: and lastly, sith none but the bodie of Christ can be saued. Ioh. 3.13. For no man ascendeth into heauen, but he vvhich came downe from heauen, the sonne of man, vvhich is in heauen: that is, the whole sonne of man, withal his whole bodie, which is the church: that not vnfitly Peter compared the church to Noahs arke, in which alone, mankinde was preserued, 2. Pet. 2.5 and out of which whosoeuer were found, pe­rished in the waters of the floode. Gen. 7.23 Nowe that which wee confesse of the whole church as a thing most assured, the same of euerie particu­lar one, we cannot graunt: namely, to say, that in this church alone, or that, in the Romish, or that at Constantinople, the rrueth and sal­uation is obtained: so that without it should be no saluation: and consequently to depart from it, were nothing else then to forsake the trueth, our saluation, and Christ. For some church may bee brought to that passe: that vn­lesse thou departest from the fellowship ther­of, [Page 203]thou canst haue no parte nor fellowshipp with the catholicke church, and her head.

XXIII. The catholicke church is not tyed to certaine persons or places.

Moreouer we confesse this catholick church because it is catholick, therefore to be tied to no certaine places, persons, or people: so, that who so would be of the church, hee should needs get him to Rome, or to Wittemberge, or he must depend vpon the authoritie of their churches, by shops or ministers: Seing Christ is in all places, and euerie where may the word be heard, the seale of Baptisme receiued, the commaundements of Christ kept, and a com­munion with the Saintes had. And wheresoe­uer these things haue place, ther is the church: that not without good cause, were the Dona­tists condemned, who shutt vp the church, in Africa onely, and not in al Africa neither, but in certaine parcells of it, where they thēselues dwelt, and taught that it was onely there: Nor lesse worthily are they to be condemned which accompt the churches of no forraine countries for true churches, but onely such as consist of men of their owne nation.

XXIV. The catholicke church is partly visible, and partly inuisible.

To conclude, we beleeue this church, to be partly indeed visible, and partly inuisible, but these in diuerse respects. Visible, in that it con­sisteth [Page 204]of men, visibly hādling and hearing the word of God, ministring and receiuing the sa­craments, praying not onely priuately but al­so publikely to God, exercising the workes of loue towards their neighbours, and glorify­ing God by their whole life: which things can not indeede be performed; but they must sen­siblie be perceiued. And if it should be meer­ly inuisible: howe could it bee discerned from the Synagogues of the wicked? Againe, we call it also inuisible: first, because it hath in it many hypocrites mingled, which performe all these outward things, as the elect doe: and who are the elect, (for of them onely consisteth the church) surely it cannot be knowne of vs, but onely of God, according to that, The Lord (a­lone) knoweth who are his. 2. Tim. 2.19 Ro. 2.28.29 Whereunto also ten­deth that of the Apostle, He is not a Jewe which is one outward, but one within. Moreouer, because the church, in regard of the outward appea­rance, being euermore pressed with manifold calamities in the worlde: the number of the professours of Christs faith is sometimes so di­minished, & all christian congregations thrust vpp into such narrowe straightes, that it may seeme euen to be none at al remaining: name­ly when there is no longer any publike assem­blie, wherein Gods name is called vppon: as the histories both sacred and ecclesiasticall do most clearely and plentifully teach to haue often happened: whenas notwithstanding it is very certaine that God alwaies reserueth [Page 205]some church vnto himselfe vppon the earth: Mat. 16.18 & 28.20 the Lord himselfe saying: And the gates of hell shall not preuaile against it: and, behold J am vvith you euen to the ende of the world: and the same do we also with the whole church confesse in the creed, saying, I beleeue the holy catholick church, namely to haue euer bin from the beginning, to bee now, and shal bee vnto the ende of the world. euen vppon the earth. For properly we beleeue alwaies, those things which we do not alwaies see. Heb. 11.1 This is our confession, concerning the militant church: what it is: how it differeth from the triumphant: howe diuerse oft times in it selfe: howe of many particulars it is made one catholicke church: by what markes the true may bee discerned from the false: what manner of succession of byshops, & what mā ­ner of consent may proue a true church: howe not for euery difference in the verie doctrine, the vnitie of the church is to be broken: what is ment by the name of ecclesiasticall vnitie: and in what things it consisteth: of what esti­mation it ought to bee: in what respect also it may erre, and in what, it cannot erre: and how without the church there is no saluation: and lastly howe it is visible, and howe inuisible. It remaineth that we speake of the gouernment thereof.

CHAP. XXV. Of the gouernment of the mili­tant church, and of the ec­clesiasticall ministerie.

I. The church is gouerned of Christ.

WE beleeue, Col. 1.17 that as all thinges were made, haue their being, and are ru­led by Christ: so hee also gouerneth the church, which is his kingdome & his bo­die, by a more peculiar meanes then all other things, as being author, king, Eph. 1.23 Luc. 11.33 Heb. 3.6. and head of the same: as the Angell saieth of Christ, and he shall raigne in the house of Iacob for euer: and the Apo­stle, that he is as the sonne ouer his owne house, and this house we are: that is, the church: and in ano­ther place, that he is the head of the church, Eph. 5.23 & the same is the Sauiour of his bodie.

II. Christ ordereth his church partly by himselfe, and partly by assistance of fellowe labourers.

But the gouernment, wherewith Christ gui­deth his church, we know to be two fold: one, wherein he of himselfe, and by his holy spirit, without any help or seruice of man, Phil. 2.13 Eph. 1.23 raigneth inwardly in the hearts of beleeuers, and wor­keth in them to will and to performe, and is e­uen [Page 207]all in all: and mooueth vnto that which is good, defending vs from euill against Sathan, the worlde, and all our enemies: The other, wherein he so guideth the church, as hee also vouchsafeth to vse the help and ministerie of others, aswell Angells, as men especially, to the preseruation of the church; As of Angells the Apostle speaketh, Heb. 1.14 They are ministring spirits, sent forth to minister, for their sakes which shalbee heires of saluation: 1. Cor. 3.5.9 and of men, he saieth, Wee are Gods ministers, by whome yee haue beleeued. For like as in a man the head of it selfe, by vertue of the minde, which liueth & worketh chieflie therein, doeth so rule the whole bodie, that it also vseth the helpe of euerie member to the profite of the whole bodie: so Christ, the head of the church, doth in like sort beare himselfe in the gouernment thereof, not for his owne cause, or that hee needeth our ministerie, but doth it for our necessitie, yea for our manifest commoditie and honour.

III. A difference betweene the ministerie of An­gells, and of men.

By the way wee acknowledge a difference betweene the ministerie of Angells and of men: sith the Angells are not sent either to teach in the church, or to administer Sacra­ments, but to performe other dueties, & those for the most part inuisible: neither come they ordinarily alwaies, and to all, but at such time, and to such persons as God sendeth them: but [Page 208]the ministerie of men is apparent and perpe­tuall, and pertaineth to euerie one.

IV. Jt was most aduisedly done, that Angells should not teach in the church, but men.

And wee know it was most wisely and ad­uisedly done of God, that Christ should teach in his church, not by Angells, but by men: both, because we can not more willingly suf­fer our selues to be informed familiarly of our equalles, then to be taught of spirits of a farre diffring nature, with an vnaquainted maiesty: and also, because we might more easily be de­ceiued of Satan, falsly faining himselfe to bee sent of God, and transforming himselfe to an Angel of light. And those surely in our iudge­ment are two not the least causes, why the sonne of God, when he was to fulfill the office of a teacher in the church, would bee made a man, and our brother, and familier, and like vnto vs in all thinges sinne onely excepted: whereto that same tendeth: Heb. 4.15 Heb. 2.12 Heb. 1.1 I vvill declare thy name to my brethren, in the midst of the congregati­on will I praise thee: and that same, In these last daies he hath spoken vnto vs by his sonne, namely, being nowe made man, and liuing familiarlie in the church.

V. There be two kinds of men especially, whose ministery Christ vseth to the gouernment and preserua­tion of the church.

And although there be not one member in [Page 209]this whole great body of the church, but Christ vseth the same to some profite of the other mē ­bers, 1. Cor. 12.7 and so of the whole bodie, as Paule tea­cheth: yet wee acknowledge two principall kindes of men, whose help and seruice he is wont to vse for the gouernment and preserua­tion of the church: namely, first, teachers, and others to administer the word, sacraments, & other ecclesiasticall dueties: then, godly prin­ces and magistrats, whose ministeries or offi­ces we confound not, but acknowledge them to be distinct and verie diuerse: among which differences this also is not the least, that the ministerie of teachers is alwaies verie necessa­rie to the church, but of politicke magistrates not so: sith the former the church cannot bee without, but the other, it often hath wanted and may want them.

VI. About what matters especially the ecclesiasti­call ministerie is imployed.

But as the summe of christian pietie, consi­steth in three things: in faith in Christ: in con­tinual repentance, that is, in the mortification of our flesh, and of our sinnes, and quickening of the spirite: and lastlie, in charitie towards our neighbour: so also wee acknowledge three principall parts of the ecclesiasticall ministe­rie. First to teach, and to preach the worde of the gospell, and also to administer the sacra­ments, and offer vpp the publike sacrifice of praise to God, through Iesus Christ: Secondly to [...] [Page 222]declared by the Apostles: and lastly, to do all such things, which though they be not expres­sed in the scriptures, yet doe belong to order and to decencie, and do make for edification and not for destruction, according to the ge­nerall rule giuen by the Apostle, 1. Cor. 14.40 that all things ought to be done in the church in order, decently, and to edification. Neither thinke wee that any au­thoritie is giuen vnto ministers beyonde the boundes of the word of God, or to any other ende, then for edification: & therefore we de­nie that one Bishop or all Bishops together, haue authoritie to appoint any thing against the scriptures: to adde or detract any thing, or chaunge any thing in them: to dispense with the commaundements of God: to make new articles of faith: to institute new sacraments: to bring new rites into the church: to prescribe any lawes, which may binde consciences, or may be thought equall to gods law: to forbid any things, which God hath graunted, and left free: or lastly, to commaund any thing, with­out the word of God, as necessary to saluatiō: sith not the whole church can haue or truely be said to haue this authoritie.

XXI. The Bishops which are also princes, their poli­ticall authoritie is not denied.

By the way we disallow not, but that bishops, which are also princes, besids their ecclesiasti­call authoritie, they haue also their politicall rites and secular powers, euen as other prin­ces [Page 223]haue: the law of commaunding in secular causes, the law of the sword: some of them the law of choosing and confirming kinges and emperors: and of directing and ordering o­ther politicall matters: and to constraine peo­ple that are their subiects, to do them obedi­ence: and therefore we confesse, that their po­liticall commandements, which may be kept without breach of Gods law, are to be obeyed by their subiects, not onely for feare, but also for conscience sake. Rom. 13.5. For we know that all power is of God: Rom. 13.1.2 and vvhosoeuer resisteth the power, resisteth the ordinance of God: and that kings are to be honoured, 1. Pet. 2.17 and that we ought to be sub­iect to our princes and rulers, in all feare not onely to the good and curteousse, but also to the frovvard and vniust.

XXII. Marriage ought to be free aswell to ministers of the church as others. Of marri­age.

And we beleeue, that this is verie necessary and behouefull to honestie, to the saluation of ministers, and to the honor of the ministerie it selfe, and consequently to the true gouerne­ment of the church: that it should be permit­ted as freely vnto them, as it is to al Lay men (as they cal them) to marrie: sith Christ forbad it to no kinde of men, nay, speaking of single life he said, that not al mē do receaue this, (name­ly to lead a single life): meaning that, which the Apostle in round wordes expounded: 1. Cor. 7.9 Heb. 13.4 namely, he which cannot containe, he must marrie [Page 224]a wife. For marriage is honourable among all men & the bedd vndefiled, as with the Apostle wee confesse.

XXIII. Jt is good and commendable, if any being indu­ed with the gift of continencie, abstaine from marriage.

Meane while we denie not, but they which are indued of God with the gift of a pure sin­gle life: they may more fittly attend vpon di­uine causes, and more easily serue the church, then they which are married: by reason of ma­nie greeuous cares and troubles which mar­riage bringeth with it, and whereby often times, euen against our wills wee are drawne awaye from following the diuine causes, to deale in domesticall and troublesome busi­nesses of this life: as the Apostle also saieth, the vnmaried careth for the things of the Lord, 1. Cor. 7.32 howe he may please the Lord: but he that is married careth for the thinges of the worlde, howe he may please his wife. And therefore as these men haue their iust commendation, which do therefore take a wife, that they maye liue with a cleane and pure conscience to God; So also do we thinke them worthie to be commended, who there­fore choose to themselues a chast single life, that they may the better employ their labour on the church: and in the same do liue so long as they can.

XXIV. Mariages are to bee contracted in the Lord, and are reuerently to be esteemed.

And we know and confesse, 1. Cor. 7.39 that all maria­ges ought to bee contracted in the Lord, by the law of nature, and the law of God, yea and by honest customes of all places, and are reue­rently to be esteemed: Mat. 19.9 and that no man may put away his lawfull wife, vnlesse it be for fornication: but if any vnbeleeuing woman, through hate of religion, will not remaine with a beleeuing husband, he ought not by force to keep her: for one that is faithfull is not in subiection in such thinges: 1. Cor. 7.15 but God hath called them in peace.

XXV. Both he which hath put away an adulteresse, & hee which is forsaken of an vnbeleeuer: may no lesse contract newe mari­age, then hee vvhose vvife is dead.

We also beleeue that aswell he, which hath lawfully put away an adulteresse, or is forsakē of an bnbeleeuer, maye marie againe, as he whose former wife is dead. For that saying of the Apostle is euer most true and profitable to all vnmaried persons and widowes: Jt is good for them, if they remaine euen as I: but if they can not containe let them marie: 1. Cor. 7.8 for it is better to ma­rie, then to burne.

XXVI. That some should bee appointed in the church, which should iudge of matrimoniall con­trouersies.

But we allow not, that any of these thinges bee done in the church, without the lawfull knowledge, iudgement and sentence, of the church, and some christian magistrate, if there be one: and therefore that some godlie, skill­full and wise men ought to bee appointed in the church, which may discerne and iudge of matrimoniall causes and these matters: that nothing be done rashly or vnaduisedly, least euerie one should thinke lawfull, whatsoeuer he listed: but all thinges should be done law­fully, to edification, and without iniurie to a­ny: 1. Cor. 14.26 Rom. 2.24 and least the name of God should through vs bee euill spoken of among the infidells.

XXVII. They which are rulers in the church, ought to take care, that the children of the faith­full, may be christianly instructed: and that they may be taught in learning, and ho­nest artes.

With these is ioyned the care of children: wee therefore beleeue it is verie necessarie to the continuall preseruation of the church, not onely that each seuerall man haue a care to instruct his children in true godlinesse, in christian dueties, in learning and honest artes: but also, that the whole church haue a speciall [Page 227]regard thereunto, that they may be made fitt and profitable both for the church and com­mon wealth: whereto belong both publicke grammer schooles, exercises of honest artes, and ecclesiasticall catechizings.

XXVIII. Ministers with their families ought to bee main­tained, Of stipends and church godds. with honest and liberall stipends.

Wee also beleeue that the church cannot well bee gouerned, vnlesse such necessarie maintenance be bestowed on the ministers, as whereby they and their family may liue in an honest estate: For no man, except he haue whereupon to liue; Mat. 10.10 can do his duetie: & Christ saieth, the workeman is worthie of his wages: and the Apostle writeth largely thereof in more thē one place: 1. Cor. 9.7 &c. shewing by many reasons, that ministers which serue the churches ought to receiue of the same church what so is needfull for them: 1. Tim. 5.17 &c and that they haue good right to demaund the same: so farre from offence is it, that they should take it, as some would cauill: yet notwithstanding couetousnesse, aswell in all other as chiefly in ministers we do with the Apostle vtterly condemne: 1. Tim. 3.3.8 as also wee allow not prodigalitie: and we teach that both these faultes are to be shunned and auoyded.

XXIX. The church goods should not be wasted, but be bestowed on the maintenance of mini­sters, and other godly vses.

And whereas manie goods haue in times [Page 228]past, and yet in some places are giuen to chur­ches, by the liberality of princes & other god­lie persons: wee iudge that if any church haue such goodes, great care is to be had, that the same be not wasted, nor conuerted into pro­phane vses, and much lesse into sacriligious v­ses, nor fained to bee so conuerted: but to bee onely bestowed vppon that purpose whereto they were giuen, euen to a godly intent. And wee well allowe of that auncient partition of church goods, where one part went to the bi­shops, that is, to the teachers, Deu [...] [...] and ministers of the word, and their families; another, to the clerkes, that is, to students and such as were ordained to the ministerie of the church: and to them that attended on the church: the third part, to poore people and trauelers: a fourth part to repairing of churches and schooles, to which parte also, belong not onely the houses of ministers, teachers, studentes, libraries and bookes, all kinds of instruments and thinges necessarie for churches and schooles: but also spittles and hospitals, and other such like pla­ces, where such liue, as are peculiarly to be re­leeued and cared for of the church.

XXX. VVhat manner of tēples or churches christians ought to haue; what language to vse therin: of churches and cere­monies. what habitt & apparell: what holie dayes to bee kept: to whome they must praye: and lastly that the ceremonies which were not prescribed by Christ and the Apo­stles ought to be free.

And sith it is none of the least causes, why faithfull people, so farre forth as may bee, are wont and ought to dwel together in the same cities, townes and villages, that they might not onely priuately among themselues, dayly nourish a cōmon faith by godlie conferences, & practise mutuall charitie by christiā duties, but also that they might meete together in certaine places, & at certaine knowne times, publikely to praise, & pray vnto God, to heare his worde, to receiue the sacraments, to per­forme publicke workes of charitie towardes the poore: which thinges indeede cannot be done without language, without rites & ce­remonies: therefore concerning thē also, what our opinion is, we will briesty declare. Seing it is beyond all controuersie, that all thinges in the church ought to be done to edification, & all shew of superstition ought to be auoided, we iudge, that true pietie, and the churches edification requireth, 1 Temples or churches. first, concerning places, that, if they may vse the olde and prophaned temples, the same must be cleane purged of all idolls, and all reliques and monuments of i­dolatrie and superstition. 1 Cor. 6.16 For vvhat agreement hath the temple of God with idolls? 2 Language. Moreouer no lāguage is to be vsed, but that which is known to the whole congregation. For what edifica­tion can come to the church by an vnknowne language? 1 Cor. 14 28 the Apostle surely commaundeth thē to keep silence in the church which speak languages, if there be no interpreter. Thirdlie [Page 230]all pride and vanitie of garmentes are to bee shunned, and all those ornaments, 3 Garments which doe rather beseeme the prophane theaters of the Gentiles, then the sacred temples of christiās: and which rather tend to delight the flesh, thē to edifie the spirit: but all things must be done in the churches with most high reuerence and modestie, as in the verie sight of God and his Angells. And albeit concerning the fashion of garments, which ministers ought publikly to weare, either in their ministerie, or out of it, we doe not thinke it a matter to bee so stood vpō, that for it, the peace of the church ought to be troubled: yet where they come neerest to the simplicitie of the Apostles, there wee iudge the church rather to bee approued. 4 Holie-daies Fourthly, that vpon euerie Lords day the cō ­gregation should come together, and make an holie assemblie: sith we see, that euer since the Apostles time that day hath beene religi­ouslie consecrated and dedicated to that ho­lie businesse. Next vnto the Lords day we can not but allow of the hallowing of those daies likewise, wherein we keep the memorie, and the auncient church did celebrate, the natiui­tie of our Lord Iesus Christ, of his circumcisi­on, his passion, his resurrection, his ascension into heauen, his sending downe the holy ghost vpon the Apostles. Vpon other daies, euen as each church shall thinke to be conuenient: so also let them call an holie assemblie, to the word, to the sacramēts, to prayers, or collects. [Page 231] Col. 2.16 But euermore let all superstitious obseruati­on of dayes be farre from them. 5 Praiers. Fiftlie, that prayers may be made to God onely, and to Ie­sus Christ, without inuocation of Angells or any Saints that are dead: euen as the Prophets and Apostles did, and the whole auncient church, as it is manifest to bee seene in the old collectes, Heb. 13.56 (to say nothing of Gods owne com­maundement) who will haue this sacrifice of praise and of the mouth to be offered vpp to him onely. 6 Ceremo­nies. Sixtly, concerning rites and cere­monies to be kept in the church, the same pie­tie and edification of the church doth require, that they should not so bitterly and sharply bee controuerted, as though the contention were vppon life and death: but should be left to euerie congregation in free choise, as wee read in Socrates and other ecclesiasticall wri­ters, it was in the olde church: concerning which matters in generall wee allow and im­brace both the epistles of Augustine to lanua­rius. Tom. 2. ep. 118 & 119 For these tend to the churches edificatiō.

XXXI. Publike fastes ought sometime to be commaun­ded and the same are most profitable & commendable: Of fastes. yet no man must be constrayned to them.

It appertaineth also to a profitable gouern­ment of the church: that as priuate fastes are in mens free choise, so also to the publike fastes al men are to be counselled, but no man to be constrained. The commoditie of fastes [Page 232]cannot sufficiently be commended: yea it of­ten happeneth that they are verie needfull, so that godlie magistrats, and ministers of the church are compelled to commaund publike fastes vnto the whole church; for the appea­sing of some greeuous wrath of God: as it was wont to be done in the old testament, and in the primitiue church: not that by them we cā deserue remission of sinnes, and mitigation of gods anger: but that by taming of the flesh, the spirite may be stirred vp more feruently to call vppon God, & to appease him by faith­full inuocation. By the waye it pertaineth to the churches edification, that no mans con­science bee compelled and bounde vnto such fastes: sith they ought to proceed from a free, willing, and truely humbled spirite: as also the Apostle writeth of almes to bee bestowed on the poore, that they ought to be done, not with heauinesse or vppon constraint, but as euerie man can finde in his heart.

XXXII. At no time, Choise of meates. not in the times of publike fastes the faithfull ought to bee forbidden any kinde of meates.

Hereof it also followeth, that at no time, either of fastes or not fasts, any kinde of meats is to be forbidden to any: sith none of these things cā defile a man, Mat. 15.11 Tit. 1.15. 1. Tim. 4.1.3 but to the eleane al things are cleane. And the Apostle calleth their do­ctrine, who cōmaund abstinence from meats, for religions sake, the doctrine of deuills: that do­ctrine [Page 233]therefore how can it tend to the chur­ches edification?

XXXIII. Sick people must be visited, Of sickmen and buriall. comforted, and strength­ned in faith: and they that are dying must bee acompanied with prayer, & commended to Christ: & the bodies of the dead reuerently buried.

Neither ought the church to take lesse care of the sicke, thē of the whole, nor of the dead, then of the liuing: seing all are members of Christ and their bodies temples of the holie ghost. We ther­fore acknowledge that it belongeth to the true gouernement of the church, that some godlie and wife men be apointed: which may visite the sick persons, comforte them out of the word of God, and confirme them in faith: and if it happen that those sick persons be cal­led of God forth of this worlde, to encourage and animate thē to their departure: as know­ing, that the soules of the faithfull, so soone as they goe forth of their bodies: do presently passe into heauen to Christ: conuaied thither by Christs spirite, and accompanied with his Angells: and that they are blessed which dye in the Lord; Let them also pray with them, and accō ­panie those, who are departing this life with their praiers, euen vnto the last gaspe, and so commend them to Christ. And we doubt not but their bodies are with reuerence to bee brought vnto the graues: as our churches both in words and in their deedes doe teach: [Page 234]openly witnessing, that they were temples of the holie ghost: nowe indeede destroyed, but shall againe in their time be restored, and rai­sed againe to life, and that eternall. Meane while the graues and churchyardes (or buriall places) must be kept decently and religiously, as it is with vs: & the children, parents, kinse­men, and alliance of the dead, are to be com­forted: & all those offices of humanitie which can be performed, we endeauour to performe vnto them, and teach that they are to bee per­formed. And if so bee, any psalme concerning the resurrection of the dead, bee any where song in carrying of the course, or any sermon made vnto the people, after the dead body is laide in the earth, wherein also some honest mention may be made of others that are dead who religiously died in the Lord: this we doe not disallow: so long as it is not done for the saluation of the dead, but for the comfort & profite of the liuing, and edification of the whole church. Wee beleeue also the soules of the faithfull, loosed from their bodies, do pre­sently passe into heauen to Christ: and there­fore haue no need of our prayers: yet the edi­fication of the church is to be promoted and set forward vpon any occasion whatsoeuer.

34 The church cannot rightly bee gouerned with­out lawfull, free, and christian meetings and Synodes of ministers. Of Sinodes

This also wee are assuredly perswaded, as [Page 235]we learne both by the holie scriptures, and by continuall experience: that the church can not rightly bee gouerned, vnlesse at knowne times there bee meetings of ministers aswell priuate, in each seuerall church; which were wont to bee called consistories or consultati­ons; Synedria. as also publike and common in each pro­uince & kingdome, which for this cause were vsed to be called prouincial Synodes: yea and also so much as may be common to al people in christendome which were called generall councells: wherein it may be determined vp­pon all matters pertaining to the health, pre­seruation, and edification of the church: euery ones free opinion may be heard: & each thing concluded by common consent, and out of o­ther the most approued councells: as we read the Apostles, and all the auncient churches did.

35 A confirmation of the former opinion, wherin of ecclesiasticall discipline, Of disci­pline.

For the church is gouerned by discipline, and without discipline it cannot bee ruled a­right. Discipline is a meanes and institution, wherein wee as schollers of Christ do learne in his schoole, how to liue vnto God, and to do all things according to the doctrine of the gospell, aswell publikely as priuately, to the e­dification of the church, and to our owne sal­uatiō. It cōtaineth therefore the whole course of pietie, the beginning, proceeding, & ende.

36 Discipline two fold.

Further, discipline in the church is two fold, one cōmon to all christian people, which of many is called vulgar discipline: the other, proper vnto ministers, and to men appointed for church-offices, which therefore is vsed to be called cleargie discipline.

37 The parts of vulgar or common discipline.

That common and popular discipline con­sisteth chiefly in these matters: first, for the be­ginning, when any is receiued into the church, he must learne to know God, and Christ, and to call vpon him, and to vnderstand what is his will. This is done by catechizing, wherein e­uerie one is taught the summe of christian re­ligion: and being taught, hee must professe his faith before the whole congregation, & pro­mise obedience vnto Christ and to his church according to the doctrine of the gospel. Then, Rom. 10.10 Mat. 28.20. because not to go forward in the way of god is to goe backward: therefore they which are godly, that they may truely proceed, and goe on in godlinesse, must often frequent the holy assemblies at appointed times and places, and giue themselues to heare the word of God, & make prayers with others, and practise chari­table deedes towards the poore bestowing their gifts and oblations liberally. But seing euen in our proceeding wee doe all fall, some more greeuously and with greater offence to [Page 237]the church, some lesse greeuouslie, therefore the third part consisteth in the censure of our liues and actions: namely that euerie one bee subiect to the censure, Mat. 18.15 1. Tim. 5.20 all the time of his life, & yeeld vnto brotherly correction. And if any haue fallen into a greeuous fault, knowne vn­to the congregation, and being reprehended, hath not truely repented, for which cause hee may deserue to bee driuen forth of the church for a time, and to be bound, vntill he make a­mends, and till he make publike signification to the church of his true repentance: let such a brother be excluded out of the church, and be bound: but when he hath repented, let him be loosed, receiued into fauour, and admit­ted into his former communion. This is the first discipline, the ende whereof is, that euerie one should liue vnto God, and at last also dye in the Lord Iesus.

38 The parts of the cleargie discipline.

By the way, albeit all kindes of men, aswell ministers, as lay men (as they call them) be sub­iect to this christian discipline: yet among the fathers came in a certaine peculiar discipline of the cleargie: whose parte it was to bee ru­lers ouer others, not onely in worde, but also in example of life and diligent performance of their dueties. Of this these were the princi­pall parts. The first, that they should abstaine from many thinges, which otherwise in some sorte might be suffred in lay-men: such as are [Page 238]many delights of the flesh, glorious pompes, sumptuous feasts, costly furnitures, prophane attendants, and such like matters. The second, that they should cast aside al businesses of this life, which might hinder from doing their duetie, which consisteth chiefly in lawfull ad­ministration of the holie things, in preaching the word, and exercising the discipline of mā ­ners: such businesses are warre-fare, marchan­dise, law causes, looking to vittlers & tipling houses, and such base affaires. The third, that they should promise a peculiar obedience to their owne bishop & metropolitane of their bishop in honest matters. The fourth, that they should more diligently then the lay-men ap­plie the reading and studie of the holie scrip­tures, and those artes and tongues, whereby the scriptures may the better bee vnderstood, and likewise their prayers and holy contem­plations. The fift, that they should also apply themselues with a more diligent care, not one ly to the proper duetie commaunded vnto e­uerie one, but also to all those thinges which may seeme to appertaine to edification of the whole church.

39 Vppon the necessitie of the discipline is conclu­ded the necessitie of Synodes.

These are the partes of the discipline, with­out which wee see not how any congregation can be rightly ordered or preserued. And how should this discipline haue any place there, [Page 239]where the ministers doe neuer meet together to know what is amisse in the church, or what is wāting, to make a censure on mens deeds, to iudge vpon doctrines if any new be spread, to consult vppon all things which pertaine to the profite of the church? we iudge therefore that meetings of ministers and ecclesiasticall Synodes are very necessary to a true & whole­some administration and conseruation of churches. Seing neither any ciuill state, com­mon wealth, nor kingdome can stand with­out their senates, counsailes, parlaments as they call them, and meetings. Therefore wee would wōderfully well like, that the auncient custome of the churches might bee restored, that which was allowed, by a newe decree of the emperour Iustinian, namely that in euery prouince, at the least twise in the yeare Sinods might be celebrated: and that sometime also a generall councell might bee called, of the most learned, discreetest and wisest ministers of al prouinces, and embassadours of princes, which professe the gospell: which if euer it might be, in this our wofull & miserable time, wherein so many and such horrible heresies, are euery where recalled out of hell, it would as we thinke doe much good. And wee pray vnto God the father with our whole heart, through Iesus Christ our Lord, that he wil stirr vp the godlie and valiant Constantines, Valē ­tinians, Theodosiies, who by their authoritie may call a councell, in which, themselues be­ing [Page 240]present and moderating the Synode, it might be deliberated friendly and brotherly out of the holy scriptures, of godly agreemēt, peace and saluation of all churches, to the glo­rie of God, and of the name of Christ and sal­nation of all the elect.

40 Errors.

Wee therefore disallow all such thinges, as are repugnant to this foresaid doctrine confir­med by the scriptures: and chieflie these spe­ciall pointes. 1 That the church consisteth of men only, and the Angells not to pertaine vnto the same. 2 That the true church, which is the bodie of Christ, consisteth not onely of the elect, but also of reprobate hypocrites, & that they are true members of the church. 3 That the church doeth so consist of the elect and of true Saintes: that in it should bee con­tained no hypocrites, and that in the scriptures they should neuer bee comprehended vnder the churches name. 4 That the church which was before Christes comming was not a true church, but onely a tipe or figure of it, which was to be gathered by Christ & the Apostles. 5 That the church hath two heades, one, inui­sible and remaining in heauē, namely Christ: and another visible, ruling vpon earth; the by­shop of Rome: with whome whosoeuer doeth not agree in all matters pertaining to religi­on, and obeyeth not him in all thinges, he can not belong to the church nor be saued. 6 To [Page 241]affirme vpon any particular church, that it can not erre. 7 So to binde the church to cer­taine places and persons, as to say there one­ly with thē is the church. 8 Not to acknow­ledge those for Christes churches, which, al­though they hold the grounds of faith: yet in ceremonies, or in some parte of doctrine doe not altogether iumpe with vs. 9 To make a separation from the churches, vpon any error, or for the ill life of some men. 10 To stand in contention, that where true doctrine, true seruice, and right administration of sacramēts is banished, yet that therefore there remaineth the true & Apostolicall church, because there may be shewed a continued succession of bi­shops euen from the Apostles time: and con­trariewise, that those are not true churches, which although they keep fast the true doctrin right sacraments, and pure discipline, yet can not shewe a continuance and succession of bi­shops, neuer broken. 11 That the authoritie of any bishop, in that he is a bishop, is exten­ded beyond those matters, whereunto he is called of Christ. 12 That the church hath authoritie to alter any thing in the scriptures, or to dispense with the commaundements of God, or to make new commaundements that may binde consciences. 13 That it shoulde not be lawfull for ministers to marrie wiues, or at least, to marrie the second time. 14 That ministers may not lawfully receiue stipends. 15 That it is lawfull in churches to vse an vn­knowne [Page 242]language, though there bee no inter­pretation. 16 That it is also lawfull to inuo­cate, besides God, and lesus Christ, the holie men that are dead, and to direct prayers and sacrifices of thanksgiuing vnto thē. 17 That christians may not in the fasting time of lent, and other certaine dayes, eate any kindes of meate. 18 That the church should do well, in praying for dead mens soules, that they might bee deliuered out of the fire of purga­torie.

CHAP. XXVI. Of a magistrate.

SEing wee haue nowe spoken, of the first kinde of men whose labour God vseth in the gouernance of the church, namely ecclesiasticall ministers, and their dueties, and other matters belōging vnto them: it remai­neth, that wee also brieflie declare what our faith is, concerning the other kinde, that is, the ciuill magistrate. For the Lord doeth al­so vse his ministerie, especially if he bee a chri­stian, to the defence and preseruation of the church.

I. Euerie magistrate, whether godly, or vngodlie, is of God, and therefore no magistrate simply to be resisted.

Wee beleeue therefore, that euerie magi­strate, [Page 243]aswell impious as godlie, Rom. 13.1 1. Pet. 2.13 Rom. 13 7 is from the Lord God, and is the minister of God, for re­uenge of euill doers, and for the praise of well doers: and therefore that he is to be feared, & to be honoured, and his commaundements, which may be done with a good conscience, & without breach of Gods law, Rom. 13.5 to be obserued: and that not onely for feare: but also for con­science sake: namely because the Lord so cō ­maundeth. Therefore in respect that he is gods minister, Rom. 13.2 he is not to be resisted; for who so re­sisteth it, resisteth Gods ordinance, and God himselfe.

II. A magistrate that commaundeth any thing a­gainst God, must not be obeyed.

But yet if a magistrate commaund vs any thing against the will of him who sent, and whose minister he professeth himselfe to bee: we doubt not, with the Apostles, to denie o­bedience vnto him, Act. 5.29 and to say, wee ought to obey God more then man: whenas indeed, such a ma­gistrate is not in that behalfe the minister of God. Wherefore if we must be subiect and o­bey the magistrate, for conscience sake & not for feare onely: Rom. 13.5 then we conclude, that where we cannot for conscience obeye him, neither ought wee there for feare to obeye him. In o­ther matters, Rom. 13.2 whoso resisteth the power, we knovve, that he resisteth God, and shall receiue to himselfe damnation.

III. We must praye for all magistrats, that, vvhat there dueties are, they may indeede per­forme: and what the duetie of eue­rie magistrate is.

But seing the duty of euery free magistrate is to haue a diligēt care, both in making lawes, in giuing iudgement, and also in punishing offences, that their subiectes maye liue vertu­ouslie, and after Gods lawes, the summe wher­of, is that we should liue in this world, Tit. 2.12 soberly (ther­fore chastly and honestly) and rightly, (there­fore peaceably with our neighbours) and godli­lie (towardes God,) and that no princes can performe this of themselues, vnlesse God in­due them with a knowledge of their duetie, & stirre them vp both to will and to performe: therefore that which we do according to the Apostles precept, Phil. 2.13 1. Tim. 2.2 the same wee teach others that they should also do: namely, that they must pray for all magistrats, of what sorte soeuer: that they maye both bee willing and able to performe that which is their duetie: & so may bring to passe, that we may lead a quiet & pea­ceable life in all honestie and godlinesse: that is, that wee may liue all friendly and in peace on with another: that a publike honestie may be obserued, and true pietie and religion pre­serued and encreased.

IV. It belongeth principally to a christian prince, to take vppon him the care of chri­stian religion.

And if he bee a christian and godlie magi­strate wee beleeue that it chieflie belonges vn­to him, that besides the regard of the publike and politick good and profite, of the publike and politick peace and honestie, he should also take the peculiar care of christian religion: sith the Lord hath made him the keeper of both the tables, Ios. 1.8 Deu. 13.2 &c. and commaundeth him, that as a prince he alwaies keep the law of God in his hands: that he may punish aswell idolaters and blasphemors, false Prophets and seducers, as murtherers and adulterers: and the same is aboundantly confirmed by examples of god­lie kings in Israell, and christian princes, Con­stantine, Valentinian, Theodosius, Iustinian & others: who, not onely as priuate men, but al­so as kings serued the Lord, according to his commaundement: euen as concerning their duetie and office, Tō. 2. ep. 50. Saint Augustine most lear­nedly noted out of the second Psalme, and de­clared it to Boniface.

V. The office of a godly prince concerning religi­on is two fold, and wherein it chieflie consisteth.

Now sith the duetie of a godly prince, that is, a magistrate which hath a free power ouer any people, and authoritie within his iurisdi­ction [Page 246]to institute and reforme religion, is two­fold, which hee oweth to Christ and to the church, in the cause of religion, one, about such things as belong vnto religion: the other respecteth men which are in his iurisdiction and subiect vnto him: for the first, our beleefe is, that he should diligently take heede, that by the pure word of God rightly vnderstood, and expounded by the verie word it selfe, and according to the principles of faith (that which they call the analogie or rule of faith:) religion may be instituted in his dominion or kingdome, or where it is instituted, may bee kept found and pure: or where it is corrupted, may be restored and reformed: to the glory of God, and saluation of his subiects. For this we read hath beene commaunded of God, and of Moyses, and euer obserued of all godlie princes.

VI. A declaration of the former opinion by the parts.

We beleeue therefore, the duetie of a god­lie magistrate is, first to knowe out of Gods word generally, and according to the summe of the pointes of faith, which is the true and christian religion, and which is the apostolicall doctrine, whereunto the church is to bee re­formed: that he may do or dare to do nothing onely by the iudgement of others, but also v­pon his owne sure knowledge. Then, this be­ing thus knowne, to haue a care that ministers [Page 247]which are meet men for the office, not by his owne choise, but according to the rule of Gods word, may be chosen, called, and ordai­ned. Thirdlie, to bring to passe, that by them, both the doctrine of saluation deliuered in the holie scriptures, may be set forth, expoū ­ded and often beat vppon and also the sacra­ments according to Christs institution admi­nistred: yea and the discipline ordained of Christ, exercised. Fourthly, to haue a regard to this, that schooles may be erected, wherein aswell good artes and tongues may bee dili­gently taught, as also the holie scriptures faith­fully expounded, and the studious may learne the summe of christiā wisedome. Fiftly, wher­by ministers and teachers may be held in their duety, and so true religion by them preserued in the church, to do their best, that priuate cō ­sultations, yea and also prouinciall Synodes as is saide before, may at least twise in the yeare be called Sixtly, to carrie a speciall care to the goods of the church, that they maye bee be­stowed on the right, that is on the true godly vses: and that all necessarie things bee suppli­ed to the church, and to the ministers there­of.

VII. A godly prince ought not to deale with all men of a diuerse religion, after one manner.

But seing (to say something brieflie of the other duetie of a prince concerning religion) there be diuerse kinds of men, which a prince [Page 248]may haue vnder his gouernement, namely ei­ther meere infidells: or such as indeede pro­fesse Christ, but yet are also open idolaters, or in manie things apostataes from the apostoli­call church, or in some article of the faith ma­nifest heritikes, or else erre vppon simplicitie: or such as are rightly persuaded in all matters: we doe certainly hold, that a prince ought not to vse one kinde of measure towards all these sortes: for some of them are to be loued, che­rished, and honored: some to bee winked at: some not to be suffred: other some to be quite cut off: and none must bee permitted to blas­pheme Christ, or to worshipp idolls, or retaine vngodlie ceremonies.

VIII. All men must be subiect to the higher powers: and all the higher powers must be subiect to Christ himselfe and to his word.

Lastlie we beleeue, that euery soule, that is, Rom. 13.1 euerie man, none except, and therefore also e­uerie inferior power, must bee subiect to the higher and greater power: yea and that supe­rior power also, no lesse then the inferior, and all other men must bee subiect to Christ the king of kings, and Lord of all Lords. Apo 17.14 1. Tim. 6.15. For it is Gods will that they should al kisse the Sonne: and bowe their neckes vnder the yoake of his discipline. And therefore wee beleeue that it belongeth to the true gouernment and edifi­cation of the church; that princes should chiefly subiect themselues to be taught, admonished, [Page 249]and reformed by the word of God: whereby others, by their example, may doe so also the more chearfully: and that if they refuse to do it, the princes or rulers, maye more freelie pu­nish them for it, and compell them to their dueties.

IX. Errors.

We therefore condemne all contemners of magistrats, rebells, seditious persons, enimies of their common wealth, and whosoeuer doe either openly refuse to performe their due­ties which they owe to their rulers, or doe craftely shift the same. We condemn by name the error of the Anabaptists, saying it is not lawful for a christiā man to beare office, much lesse to vse his authoritie ouer his subiectes in the course of religion: affirming, that it is free for all men to follow what religion he will, & none ought to be compelled to faith: We dis­allow them also, which giue authoritie in reli­gion vnto magistrats, onely (as they saye) for names sake: denying that they haue authoritie to call Synodes, to consult about religion, to reforme churches, and, to determine out of the scriptures, such thinges as pertaine to the peoples saluation: and will haue them to bee nothing else, but the executors of those things which the bishop appoint. As also neither do we allow those magistrats, who without a suf­ficient knowledge in the causes, do alter reli­gion vpon their owne pleasures; do condemn [Page 250]men neuer heard, and spoile, and confiscate their goods: set downe rules of religion, not out of the scriptures, but rather against the word of God: and beare themselues, not as seruants of God, in the church of God, but as Lords ouer the churches: nor will bowe their neck vnder the yoake of the sonne of God. For whome, that they may haue a greater know­ledge of God, and better mindes, wee praye and beseech God the Father, and the Lord Ie­sus Christ.

CHAP. XXVII. Of perpetuall remisson of sinns in the church of Christ.

I. There is a perpetuall dispensation of remission of sinnes in the church: and thereunto, is the perpetuall ministerie of the word ordayned.

WE haue before confessed, that so soone as any one is ingrafted into Christ by his holy spirit, he presently obtaineth forgiuenesse of all his sinnes com­mitted, and draweth a new life from his head Christ, and so is made a liuelie member of the church. But, because the most holie ones that are in this militant church do daily sinne, euē [Page 251]to the last ende of their liues, so that they haue still need of new forgiuenesse of their sinnes, and also of new repentance, and new faith to apprehend forgiuenesse of sinnes in Christ: & that faith and repentance, is stirred vp by the ministerie of the word and sacraments: there­fore wee beleeue that remission of sinnes is dispensed and bestowed perpetually in the church, by the ministerie of the word and sa­craments, and that the ecclesiasticall ministe­rie which is perpetuall in the church, is ordai­ned thereunto.

II. What we meane by the name of remission of sinnes.

And sith there be three things in sinne, the action it selfe; the wickednesse of the action & therefore the sinners fault remaining in him; and lastlie the desert of due punishment clea­uing vnto the fault; then we vnderstand that our sinnes are forgiuen vs, when not onely the faulte and wickednesse of the action is not imputed vnto vs, but also when as the desert or guiltinesse is taken awaye, and the due pu­nishment pardoned. For then are our sinnes properlie forgiuen vs: and we, when wee de­sire in prayer that our sinnes may be forgiuen vs, wee desire not onely to bee absolued from the fault, and that the iniquitie maye not bee imputed vnto vs, but also that the punishment and condemnation due vnto vs for the iniqui­tie may be forgiuen, and we deliuered from [Page 252]our debts and guiltinesse: seing that neither we can say that we forgiue our brethren their debts, vnlesse wee set them free from the debt it selfe and from all satisfaction: and seing it is certaine that we are not commaunded to aske any thing, but that which he will giue vs: and that Christ hath cancelled the hand writing of all our debts, hauing himselfe made a per­fect and full payment and satisfaction.

III. The afflictions, vvhich the children of God endure after their sinnes are pardoned, are not punish­ments and satisfactions for sinnes past, but fatherly chastisement for those to come.

But whereas God, after the forgiuenesse of sinnes, is wont to afflict and scourge his chil­dren with manie torments: wee beleeue that God doth it not, for that, they should by that meanes either wholly or in part satisfie his iu­stice for their sinnes: seing that one full satis­faction of Christ for vs, is inough and more then inough: but, that by them, as by fatherly corrections, we may afterwards be more wa­rie, and take heed what belongeth to the mor­tifying of sinne that dwelleth in vs: and that we should no more so easilie slipp into sinne: whereuppon we with Augustine do cal them and teach that they are to bee called, T. 7. de pec. mer. & Rē. lib. 2. c. 33 & 34. not the punishments of sinne, but the tryalls of faith, and exercises of the Saints.

IV. Sinnes are properly remitted of God alone free­ly, and for Christs sake our mediatour.

Wee beleeue also, Ies. 43.25 that our sinnes are pro­perly forgiuen vs, of God onely by meere fa­uour, and for Christ our mediatour: sith also it is he alone, against whome we properly com­mit sinne both mediatly and immediatly, whē as we breake his lawe: Luc. 23.34 and it is alwaies in the power onely of the creditour, to gratifie his debtors, and to forgiue their debts. Where­upon Christ also, as man, prayed his father for them which crucified him, that he would par­don them, Luc. 5.21. &c and forgiue them their offences: & when the Iewes said, vvho can forgiue sinnes but onely God? he partly by holding his peace, and partly by shewing a miracle confirmed it.

Wherefore in that, that Christ of his owne au­thority forgaue sinnes, we with the fathers, do beleeue it may well bee concluded, he is true God: sith the same cannot bee done by any meere creature, but onely ministerially, or as being a minister (as they speak) & in the name and authoritie of God. Mat. 18.18 Ioh. 20.23 Which wee knowe was equallie giuen, not to one alone, but to all the Apostles, and so to all lawfull ministers of the gospell.

V. Christ, God and man, indeed forgiueth sinnes, but in a diuerse manner: as he is God, & as he is man.

Whereon it also followeth, that Christ god [Page 254]and man, (which wee also confesse) together with the father and the holie ghost, forgiueth sinnes: but he doth it in one sort, as he is God, and in another, as he is man. For as he is god, he doeth effect the same properly and of his authoritie: but as he is man, he doth it, and did it in the flesh, as being a fello-worker with the deitie: in his humaine will consenting to the diuine, and pronouncing the wordes thy sinnes are forgiuen thee: as also Leo the first, Epist. 10. c. 4 so expoū ­deth it to Flauianus, saying, each forme (name­ly of God and man) worketh with communion of the other, that which is proper to it selfe: as, the word working that which is proper to the word, & the flesh performing that which belongeth to the flesh. To for­giue sinnes vvas the proper action of the diuine na­ture: and to saye, thy sinnes are forgiuen thee, of the humaine. Thus farre he.

VI. Jn Christ alone is offered the forgiuenesse of sinnes, and of the elect alone, indued with faith, it is receiued.

But like as in Christ alone, our mediatour & redeemer, as the head of the whole church, we haue redemption, by his blood and remission of sinnes; so as without Christ there is none: so also wee beleeue that onely the elect, indued with true repentance and true faith, and in­grafted into Christ by the holie spirite as mē ­bers to their head, are made partakers therof: and therefore although forgiuenes of sinnes bee declared vnto all manner of men by the [Page 255]gospell, yet to the reprobate, as vnrepentant and vnbeleeuing they are not forgiuen: but by their owne fault and blame, their sinnes do still remaine.

VII. All sinnes at once are forgiuen to the faithfull elect.

Wee also beleeue, that as Christ by his one oblation satisfied not for some, but for all our sinnes: so also is offred vnto vs, that are truely penitent, of Christ and in Christ by the gospel, the forgiuenes not only of some of our sinns, but also of them altogether: and the same cō ­municated to vs by the holie ghost: and recei­ued by faith: Mat. 18.23 &c. seing God declared by a parable: that he forgiueth all our debt, not part of it.

VIII. Forgiuenesse of sinnes is bestowed in the church onely, receiued by faith onely, and that onely in this life.

Lastlie, to make an ende, we beleeue, that as in Christ alone, is found remission of sinnes, so the same also is disposed and bestowed in the church onely: and as it was purchased for vs by the merits and blood of him alone, so also it is receiued by true faith in Christ only, with­out our owne meritts: and as in this life onely the gospell is preached, and by it, forgiuenesse of sinnes declared to the repentant and belee­uers; so also we can onely in this life be made partakers thereof: seing after this life there is no place lefte for faith and repentance: and [Page 256]therefore that the church, by her ministerie, can do nothing for the obtaining of forgiue­nesse for men after they be departed this life: Cyp. ad Demetr. as Cyprian also saieth. VVhen a man is once gone hence, there is no place for repentance, no effect of sa­tisfaction. Here life is either lost or gotten: here he must prouide for saluation by seruing of God, and by the effect of faith.

IX. A confirmation of the former doctrine, by the order of the creede.

According to these three pointes we inter­pret this article of forgiuenes of sinnes in the creede: as first, that after the article of the church & communion of Saints, is placed this article, to teach vs, that, without the church, remission of sinnes is not bestowed, nor hath any place. Againe, that the same is placed after the confession of our faith in God the father, the sonne, and the holy ghost, and of our faith, wherein we beleeue the church to be holie, & to consist of the societie and communion of Saintes: to wittnesse vnto vs, that not for our owne merites, but by our faith in the father sonne and holie ghost, and because wee are in the church, and haue communion with all the Saints, therefore we daily obtaine forgiuenes of our sinnes. And finally by this placing of the articles of faith, we may well beleeue and confesse that after forgiuenesse of sinnes ob­tained [Page 257]in this militāt church: there is no more to be looked for of the dead, but the resurre­ction of the flesh, and life euerlasting.

X. Errors.

Thus wee condemne, the error, wherein some do teach, that after the fault forgiuen, there remaineth a debt to be paied for the pu­nishment: and this punishment, being eternall death, by penitencie is chaunged into tempo­rall paines: which we must abide either in this life or after death in purgatorie, vnlesse wee bee deliuered thence by masses, indulgences and other helps. Secondly we condemn their blasphemie, which seeke for forgiuenesse of sinnes, any where then in Christ, and doe so teach. Likewise them which would prooue, that the same may bee applied to themselues and receiued, by any other meanes, then by true faith, and by the holie spirite. Wee con­demne also their sacrilegious doctrine, which teach, that God doth forgiue alwaies to the faithfull, all their sinnes: but euer retaineth some of them which are to be satisfied for, by fasting, almes deeds, prayers, and other works of our owne, or else by the oblations of other men, and sacrifices of priests.

CHAP. XXVIII. Of the state of souls after death and of the resurrection of the dead.

I. Mens soules doe neither dye with their bodies, nor sleepe after they are loosed from the bodie, nor lye still out of heauen or hell, nor be tormented in purgatorie.

WE beleeue, that our soules doe nei­ther dye with our bodies: nor be­ing loosed frō our bodies do sleep: or not sleeping, do lye still in some close place, both out of heauen and hell: nor yet are tor­mented in purgatorie: but that out of the bo­dy also mens soules do liue, vnderstand, & de­sire: and that the soules of the godly do raigne with Christ in heauen, and of the vngodly, are tormented in hell with the deuills: the Lord himselfe saying of them, when the godly and mer­cifull men do decay, that is, depart out of this life, they, that is, their soules, Luc. 16.9 shallbe receiued into e­uerlasting habitations: Luc. 23.43 Luc. 16.23 Act. 1.25 and teaching in another place, that they are with him in paradise: but of the other, by shewing an example of the rich glutton, that they goe downe into hel, that is, into the place appointed for euerlasting fire, [Page 259](as we also read of Iudas) there to be tormen­ted.

II. That the places be diuerse, where the soules of the faithfull, and the vnfaithfull do liue, after the deaths of their bodies.

Nowe, seing the condition and state of the soules of faithfull and vnfaithfull men is so di­uers: we also beleeue that the places into which they passe are diuers: that is to say, euerlasting tabernacles, [...]. Pet. 2.4 or heauen & paradise ordained for the godlie; and hell and the deepes prepa­red for the wicked: sith to one of these places the scripturs attribute an immeasurable light, and to the other exceeding darkenesse, which Christ called vtter darkenesse: and sith the Lord saieth, Mat. 8.12 Ioh. 17.24 that he desireth, that where he himselfe is, there should also bee they, vvhich beleeue in him: plainly meaning, that in the same place, where he is in bodie and soule, the faithfull are and shalbe also: first indeede in their soules, after­wardes at their time they shalbee with their bodies. but the vnfaithful with neither soules nor bodies. So wee iudge it great impietie to say, that heauen is euerie where: sith it is to the vngodlie no where, but to the godlie it is one­ly assigned in the holie scriptures, as their pro­per, and euerlasting seate. And it must needes be graunted, both that bodies are circumscri­bed with their certaine distances of place, yea euen after the resurrection: & also that soules are cōtained at least, (as they speak) definitely.

III. There shalbe an and of this world, & all things shalbe chaunged, though the verie time be vnknowne.

And although it be vnknowne vnto vs, Mat. 24.26 Act. 1.7 Ies. 24.23 & 65.17 & 66.22 Psal. 102.27 Dan. 12.2 Mal. 4.1 2. Pet. 3.13 Apoc. 21.1 Iude. 14.15 Mat. 24 Luc. 25.1 &c. whē the ende of this world shalbe, and that it may not bee knowne: yet we beleeue, that doubt­lesse it shal be: and that then shal be chaunged not onely the earth, but also the heauens: and that there shalbe a new heauen & a new earth: and that all the dead yea the wicked, shal rise againe, Christ calling them to the generall iudgement, by the voyce and trumpe of an Archangell: to the assurance of which things it appertaineth, that the Lord, when he fore­told of the desolation of Ierusalem, did forth­with apply his speach to these matters: name­ly that we seing what happened to Ierusalem, might by those thinges, beleeue also that the same should certainely come to passe, which he then also spake concerning the ende of the world.

IV. At length shall all dead men, haue life againe, and shall rise out of their graues.

We beleeue therefore that as by Adam all dye, so bv Christ all shal bee reuiued, 1. Cor. 15.22 yea euen the wicked also in their bodies: when as euerie ones soule shall take the bodie againe: though we cōfesse that some shall rise to eternall bles­sednesse and some to euerlasting damnation: as Christ saith, and they shall come forth, Ioh. 5.29 that haue [Page 261]done good, to the resurrection of life: they that haue done euill, to the resurrection of condēnation: where­by is confirmed the order also of the resurre­ction, which the Apostle setteth downe, say­ing, first they shall rise that are Christes, then the rest.

V. There shall not bee newe bodies created for our soules, but the verie same, which died shall rise againe.

But we beleeue, that there shall not a newe bodie bee framed for each foule, but that the verie same bodies, touching the substance, of euerie one, which died, shal rise again, though diuersly altered in some qualities: euen as the Apostle reacheth, of the same bodies of the godlie, 1. Cor. 15.36 & 42 &c. by a similitude of the same seede, that it is sowne one manner of bodie, it riseth another: they are sowne corruptible bodies, they rise incorruptible: and so forth: and Iob, witnessing of his hope, (saieth) I know that my redeemer liueth, Iob. 19.25 and, at the last day I shall rise out of the earth: J shall see God my sauiour in my flesh, whom I my selfe shall see & none other, and mine eyes shall be hold him. For with our corporall eies shall wee see Christ returning in the cloudes in his bodie: and also raigning in heauen.

VI. By the example of our bodies after the resur­rection, it is shewed that Christs bodie is not euerie where. Phil. 3.21

But sith the Apostle saieth, that Christ shall [Page 262]transforme our vile bodies, that they may bee made like vnto his glorious bodie: wee beleeue that if Christs bodie, by that glorie which it receiued, by rising againe, receiued also the power to be euerie where in the proper substance, so also our bodies for the same glorie shall also bee euerie where: which, sith it shall not bee: there­fore wee beleeue that neither the bodie of Christ is now euery where in it owne substāce how full of glorie and maiestie soeuer, being it selfe finite or determinate, Ioh. 17.24 & the glory ther­of also finite: especially, sith he said, that where he himselfe is, there he will haue vs to be also: and we shall not be euerie where in our bodies.

VII. Errors.

We cōdemne those impious dotages, both of the philosophers, which taught that mens soules were mortall; and of those heritickes, which thought that the soules of all men once separated from the bodies were in some close places, where they slept, that is, were depriued of all sense and operation of the minde: or els waked, but yet rested, till they resumed againe new bodies, and thē were admitted into hea­uen, or else thrust into hell: as also those, which dreamed that the soules of many godlie men, were cleansed by a certaine fire in purgatory, from the reliques of their sinnes, and their suf­fered temporall punishments. Wee disallow [Page 263]also those, which do not distinguish betweene heauen where we read that the godly are, frō hell and the deepes, where wee read that the wicked shal be: but that make a difference be­tweene them both, only in this, that some are made blessed, some accursed, though they shal be all in one place together. Neither can wee allow of those, which saye, that if not the cer­taine daye and howre, yet the certaine time, month or yeare, may be known & set downe, when the Lord will come, and end this world: notwithstanding that Christ said, it is not for you to knowe the times. Yea and wee accuse those skorners; of whome Peter spake, which thinke that the world shall euer remaine thus: Act. 17 2. Pet. 3.3 &c. denying that there is any life to come & laugh­ing at it. We also condemne those which de­nie the resurrection of the dead; as also those which dreame, that they shall not haue the same, but other new bodies. Also we condēne those that taught, that our bodies after the re­surrection shalbe so spirituall: that they shall be like to a spirite, or as the ayre, and not bee seene nor felt, as some haue also fayned the bodie of Christ was after his resurrection: and since haue also forged, and impudently lyed, that his bodie was, as it were chaunged into his diuine nature, so that it could no longer be called a creature.

CHAP. XXIX. Of the glorious comming of our Lord Iesus Christ, to iudge the quicke and the dead.

I. Aresurrection of the dead, and chaunging of them that are aliue, at the comming of the Lord Jesus out of heauen, being made: Christ shall straight exhibite himselfe to bee seene of them all in the cloudes: and all the faithfull shall meete him in the ayre.

WE beleeue, that the dead rising a­gaine by the ministerie of the An­gells, at the comming of the Lord Iesus: they which shall then bee remaining a­liue, they shall not indeed dye, but they shall in a moment be chaunged, into the same state with the dead that are risen: and then Christ, being come downe from heauen euen in the cloudes, there shall iudge all men, and from thence giue sentence on them, shal shew him­selfe apparently to all: and that all the godlie being taken vpp from the earth, euen into the clouds shall goe to meet him, 1. Thess. 5.1. &c. Mat. 24.3 & 25.31 attended on by the Angells, and appearing in his great maie­stie and glorie: as also he himselfe, and his A­postles haue taught and left in writing.

II. Christ shall visibly returne from one place to a­nother, and that with a bodie visible, lo­call, and determinate.

We therefore beleeue, Christ shall so return visiblie, as he before in the Apostles sight as­cended into heauen: and shall come euen out of that heauen, where he now is: & therefore from that which is farre distant from the earth, and from the clouds, vnto which he shall des­cend: and we beleeue he shall so descend with his naturall bodie, that it must needs be graū ­ted that the same is locall and finite, and con­sequently, not existing euerie where: seing al­so the holie ghost describeth such a descen­ding vnto simple people, which hee sheweth, cannot be made without chaunge of places.

III. The faithlesse reprobates, shall not come vpp to Christ sitting in the cloudes: but remai­ning on the earth shall heare the sentence of the iudge.

But seing the Scriptures do pronounce, on­ly of the godlie, that they shall bee caught vpp into the cloudes, and shall meete Christ in the ayre: wee beleeue, that the vngodlie shall not come vp vnto Christ, but remaining vnder his feete vppon the earth, shall heare that sentēce of the iudge, goe yee cursed into euerlasting fire, when all the Saints, which shal bee aloft with Christ, shall approue the same sentence of the [Page 266]iudge: according as the Apostle thinketh, 1. Cor. 6.2.3 The Saints shall iudge the world, yea and the Angells.

IV. For what causes that generall iudgement was appointed.

And wee beleeue, that for two causes prin­cipally, this iudgement was appointed, wher­in Christ shall sitt as iudge in the sight of all men: the first is, that such thinges as are nowe hidden vnto men, aswel innocencie, faith, and the good consciences of the godlie, as the hy­pocrisie, and vile deeds of the wicked, may be openly knowne to all the world: and thereby be manifestly seene how iust the iudgements of God were euer from the first to the last. Whereuppon also the Apostle called that day the day of declaration. The other cause, Rom. 2.5 is that the reward which was promised aswell to the good for their good workes, as to the bad for their euill deedes should be fully paied and re­stored: as the Apostle saieth, 2. Cor. 5.10 wee must all appeare before the iudgement seat of Christ, that euerie man may receiue the things vvhich are done in his bodie according to that he hath done, whether it be good or euill: whereupon also the same Apostle calleth it the day of the iust iudgement. Rom. 2.5

V. Aeternall life, which shalbee giuen to the elect, is called, and is, a reward: yet due vnto vs onely vppon fauour, and not but for Christs sake.

For albeit it be a meere gift of God, which [Page 267]the elect shall receiue, and purchased by the meritts of Christ alone, yet we doubt not; but it is named, and that it is truely a reward: sith the Lord Iesus vouchsafed to call it so, namely a free reward: seing also that the good works themselues of the godlie, and all the causes wherefrom the same do proceed, are free gifts of God: free election: free redemption: free calling, faith, iustification, regeneration, for­gruenesse of sinnes; and lastly a free pardon of all wants and imperfections wherewith our good works are infected, and a free imputati­on of Christs perfect obedience, wherewith our imperfect obedience is clothed, and made acceptable to god and consequently to speak properly, is a reward, not due vnto vs for our owne workes considered in themselues, but for the meri [...]ts of Christ imputed to vs.

VI. After the iudgement giuen, the godly shalbee presently with Christ in heauen, but the vngodly, in hell, with the deuill & his Angells.

Further more wee beleeue, that presently after the same iudgement, the godly shall fol­low Christ into heauen, but the wicked shal be thrust downe with the deuills into hell: Christ saying to the first, come yee blessed of my father, but to the other, Goe yee cursed into euerlasting fire.

VII. That day shalbe to the godly most ioyfull, and is therefore to be wished for: to the wicked most heauie, & is therefore, euē in the only hearing intollerable.

So do wee beleeue that this last day shal bee vnto them which are grafted into Christ, most happie and ioyfull, and therefore loued & wi­shed of them: 2. Tim. 4.8 and ought to be loued & wished for of vs: and to the wicked, the most accur­sed and wofull day that euer was: and there­fore no maruaile though they hate that day, & cannot abide the mention of it.

VIII. Errors.

We condemne, whosoeuer shall denie that Christ shall truely and in verie deede descend in his humaine bodie from heauen into the cloudes, and then returne with his chosen in­to heauen againe, and would prooue, that it shall all bee without any chaunge of places, onely by appearance (as they call it) & a cer­taine likenesse: to the which the Angells doe affirme the contrarie vnto the Apostles, Act. 1.11 as yee haue seene him ascend into heauen, so shall he come againe. VVee disallowe also, those which teach, that the works of pietie considered in them­selues are the true cause for which eternall life is giuen, and are the true meritts thereof: a­gainst which the Apostle also, saieth, Rom. 6.23 The gift of God is eternall life. Neither doe we approue the opinion of the Chiliasts concerning the thou­sand [Page 269]years: wherin Christ with his elect should remaine heere in the earth, after the latter iudgement: and that they should here liue in the delights, yet honest delights of the flesh, and should procreate children, but Saints: & so at last be translated vpp into heauen. And we condemne, and detest their error, which stand in contention, that the fire whereinto the wicked shal be throwne, shall at the length be quēched: so that all, euen the deuills them­selues shall liue blessedlie in the kingdome of God: flatt against the plaine words of Christ, goe yee into euerlasting fire. Mat. 25.4

CHAP. XXX. Of eternall life.

I. Eternall life shalbe giuen to all; which by their good workes haue witnessed, that they were truely grafted into Christ, and haue beleeued in Christ.

WE beleeue that eternall life, that is, full and perfect possession of eter­nall life, shalbee giuen in that last daye, vnto all who by the apparent workes of true faith and godlinesse shalbe declared be­fore al Angells and men, manifestly shewed, and by sentence of the iudge Christ pronoun­ced, to haue beene truely ioyned to him, by [Page 270]the holie spirit, and so to haue beleeued in god the father, in his sonne Iesus Christ, and in the holie ghost, and to haue bin liuelie members of the holie church, and to haue had commu­nion withal the Saints, and obtained forgiue­nesse of their sinnes: which the Lord also tea­cheth, saying, He will say to them, which shalbe on his right hand, come yee blessed of my father, possesse the kingdome prepared for you before the foundation of the vvorld: for I vvas hungrie, and yee gaue me to eate &c.

II. A confirmation of the former opinion, and that eter­nall life is not giuen for our owne works, but for Christ in whom we are freely chosen, bles­sed, and made the children of god.

For by these wordes the Lord seemeth to haue declared vnto vs, that our good workes are testimonies of our election, blessing, and a­doption in Christ, and so of our lawfull inhe­ritance: and that the cause, whereby we shall obtaine eternall life and possession of the hea­uenly kingdome, is, partly because that ere the beginning of the world, that is, ere we had done any good thing, that kingdome was freely prepared for vs in Christ: partly because we were blessed of the father, namely, Eph. 1.3 with all spirituall blessing in Christ, and therefore cal­led by grace, iustified, forgiuen our offences, and sanctified: lastly, because we were in the same Christ adopted the sonnes of God, and [...]nued or borne againe by his spirit, & there­fore [Page 271]made coheirs with him of the kingdom: which he plainly ment by the worde [...], that is, by the right of inheritance, pos­sesse as sonnes. VVhereas, the Lord therefore shall recken vp the works of pietie, he shall do it (wee doubt not) to this purpose, that by them it may appeare to the whole world, that wee were the truely blessed, chosen, iust chil­dren of God, to whome the inheritance was due: Rom. 8.17 the Apostle saying, If sonnes, then heires also: but that wee are the sonnes of God, is de­clared by our regeneration: and regenerati­on, by the effectes of regeneration, which are called works of faith and pietie.

III. As the godlie shall haue eternall life: so the paines and fire of the wicked shalbee eternall.

And as wee beleeue, that the children of God shal obtaine eternall life: so also we con­fesse, that the hypocrites and all the wicked shall bee cast into the fire that neuer shalbee quenched and there bee tormented for euer: Christ saying plainely, Goe yee into euerlasting fire. Mat. 25.42

IV. How happie that eternall life shalbe, it can nei­ther be said, nor thought.

But what, and what manner of life it is, and how great felicitie, which is ment by the name [Page 272]of the heauenly kingdome, wee doe with the Apostle freely confesse, 1. Cor. 2.9 that neither eare hath heard, nor hath it come into mans heart to conceiue: for it is a matter, greater and more excellent, then can be comprehended in mans vnder­standing: & of such passing happines, that no­thing cā be wished more happie. We therfore simply beleeue, that we which are christs, which are guided by his spirite, which depend on his word, which lastlie doe place but whole hope of saluation in him: shall all bee most blessed: Mat. 13.43 shall all shine as the sunne in the fight of god: we shall all see God, euen as he is: 1. Cor. 13.12 we shall all liue a heauenlie and diuine life with Christ, & his Angells: and be deliuered from all sinne, from all misterie, from all ill: without any lon­ger griefe, without feare, without lack or de­sire of any thing: 1. Cor. 15.28 Apo. 22.3.4 because God shalbee all in all: and wee shall behold his face. And in that citie shalbe no more night, neither shall there neede any candell or sunne-light, because the Lord shall giue vs light: and wee shall raigne for euer and euer with Christ Iesus our head, spouse, Sauiour and our Lord: to whome bee praise, honor, and glorie, worlde with­out ende. Amen.

Obseruations of the same Zan­chius vppon his owne confession.

NOT few, nor smale were the the occasions, whereby I was induced, rather to adioyne these mine obsernations, to my confession it selfe, then to alter anie thing therein contained. Many there bee, to whome it is not vnknowne; vpon what oc­casion, at what time, at whose commaunde­ment, in whose names, and for what purposes, I euen against my will and constrained there­unto, wrote this summe of christian doctrine. For although there is no man but seeth, that this cōfession, as was neuer looked for, is pub­lished in their name for whose sakes it was written: yet how this came to passe, & for what causes it was done, all men do not know: ma­nie wondring at the deede, yet ignorant of the true causes. Hereuppon how diuerse suspitions many men might gather, how diuerse iudge­ments might bee giuen, of me, and of the con­fession it selfe, I say not of priuate men, but e­uen of the whole congregations, yea howe di­uerse and sinister speaches might be throwne out among the vulgar sort, who is it that per­ceiueth not? I was therefore enforced (before [Page 274]I dye) to stoppe such sinister and false suspiti­ons, iudgementes and speaches concerning my doctrine. That I thought could bee done by no better meanes: then to publish a parte by it selfe, both the confession, euen as I write it: and a part likewise my obseruations vppon the same, wherein what so is darke, is expoun­ded, and what so is doubtfull is confirmed: & so to leaue the iudgement of the whole mat­ter together, to all the true catholicke church. I thought moreouer, it would bee no little help, to take away al suspicions of men, if there be any conceiued: if such iudgements as lear­ned men haue giuen of my confessions, I make knowne to all the godlie readers, out of their owne letters: especially sith by them it may well appeare vnto euerie man, what were the causes, why the confession came not forth in the same manner, as was appointed.

One great learned man write vnto me con­cerning that matter, in these words.

Whereas you write vnto me concerning your confession: it hath beene read ouer both by me, by N. and others, with great pleasure: which is written verie learnedly, and with an exquisite methode: and if you take out that same, which you haue added in the ende con­cerning Arch-bishops and the hierarchie, it pleaseth me passing well. But whenas together with the brethren N.N. which are with vs we conferred, about the way and meanes of an a­greement among the churches of our confes­sion, [Page 275]to be begonne: they all with one consent thought onely this, to be the safest and speedi­est waye, that the confessions of faith receiued and set forth by euerie of the churches in each prouince, should bee composed and framed into one harmonie: that they might bee alike (touching the substance of faith) all of them: and each church embrace thē as their owne. This their aduise, sith they cōmended to vs by many reasons: we haue writtē vnto you ther­uppon, and to the reuerend brethren N. N. and other cōgregations round about vs: who haue al of them liked very wel thereof.

Thus farre out of the letters of that learned man: almost to the same purpose could wee bring many things besids, out of letters writ­ten from other about the same matter: but (for that it greatly needeth not) wee will for breuitie sake omitt the same. Therefore to our matter.

An obseruation vpon the whole confession.

When we vse the word of condemning: we meane nothing els: thē, that the heresies which haue bin condemned by the catholick church, the same also wee condemne: and which it al­lowed not, the same also we allow not: and this we desire to leaue witnessed to all poste­ritie.

Vpon the first chapter aphorisme. 4.

Whereas we haue giuen the first place, next after the canonicall books, to the Apocryphi in the volume of the Bible: we did it, induced [Page 276]by the authoritie of the greek and latine chur­ches, who did alwaies giue that honour vnto them, that they should be ioyned with the ca­nonicall books. See the places in Hierome, Cyprian, and the councell of Laodicea, cyted in the confession the first chapter & fift apho­risme. Moreouer, we spake of books, not of any manner of writinges. For otherwise wee preferre the generall creeds, before the Apo­cryphi.

Vpon the second chapter. Of God. The first aphorisme.

Though the propertie of existences bee, to exist in the essence: yet speaking of God, we would rather vse another manner of speach, & that more vsuall, for certaine causes; as name­ly to teach, against the reproches and skoffes of the Arrians of our time, that the diuine es­sence is not found, but onely in the persons: and therefore that we do not make an essence aparte by it selfe subsisting from the persons: wherein yet three persons should subsist, as though the catholicke church should forge foure existences in God.

The third aphorisme.

Of this reall communication of the essenti­all proprieties of God, we haue also written a seuerall treatise, in the booke, which shalbe intituled, Of the incarnation of the sonne of God, vppon the words to Phil. 2. Who when he was in the forme of God &c. Vnto which, we referre the reader, who so he bee that desireth a further [Page 277]explanation of this doctrine. Surely the Lord Iesus, when he said, No man knoweth the sonne, but the father, and no man knovveth the father but the sonne, and he to whome the sonne will reueale him: he plainely excepted his created minde from that essentiall knowledge, wherewith the fa­ther knoweth, that is, (as the schoolemen speak,) comprehendeth the sonne, and the sonne the father: teaching that what know­ledge soeuer creatures haue in themselues cō ­cerning God, the same is some waye reuealed vnto them: and therefore such knowledge is not the essential & infinite knowledge, which is in God: but a created, and a finite or deter­minate knowledge.

Ʋpon the 5. chapter of the worlds creation &c. The 2. aphorisme.

That the heauen of the blessed, wherein the Lord Iesus is now in his bodie, doth differ frō the earth, and from the other heauens, and is aboue all those visible heauens: besides that which hath bin already said, these few proofs do also confirme: Eph. 4. Christ is said to haue ascended aboue all heauens: in another place, he is read to haue ascended into heauen, and to bee in heauen, and to sitt at the right hande of the father. Therefore this heauen is aboue the other hea­uens, and differeth from them. So in the third to the Colloss. the Apostle distinguisheth the place where Christ is at the right hand of the father, from the earth: and calleth it vpward, saying, Seeke yee the things aboue, sett your affecti­ons [Page 278]on things aboue, where Christ is: and in the 4. of the first to the Thess. he saieth the Lord shall descend from heauen, namely into these lower partes: and all the godlie shalbe caught vp into the ayre to meete Christ in the cloudes. That heauen therefore is aloft, not on the earth, not in the ayre: much lesse in euerie place. For he shall come downe in the visible shape of his body, frō the high heauen, into these parts, to iudge the quick and the dead. Of this heauen wee haue spoken particularly, in our bookes Do o­peribus dei, of the workes which he created in the sixe daies. Wee therefore disallow of that doctrine which is contrarie: which distingui­sheth not the heauen from the earth, nor this heauen, from other heauens, but would proue it to be euerie where.

Vppon the 7. chapter. The 11. aphorisme.

Among other thinges which Iulianus the Pelagian obiected to Augustine, proouing & defending originall sinne, these were some: that either he made God an author of sinne, or the de­uill a creator of man: and that because, the Pela­gians thought that Aughstine made originall sinne, the very substance of man. Al which ob­iections, he confuted in his 7. Tome, against Pelag. the 5. booke and first chapter in these words. Neither do we ascribe iniustice to God, but rather equitie, in that, euen infants are punished, not vniustly with such and so many euills, as we see: nei­ther doe we attribute the making of man, but the cor­rupting and depra [...]ing of mans originall to the deuill: [Page 279]neither doe we graunt a substance in the sinne, but an act [...] of it in the first man: and a contagion thereof in all his posterity: neither do we graunt vnto infants, a conscience without knowledge, in vvhome is neither conscience nor knowledge: but he knewe what he did, in vvhome all haue sinned, and from whome all haue drawn [...] corruption &c.

Ʋpon the 9. chapter. The 5. aphorisme.

How they can winde themselues out of this errour, which denie that the fathers did eate the true flesh of Christ, we see not: as though, because he was not as yet indeede existing in nature, therefore he was not existing in the as­sured promise of Christ & consequently could no [...] be apprehended and eaten by faith. For this proposition is generall, and to all men, & at all times belongeth. Vnlesse ye eate the flesh of the sonne of man, yee haue no life in you. For life is not imparted, but onely to those, which by faith, as members to the head, are ioyned to the flesh of Christ, & by the flesh to the spirit, or [...] To the word, which is life.

Vpon the 10. chapter. The 3. aphorisme.

For God would shew &c. That which I said of the first, second, third and fourth estate: had bin more cleare, if I had told, what man was, before he sinned: what after hee had sinned: what vnder grace: and what he shalbe in his glorie.

Vpon the 11. chapter of Christ the redeemer. aphorisme 6.

That the person of Christ, speaking proper­ly, [Page 280]is compounded of the diuine nature, which is immeasurable, and most pure; and of the hu­maine, which in respect of the diuine, is lesse then a pricke to an infinite masse, as of two partes truely and properly so called: wee to­gether with the schoolemen do iustly denie. Tho. 3. p. q. 2. ar. 4 For what proportion can there bee betweene that which is finite and the infinite, betweene the creature and creator. But by the way con­fessing with the auncient fathers, that it maye be called [...] compounded, in that sense, as the scripture saieth the word was made flesh: and that, he which was in the shape of God, was now made in the likenesse of man. And this is nothing else, but that this eternall Hy­postasis, doth now subsist in two natures: so as Christ is no lesse true man, then true God. Hereunto tendeth it, which before we said, of the similitude of the soule & body (for of these two, as true and essentiall partes, consisteth the person of man) how the same doeth not a­gree fitly euerie way: and yet we allow of the same similitude, in that sense which Athanasius and other fathers vsed it, to shew the true and substantiall vnion of the two diuerse natures: although it do not fully agree in all things to this great misterie, as Iustinus, in his exposition of faith and other fahters haue freely cōfessed. The similitude of the garment is much vsed of the auncient fathers: especially of Athanasius and it is agreeable to the scriptures. For the flesh of Christ, wherewith his deitie was coue­red, [Page 281]the Apostle calleth a vaile, Heb. 10. ve. 20. And most excellently, by this similitude of the garment that opinion of the reall impar­ting and communication of the diuine pro­prieties, with the humaine nature is quite o­uerthrowne: which some doe much labour to prooue by the similitudes, of a fire-hoatiron, and of a bodie with life in it: which they can neuer doe.

The seuenth aphorisme.

We haue said that the bodie and the soule are two existenees: which is manifestly proo­ued in Adam whose bodie did first subsist by it selfe: then the soule being also a substance subsisting by it selfe, was ioyned vnto it. The same is also prooued, by the separation of the soule from the body: whereof each doeth re­maine subsisting by it selfe. But seing they are the essentiall partes of a man: each of them in­deed seuerally are existences, but yet vnper­fect: and being ioyned, they make a perfect existence, that is, the person of man. But thus standeth not the case in Christ, touching the di­uine and humaine natures: for his humaine nature neuer subsisted by it selfe any waies, be­fore he took it on him, nor subsisteth yet after the taking, but onely in the word: which word was euer by it selfe a most perfect existence.

The 10. aphorisme.

The similitude of the sunne, doth not alto­gether so fittly agree as that similitude of the glorie, which our bodies shal receiue, because [Page 282]that glorie shal cleane take away al the shame and reproch of our flesh, but the sunne, doeth onely dimme the light of a candle, and not cleane put it out: yet notwithstanding this si­militude of the sunne doth plainly shew what we meane: namely that by the reall communi­cation of the sunne with the ayre, the light of the candell is made altogether vnprofitable, and so as it were put out, and to be no light at all: yet that the essentiall proprieties of the flesh, are neuer quite taken away, or so weake­ned, by the personall vnion, that they serue to no vse, it is manifest. And yet this indeede could by no meanes be auoyded, if the hu­maine nature should really participate with the diuine omnipotencie; so that it could doe whatsoeuer God could doe. For the word, the sonne of God neuer tooke vnto him, held or holdeth any thing in vaine. Therefore by this similitude of the sunne is strongly confirmed, that which is prooued by the similitude of the glorie which shall take awaye all ignominie from our bodies.

The 11. aphorisme. That same whole Christ &c.

Here in the first part to the name of Christ, is added the sonne of man: in the other parte, the sonne of God, God: that we might shewe, how that diuine attributes are spokē of Christ the man: and humaine, of Christ God: seing the very person of Christ is ment in either part. For the same Christ, one and the same person, [Page 283]is whole God, & whole man, though not who­ly (as Damascene speaketh) for in two distinct natures he subsisteth one and the very same. This doth Damascene thus declare lib. 3. cap. 7. The whole Christ is perfect God; but the vvhole sub­sistance of Christ, is not onely God; for it is not onely God but also man. And the vvhole Christ is perfect man, but the whole subsistance of Christ is not onely man; for it is not onely man but also God. For the whole subsistance doth represent the nature; but whole Christ, the person.

But whereas we spake of his actions, done by him either according to his humane nature, or according to his diuine, that yet one and the same and whole Christ performeth the same: it depēdeth vpon this that the actions were (as the schools say) of supposite natures. But the diuersitie of the actions proceedeth from the diuersnesse of the natures or formes by which they were done. Sith therefore there is in Christ two natures, and but one person, thereon it comes, that there is but onely one worker, namely whole Christ, two natures that can worke; and two kinde of actions. Now these actions are called the actions of God and man, not so much for that they proceede from one agent which is, [...], God and man: as that not onely the deitie, but also the humanitie meet together for this worke of our saluation: each ioyning his actions, with the others actions. And this is the first and principal force of this hypostaticall, or personall vnion: namely that [Page 284]by it, the two natures, and their properties & actions, are so vnited in one and the same per­son: that he, who, by the forme of God, wher­in he hath frō the beginning subsisted, is God, and by the forme of a seruant, wherein he now subsisteth, is man: and the same being whole God, is whole man, and being whole man, is whole God: and consequently is wholy om­nipotent, and euerie where present, & whole inomnipotent, and existing in a certen place: and the same whole died, and whole by dying destroyed death. And thus it finally follow­eth, that to the obtaining, communicating, & applying of our saluation, not onely his di­uine nature worketh, but also the humaine worketh with it.

The secōd force followeth of the first: name­ly that the humaine nature was made the dei­ties instrument vnited personally thereunto: and therefore a most forcible and effectuall instrument, to bestow all benefites vpon vs.

The third, that by this vnion, this masse or lumpe of humaine nature, is lifte vpp to such dignitie, that we neither can nor ought to bēd our actions of adoration, faith, prayer, & loue, to the onely deitie of Christ: as is declared in the confession. For we are cōmaunded to wor­ship the sonne himself, that is, the person. Heb. 1. and to beleeue in him.

The fourth force is, that because this hu­maine nature is personally vnited to the di­uine: therefore the gifts of God, conferred v­pon [Page 285]the same are without measure, as is de­clared in the aphorisme following.

The 12. aphorisme.

Although when I wrote this confession I thought to my selfe, that I had hādled al things which belong vnto this article, of the person of Christ: yet I thought for the better explai­ning thereof to ioyne this also which follow­eth, to that which I said before.

1 There is and euer was one onely per­son of Christ. For there is but one onely be­gotten sonne of God and one and the same Christ.

2 This person, being from all eternitie, by the naturall begetting of the father, is pro­per vnto the word: but in time was made com­mon to the humaine nature taken to it, by ver­tue of the personall vnion.

For in the word, the essence which it hath common yea the verie same with the father & the holie ghost, is to bee distinguished from the proper manner of subsisting, whereby it comes to passe, that it is a certaine Hypostasis or person, distinct from the father and the ho­lie ghost: and therefore is and is called the Hy­postasis or person proper to the sonne or to the worde.

But this eternall Hypostasis, proper by na­ture vnto the word, is by this vnion made com­mon, as we said with the diuine nature and the humaine taken vnto it: namely that the vvorde doeth no lesse subsist really in this humaine [Page 286]form thē it doth in that diuine form: & in that respect is no lesse true and perfect man, then true and perfect god: yet the natures, proper­ties and actions remaining safe and distinct.

3 Therefore into the vnitie of that immea­surable, most pure, and most perfect person, was taken, the humaine nature, that is, that lumpe consisting of the reasonable soule and flesh of man, finite, compounded, and needing many things.

But how? not so as that (for example) it cō ­tained that infinite person within the boūdes or limitts of it owne finite or determinate substance: or that it spredd it selfe, as it were stretched out, into the largenesse of it. And that which wee say of this propertie, the same is to bee thought and beleeued of all the rest: because they all remaine vnchaungeable and vnmixed. How then was the humaine nature taken? surely, it was so taken into vnitie of the same person: that yet it is not made the verie person: but rather existeth in the person, is borne and sustained of the person, and euer dependeth wholly vpon the same.

For this vniō of the natures according to the Hypostasis, or vniting of the Hypostasis is made without alteration, confusion or diuision.

4 Whereby it also followeth, that the na­ture taken, (to speake properly) is not a part of this person, as is aforesaid.

For like as of the vnion of the two natures, there is not framed a third nature, so, neither [Page 287]by taking the humaine nature into vnity of the diuine person, is there framed, as it were a new person, which should be the proper person of Christ, and should differ from the person of the word, which is the word it selfe. For it is alto­gether the verie same, nor doth it differ from it selfe, except herein, that the same which sub­sisted onely in the forme of God, and was onely God: now subsisteth also in the forme of a ser­uant, & is also man: and before, was as a king naked, but is nowe clothed with our flesh, as with a purple garment: so that for this cause, the fathers not amisse, called the same (in some sort) a compounded person. But marke also this difference, besids the rest, that the garmēt pertaineth not to the essence of a king: but the humaine nature in Christ, is in such sorte, that without it, cannot be defined what Christ is.

5 Which is the cause, why the humaine nature thus takē, is to be reputed & acknow­ledged as it were a part of the person of Christ: namely because it is so taken into vnity of his person: that as the vvorde with this humaine flesh, is said to be, and is man: so also this flesh in the word, and with the word God, is said to be, and is God: as Athanasius, Gregorie, Nazian­zene, Damascene, and other fathers haue pro­ued out of the scriptures: for that flesh, is God, not by nature, but by Hypostasie; in which sense, the same flesh, is omnipotent, and pre­sent in all places, whereuppon it comes also, [Page 288]that what honour belongeth to the word, of it selfe: the same is also to bee giuen to the flesh in the word and for the word: because of them both there is but one and the same Hyposta­sie.

6 Add this moreouer, for better explica­tions sake, that the word, although wheresoeuer it bee, (and it is in all places) there also the same is not onely god, but also man, and that because, it hath in all places, the humaine na­ture vnited therunto by Hypostasie: yet, where soeuer it is it selfe, it doth not make it selfe an Hypostasis or personal, to the humaine nature, but only there, where the same nature existeth: namely so, as that nature is sustained, borne, and wrought or mooued by it.

For how should the same be said to bee su­stained, where it doth not exist? the feete are sustained by the soule, not wheresoeuer the the soule is, be it in the head: but onely where they themselues are existing. When the flesh was in the virgins wombe: the word being then personally vnited vnto it, did not thē sustaine the same, out of the wombe of Marie: but one­ly it was Hypostasis vnto it in the womb, which sustained the same there, and not in any other place: which is also to bee said of all the time of Christs life, when he liued in diuers places. Likewise after his death it was Hypostasis vn­to his bodie, when it was dead and buried, & sustained the same in it selfe: but where? sure­ly, not in heauen where the bodie was not: [Page 289]but onely in the graue: euen as also it was Hy­postasis to his soule separated from his bodie, not in the graue, but out of the graue, & sustai­ned the same in it selfe. And now it sustaineth both the soule and bodie together, in heauen, not in earth: much lesse euerie where.

7 Neither doth it follow vppon this do­ctrine, that the personall vnion is dissolued, neither doeth it come to passe that the whole person is not Hypostasis to the flesh, but onely in parte. The reason is because this person of the word, as it is infinite, so also is it most simple and pure, and therefore both is wholly Hypo­stasis to the flesh, wheresoeuer the flesh exi­steth: & is also wholly Hypostasis in other pla­ces, where the flesh existeth not, being it selfe existing in the forme of god. Indeed the soule (as is aforesaide) is wholly Hypostasis to the head, giuing life to it and sustaining it: but where? not in euery part of the body, but one­ly in that, where the head it selfe is: and out of the head is also wholly hypostasis to the feet, sustaining them too: not where the head is, but where the feet themselues are. Is then the vnion which the soule hath with the head dis­solued, because, out of the head it is wholly al­so in the feet?

8 Finally, that all things which haue bin spokē of this personal vnion, may more plaine­ly be declared. I add these also.

The soule is Hypostasis to the eyes: to what eyes? such as they are: namely instruments v­sed [Page 290]for sight, not for hearing: on the other side to the eares, for hearing, not for seing. So the word was Hypostasis to the humaine nature, not to destroy death, which was a propertie of the word: but to suffer death, which was a proper­tie of the flesh.

Lastly, it is Hypostasis to the flesh, not to this end, that the flesh should bee it and such like, which, & of which sort the word is: but it should be it, and such like, which, and of which sort it is it selfe, either by nature, or by grace reallie put into it, which they call infused or habitual grace. For the grace of this vnion is this, that it is taken into this vnitie of person.

This same doctrine of ours is confirmed by those things which are deliuered both by the scriptures, and the fathers concerning the of­fice of the mediatour, that is, concerning the end of his incarnation.

Many ends of this incarnation are noted of the fathers in the scriptures, and particular­ly of Anselme, in his booke intituled Cur Deus homo, why God is man: but the principall and im­mediate ende was, not simplie that the vvorde God might saue vs (for he could haue perfor­med it by his omnipotencie, and by his onely commaundement without taking flesh:) but that hee might by such meanes saue vs from death, namely, by death of his owne person: and by his owne resurrection, might raise vs to life: according to that of the Apostle, to the Hebr. 2. ver. 14. That by death he might destroye [Page 291]him vvho &c. And in the 2. to Tim. 1.10. VVho hath abolished death and hath brought life &c. To which the old church consented, saying, vvho by dying destroyed death, and by rysing againe repai­red life. Leo the first declared this end, saying, The sonne of God tooke our flesh: that by one nature he might dye, by the other he might not dye. There­fore he tooke vpon him flesh to this principal ende: that for the performing of our saluatiō, he might doe such thinges by that flesh, which of himselfe being in the forme of God, hee could not performe: as, to suffer, and to dye. For to kill death, simply, he could by himselfe haue done it: but to kill it by death he could not in himselfe doe it, without taking mortall flesh into vnitie of his person. Wherefore, the vvorde did not take flesh, that by the flesh it might doe such actions, as were the proper actions of it selfe: but that it might worke our saluatiō by such meanes, namely by the owne proper actions ioyned with the actions of our flesh.

Vpon the 12. chapter. The 8 aphorisme.

Concerning this true and essentiall vnion of vs, and of our owne flesh, with the flesh of Christ, there is a notable place in Cyrill, vpon Iohn. lib. 10. cap. 13. Col. 500.

We denie not, but wee are spiritually ioy­ned to Christ, by true faith, and sincere loue: but, that wee haue no manner of coniunction with him according to the flesh, that we flatly denie: and affirme it to bee cleane against the [Page 292]scriptures. For who euer doubted, but Christ is so the vine, and we the braunches, that from him we draw life vnto our selues? Heare what Paule saith. Wee are all one bodie with Christ: for though we are many, yet in him we are one: for wee all are partakers of one bread. Doth he perchaunce thinke, that the vertue of the misticall bene­diction is vnknowne vnto vs? Which being in vs, doeth it not also make Christ to dwell in vs corporally, by communication of the flesh of Christ? For why are the members of the faith­full the members of Christ? know ye not, saith hee, that your members are the members of Christ? shal I then take the members of Christ, and make them the members of an harlott? God forbidd. Our Sauiour also said. He which eateth my flesh, and drinketh my blood, abi­deth in me, and I in him: whereby wee maye consider, that Christ is in vs, not onely by dwelling in vs, which is perceiued by loue: but also by a naturall participation. For euen as, if one take waxe melted by the fire, & min­gle it with other waxe likewise melted, so as of them both hee make but one thing: so by this communication of the bodie and blood of Christ, he is in vs, and we in him. For other­wise this corruptible nature of the body could neuer be brought to incorruption and to life, vnlesse the bodie of naturall life were ioyned vnto it. Beleeuest thou not me telling thee this? Beleeue (I pray thee) Christ himselfe: Ve­rily verily (saith he) I say vnto you: vnlesse yee [Page 293]shall eate the flesh of the sonne of man and drinke his blood, yee shall haue no life in you. He which eateth my flesh, and drinketh my blood: hath eternall life, and I will raise him at the last day. Thou hearest him plainely cry­ing out, that we shall haue no life, vnlesse we drinke his blood & eate his flesh. In you (saieth he) your selues, that is, in your bodie. By life, may well bee vnderstood the flesh of life: for that, doth raise vs vpp at the last daye. And so need I not think it an vncurrant speach to say, the flesh of life being made flesh of the onely begotten sonne, is brought to the vertue of life: and therefore cannot bee ouercome of death. And therefore being made in vs, putts death from vs: For gods onely begottē sonne, is neuer absent from it, whereuppon because he is one with his flesh, I (saieth he) will raise him vp. Why then should it be denied that we are called braunches, according to the flesh? May it not fittly be said that the vine is his hu­manitie, and we the braunches, for the iden­titie or likenesse of our nature? For the vine & the braunches are of the same nature. So both spiritually and corporally are wee the braun­ches, and Christ the vine. Thus farre Cyrill.

In this whole text, Cyrills purpose was to shew: that Christ, not onely according to his deitie, as his aduersaries the Nestorians did thinke, but also according to the flesh, was the vine, from which life flowed into vs as braunches: and cōsequently that we, as braū ­ches [Page 294]were ioyned not onely to his deitie, but also to his humanitie, and so to his flesh: & doe draw life and all our spirituall nourishment, not onely from his deitie but also from his flesh. And the reason is brought from the Hy­postaticall vnion, which maketh the word, & his flesh taken into vnitie thereof to bee but one person, one and the same Christ, one and the same vine. Therefore that we cannot be ioy­ned to the deitie of Christ, but also we must be vnited to his flesh, nor can we draw life frō that, but we must also draw it from this.

To declare plainly this neere and reall co­pulation of our flesh with the flesh of Christ: he brings a similitude of waxe: not that it euerie way agreeth in all thinges, as is manifest, but because it fittly sheweth our communion with Christ to be reall and substantiall. And this he ment when concluding he said, not onely spi­ritually, but also corporally, (that is, not onely in respect of the spirite, but also in respect of the bodie:) both Christ is the vine, and we his braunches. This therefore he spake not of the manner of our coupling to Christ, whether it be spirituall or corporall: but of the thinges which are coupled, namely, that not onely our soules and our spirites, are most neerely ioy­ned, with the soule and spirit of Christ, but al­so our flesh with his flesh. This is to be gathe­red out of the aduersaries proposition, against which he argueth: which is that wee are not ioyned with Christ in flesh. Coll. 500. B.

These aduerbs therefore spiritually & cor­porally in Cyrill, doe not signifie the meanes by which we are vnited to Christ the vine: but the things which are vnited, as is already said and declared. But the meanes also Cyrill graū ­teth to be spirituall, that is by our faith, and by the spirite of Christ: for in euerie place hee teacheth, and specially vpon the sixt of Iohn, that we eate the flesh of Christ by faith. And by this eating he prooueth our incorporation.

Vpon the 13. chapter. The 7. aphorisme.

If any shall make exceptions concerning the law, thus: were not the elect in the old Te­stament indued with grace to keepe the law: as wee in the new, are indued with grace to be­leeue the gospell? I answer. They were: but not to the hearing of the law: as vve are with faith to the hearing of the gospell: but because they first beleeued in the euangelicall promises concerning Christ: and for that cause receiued the gift (& yet but vnperfectly and in part one­ly) to keep the law: not because they heard the law: but because they beleeued in Christ to come: that alwaies the obedience of the lawe might follow of the faith in Christ, euen as an effect followeth the cause.

Vppon the 24. chapter. Aphor. 1.

When wee saide that the signification of a Sacrament, is so receiued, that not the word a­lone, nor the element alone, but the element together with the word is called a sacrament: we ment nothing els, but that as the word a­lone [Page 296]without the element or signe cannot bee said to be a Sacrament: so neither cā the signe without the worde. For a Sacrament (as the church hath vsed to define it) is a visible signe of an inuisible grace (add) by the word, that is, by Christs institution, consecrated to that purpose: that is: altered from the common vse to that matter.

So Augustine Tom. 5. de ciuit. Dei. lib. 10. ca. 5. The visible sacrifice, is, a sacrament, or a holie signe of the inuisible sacrifice. And in D. de cons. dist. 2. ca. sacrif. A sacrament (saieth he) is a visi­ble forme of an inuisible grace.

And the same Augustine Tom. 9. in Ioh. tract. 80. saith concerning the word of the gos­pell: the vvorde commeth to the element, and so is made the sacrament, euen that visible vvorde as it were. A sacrament therefore according to the receiued signification in the church, we doe & euer did acknowledge to bee a visible signe: And whereof? of an inuisible grace. But from whence hath it the vertue, to bee signe of such a thing? from the word of Christ the institutor: For take away the word and it shalbe no Sa­crament: Pull away the word (saieth Augustine) and what is the water, but water? This is the mea­ning of our words: not that the word is the sa­crament, or, to speake properly, any parte of the Sacrament, in as much as a Sacrament is defined to bee a visible signe of an inuisible grace: but because without the word, a visi­ble element, cannot be a Sacrament of an in­uisible [Page 297]thing: but therefore it is the visible signe of an inuisible thing, because by the word of the Lord it is instituted thereunto.

Irenaeus also, making no mention of the word, (because that is alwaies supposed) hath left in writing: that the Eucharist, that is, the Sacrament of the Eucharist, consisteth of two matters: an earthly, (that is, the signe) & a hea­uenly (that is, the thing signified) neither yet the thing signified, is the signe or the Sacra­ment: but because the signe cānot be without the thing signified: (for else, wherof should it bee a signe?) therefore hee said that the Sa­crament of the Eucharist consisted, both of an earthly matter, (that is, the signe:) and a hea­uenly matter, (that is, the thing signified.) This belongeth to the confirmation, of that which we said concerning the word and the element.

Ʋpon the 25. chapter. Of baptisme. The third aphorisme.

Of the water it appeareth in the Acts: where it is manifestly shewed that neuer any thing was mixed with the water by the Apostles. Other forme of baptizing, besides that which we haue in the 28. of Matthew, Christ did not institute: and that the Apostle did simplie follow Christ, is beyond al cōtrouersie. Where as therefore we read in the Acts, that the A­postles baptized some in the name & into the name of Christ: that doth nothing pertaine to the christian forme of baptisme. Iohn indeed [Page 297]baptized into the name of Christ, as it appea­reth, in which name notwithstanding, as Am­brose expoundeth it, the trinitie was closelie signified, as the person anointed, that is, of the sonne, in that he had taken the nature: the person annointing, that is, the father: and the an­nointing, that is, the person of the holie ghost. But Christ himself expresly set downe the pro­per forme of baptisme, saying, in the name of the father, of the sonne, and of the holie ghost. Where­fore, it is manifest that the phrase of speach, to be baptized into the name of Christ, doth no­thing belong to the forme of christian Bap­tisme.

Which is also hereby confirmed: that wee neuer reade that the Apostles baptized any, saying, that they baptized them into the name of Christ: but we read onely that many were baptized in the name and into the name of Christ. Then what mēt the holie ghost by that forme or manner of speach? he ment, in my iudgement, summarily to shewe thus much: First, in that, they which professed faith in Christ were commaunded to be baptized, that it should be done by the name, authoritie, and commandement of Iesus Christ: yea, that they should be baptized in this forme, In the name of the father, the sonne, and of the holy ghost, euen by commaundement of Christ. Therefore they were baptized in the name of Christ, that is, according to the commandement & forme prescribed by Christ.

Secondly, they which were so baptized: as they were now incorporated into Christ by faith, in Gods sight, and admitted into the fellowship of the new couenant: so are they, by this signe of the new couenant, consecra­ted vnto Christ, in the sight of the congregati­on, & sealed, for to hold fast, the faith in him, and to performe obedience to his commaun­dements; and to bee ingrafted into the bodie of his church: and receiued into the commu­nion of Saintes, and to a perpetuall amend­ment of life, and to a continuance of faith in Iesus Christ to their liues end. For the whole church, and euery of the faithful are baptized into the death of Christ, and buried with him: whereof the signe, is the very dipping into the water: that thereby we may learne, that throughout our whole life, we must die vnto sinne, and liue vnto righteousnesse, which is to be truely baptized into the name of Christ, who died and was buried for vs.

The fourth aphorisme.

The substance also of the law, yea the cano­nicall law, is perpetual, and for euer to be hol­den. For Christ came not to destroy the law, or the Prophets, touching the substance of do­ctrine. And it belongeth to the substance of the law of circumcision, that they which are the couenant, should be sealed vnto god with the signe of the couenant. But now the signe of the couenant is baptisme, which succeeded circumcision. Coll. 2.

Add the place of Peter out of the Acts. 2. ver. 38. Repent ye, and be baptized euerie one of you in the name of Iesus Christ, for remission of sinnes, and yee shall receiue the gift of the holte ghost. For the promise is made vnto you, and to your children, & to all that are a farre of, euen as many as the Lord our God shall call. To whomsoeuer therefore, the promise of saluation by Christ belongeth; to them also belongeth baptisme. But Peter tea­cheth that the promise belongeth to the yong children of the faithfull, therefore yong chil­dren are to be baptized.

Aphorisme 6.

Whereas wee saide that Paule baptized a­gaine those, of whome it is spoken in the 19. of the acts, as being not rightly baptized: we said it without preiudice to any learned interpre­tor: for we condemne none. Onely we desire the reader, to conster fauourably of that word rebaptize. For we meant not, that they which were rightly baptized, were afterwards bap­tized againe: but they which were not bapti­zed with true baptisme, where the true do­ctrine of God the father, the sonne, and the holie ghost went before it: they, after Paule had taught them the true and sound doctrine of Christ: then they tooke true baptisme: and after baptisme, by the laying on of handes, re­ceiued the holy ghost, and the gifts thereof: & this, to speake properly, was indeed not to be rebaptized, but to be truely baptized.

Now why I thought so, and do yet thinke: I [Page 300]was induced by the authoritie both of the fa­thers, and especially Ambrose, and Hierome so expounding that place: and also by a rea­son drawne from the text it selfe.

Touching the authoritie: first, neuer any of the fathers did teach that these words, (and when they heard it they vvere baptized) were the words of Paule, spoken of them, which heard Iohn Baptist: but expoūded them as the words of Luke, spoken of them which heard Paule. So Chrysostome Tom. 3. in act. hom. 40. So Oc­cum in act. ca. 19. So Augustine Tom. 7. cont. Petil. ca. 7. So Gregory Tom. 1. in euang. hom. 20. So Bede in act. ca. 19. So all the rest.

Moreouer most of them do in plaine tearms write that these twelue disciples were bapti­zed by Paule, or at least by Paules comman­dement, as hauing not bin rightly baptized before, because they heard not the doctrine of the holie ghost, nor were baptized into his name. Ambrosius Tom. 2. de spi. san. ad Theo. imp. ca. 3.

Lastly they themselues also, which said, wee haue not so much as heard, whether there be an holy ghost, were afterwards baptized in the name of the Lord Iesus Christ. And this a­bounded vnto grace, because they then by Paules preaching knew the holy ghost, neither must it be thought a contrarietie, because al­though afterwardes no mention is made of the holy ghost: yet it is beleeued, and that which is omitted in wordes is expressed in [Page 301]faith. For when it is saide, in the name of our Lord Iesus Christ, by the vnity of the name is fullfilled the whole misterie: neither is the ho­ly ghost separated from the baptisme of Christ because Iohn baptized to repentance, Christ in the holy ghost. Thus farre Ambrose.

Hierome, Tom. 6. in Ioel. ca. 2. pa. 66. There­fore (saith he) the sauing health of God, cānot bee seene, except the holy ghost bee powred downe: and who so saith that he beleeueth in Christ, and beleeueth not in the holy ghost: he hath not the eyes of perfect faith. Whereon, also in the Actes of the Apostles: they which were baptized by Iohns baptisme into him that was to come, that is, in the name of the Lord Iesus: because when Paule asked them, they aunswered, wee know not whether there be an holy ghost: they were baptized againe: yea they receiued true baptisme, because with­out the holie ghost, and the misterie of the tri­nitie, whatsoeuer is receiued in the name of the one or the other person, is vnperfect, &c. Augustine cont. Petil. cap. 7. coll. 498. saieth. Paule baptized those twelue, either because they had not receiued Iohns baptisme, but ly­ed: or else, if they had receiued it, yet they had not receiued Christs baptisme. For he thought with Cyprian, and Tertullian, and other fathers that Iohns baptisme and Christs did differ: of which matter more hereafter. Of our owne writers also, that learned man Wolff. Muscu­lus, about the place of the Act. 19. thinketh as [Page 302]Ambrose doth, in his cōmon place, the place of baptisme, whose words, because he hādleth that place very largely, we wil not repeat, and before Musculus, Bucer both on the third of Matth. and on the fourth of the epist. to the E­phes. vpon Math. he hath these words. To those Ephesians, which had beene baptized with Iohns baptisme, not knowing what it was, be­cause as then they knewe not the holy gnost: wherewith Paule had preached that Christ should baptize them; wee reade that he said Act. 19. Iohn baptized indeed with the bap­tisme of repentance, saying vnto the people, that they should beleeue in him, which should come after him, that is, in Christ Iesus. Nowe what do we else, or ought we to do in bapti­zing? For ours is also the baptisme of repen­tance: so long as those whome we baptize, we also burie into the death of Christ, that is, we ascribe them into that nūber, which through­out all there life, must die vnto sinne, and liue vnto righteousnesse: and yet shall not receiue that neither, but by the gift of Christ. There­fore of such as be of years of discretion, whom we baptize, we require their faith in Christ: & the infants we commit vnto the church to be brought vp to the same faith. Therefore Paule would neuer haue rebaptized those Ephesiās, if they had beene baptized with Iohns bap­tisme, that is, with that baptisme, wherewith he vsed to baptize, into repentance and the faith of Christ: but seing they were (as Luke [Page 303]reporteth) onely baptized into Iohns bap­tisme, which notwithstanding they knew not what it was, and were altogether ignorant of the baptisme of Christ, that is, of the spirit, he baptized them: shewing vnto thē, what Iohns baptisme was: and how he baptized into Christ not into his owne sprinkling or dipping of the water, as though that could be any profite vnto them. He therefore baptized them with this baptisme of Iohn, that is, as Iohn vsed to do, into the name of the Lord Iesus: and by & by after laying on his hands, he baptized thē with the baptisme also of Christ, that is, with the spirit. For immediatly the holy ghost came on them, as it is there read. This there.

And vpon the epistle to the Ephes. chap. 4. the same Bucer writeth thus. Hereby it is also manifest, that the twelue men at Ephesus, which knew not whether there were an holie ghost or no whome Paule baptized, were not baptized with the baptisme of Iohn, that is, with that which he administred: but, as they witnessed themselues, they were baptized in­to Iohns baptisme. For Iohn preached vnto all whome hee baptized, that Christ should baptize them with the holy ghost: and exhor­ted them, that they would beleeue in him, and that of him they might receiue the holy ghost. And therefore these Ephesiās could not haue beene ignorant of the holy ghost, if they had bin washed with that baptisme, which might truely be called Iohns: which also the Apo­stles [Page 304]words to those men doth sufficiently de­clare: Iohn verily baptized with the baptisme of repētance, saying vnto the people, that they should beleeue in him, which should come af­ter him, that is, in Christ. For by these wordes he would teach vs, that they neuer receiued Iohns baptisme, who as yet knew not Iohns preaching of Christ, and the promise. Thus farre Bucer.

Seing then the fathers expound this place in Act. 19. as wee haue nowe declared: who I pray am I, that I should dare, or that I ought to gaine-say, so many and so learned men, in such an exposition of this scripture, which nei­ther doth any whitt wrest the text, nor contra­rieth any other scriptures, nor is against the a­nalogie of faith, nor bringeth with it any ab­surdities?

For if any man shall obiect out of the text, that same truely and but: it prooueth nothing against the fathers exposition: seing it is no vnusuall thing with the Apostle, where hee saieth first truely, not alwaies to ioyne the aduersatiue particle but: Rom. 3. ver. 2. Coll. 2. ver. 23. and in other places. And vnto this truely, another but, which Luke for breui­tie sake left out, might bee vnderstood verie fittly, as hereafter we will shew: so that it is no necessitie, with this truely to ioyne that but, which followeth in the 5. verse: in which verse the fathers, will haue, not Paules speach, but Lukes to be continued. Therefore the fathers [Page 305]exposition is not repugnant to the text: nor yet with any other scripture. For if any man say, Paule writeth to the Corinthians, that he is gladd he baptized none, but the house of Ste­phana: it may be answered, it is true, namely at Corinth: but these twelue were baptized at Ephesus: and besides, he speaketh of such as were baptized with his owne hand: but these twelue, he might baptise by some other: to dispute no longer about the circumstance of the time. And it is most certaine, it is not re­pugnant to the analogie of faith, nor bringeth with it any absurdities: because the fathers do not speake of a baptisme rightly administred, as though Paule had repeated that again. This expositiō therefore of the fathers in my iudge­ment, cannot easily be refelled. And this ther­fore is the chiefest cause why I haue euer thus thought, and yet thinke of this action of Paule: although indeed I cannot consent vnto them all, in the cause, why Paule baptized them: but onely to Ambrose and Hierome.

That Iohns Baptisme, & Christs Baptisme did differ, the fathers teach, both by this, that Iohn saide, how he baptized (onely) with vvater: but Christ should baptize with the holy ghost, & with fire: and also by this, that the baptisme of Iohn is called, the baptisme of repentance: but Christes baptisme is said to bee giuen for the remission of sinnes. And because that he prepared the waye to this: & (as Tertull. speaketh) that baptisme of repentance, was as it were a sueing for the [Page 306]remission of sinnes and sanctificatiō in Christ, which was to follow after. Read Tertul. of bap. pag. 707.

So Cyprian also in his sermon of the bap­tisme of Christ, and of the manifestation of the Trinitie, pag. 430. So August. To. 7. against. Pe­til. cap. 7. But all of vs doe not knowe, what the fathers mēt, by this differēce of the baptisme. For they ment not, that the one diffred from the other in the matter, or in the signe, or in the doctrine, and forme of baptisine: but one­ly in efficacie: that namely, although remission of sinnes was giuen to them, which were wa­shed with Iohns baptisme: yet the same was not of Iohns baptisme, that is, of water, but by the baptisme of Christ, which is the baptisme of the spirite: whereunto that belongeth: I baptize with water, but he with the holy ghost. And with this baptisme of the spirit were they on­ly baptized, which beleeued in Christ, whome Iohn saide was then come, though all knewe him not. Therefore Iohn in his baptisme did inculcate and often repeate this faith, as Paule witnesseth in that place of the 19 of the Actes. They therefore are deceiued, who for this di­uersitie, did thinke the baptisme of water was to be repeated.

August. against. Petil. (as we touched a little before) sheweth how some held opinion, that the 12 did lye vnto the Apostle, when being asked vnto what they were baptized, they an­swered, vnto Iohns baptisme. So by this, that [Page 307]first those Ephesians saide vnto him, that they had not yet heard, whether there were, that is, whether that holy ghost did exist or not, namely, the giuer of those giftes, whereof the speach was: the Apostle might be said to conuince thē of a lye, by this argument. Whosoeuer haue bin baptized, they haue professed faith in Christ, as the sonne of God, and consequently in the fa­ther, and in the spirite of them both. For Iohn did require this faith: & according to the same he baptized men: and in baptizing he alwayes vrged that Iesus Christ was he which should baptize in the spirit. But you, by your owne cō ­fession, do not know this spirite &c. and so be­leeue not rightly in Iesus Christ. Therefore &c.

But surely, to saye that these twelue did lye vnto the church and to the Apostle: it seemes to me, to be to hard and vile a thing in mē which professed Christ. And for this cause we did euer better allow of the opiniō of Ambrose & Hie­rome: that the 12 did say truely, whē they said, they were baptized vnto Iohns baptisme: but yet not by Iohn himselfe, but by some one of Iohns disciples, who expounded not vnto thē the true doctrine concerning God: and there­fore baptized them not rightlie. But all the fa­thers doe hold beyond all controuersie, that they which are not rightly baptized into Iesus Christ, as the naturall Sonne of God, & medi­atour, and so also into his father, and the spirite of them both: the same must bee rightlie bapti­zed. And therefore those twelue were not, as [Page 308]being not baptized, rebaptized: but, as being not rightlie baptized, Paule did baptize them with true baptisme, first teaching them the true doctrine of the trinitie, which also Iohn had preached vnto them.

And thus much of the authoritie of the fa­thers: from whome, either in their assertions, or in their expositions of Scriptures, especiallie where they all, for the most part doe agree, I dare not decline for my cōscience sake, vnlesse I be cōstrained by most apparant reasons. Thus I freelie cōfesse to the whole church of Christ.

The reason also, (besids the authoritie of the fathers) brought as we saw before, euen by the fathers, out of the verie text, confirmeth me in the same opinion. This reason is partly gathe­red out of those words, which these Ephesians, being asked by Paule, whether they had recei­ued the holie ghost, that is, the gifts of the ho­lie ghost, aunswered, saying: that they had not so much as heard, whether there bee, that is, whether that holie ghost bee existent: whome Paule would haue to bee the author of those gifts: so farre from thē it was, that they should haue receiued him and his gifts: and partlie it is gathered out of the wordes, which Paule v­sed concerning the doctrine and baptisme of Iohn, saying, Iohn verily baptized with the baptisme of repentance, saying vnto the people, that they should beleeue in him, which should come af­ter him, that is, in Christ Iesus: as if he had said, you haue not rightlie beleeued in Christ, such as [Page 309]he is, the sonne of God, God: seing yee know not his spirite. The conclusion followed: that therefore they, although they were baptised, by I knowe not whome, into Iohns baptisme, yet were not rightlie baptized: seing they were not instructed in the doctrin of the person of Christ, in whome they ought to beleeue, namelie, that he was not onelie man and the Messias, but al­so the sonne of God, God: from whome also & from the father proceedeth the holie ghost, and consequentlie not in the doctrine of god the father, the sonne, and the holie ghost, in the name of all which, baptisme is to be giuen. And therefore that they ought to learne the true do­ctrine concerning the father, sonne, and holie ghost, and resting therein, to receiue lawfull baptisme: that afterwardes by laying on of hands, they might receiue the gifts of this ho­ly spirite: which Luke teacheth to bee after­wardes done, saying, but vvhen they heard it, (namely, those twelue Ephesians:) what whē they heard? euen, when they perceiued Paules doctrine, concerning true faith in Christ the sonne of God, and so in his father, and the ho­lie ghost: which faith Iohn had also preached, and wherein they resting were baptized &c. This is the interpretation of the fathers: name­lie, that those twelue were not rightlie instru­cted in the doctrin of god the father, the sonne & holie ghost, and so neither rightlie baptized: and it may be confirmed, both by the kindred and cuntrie of those twelue: and also by the [Page 310]cause, for which Paule, letting alone al the rest, peculiarly asked them, whether they haue re­ceiued the holie ghost, since they beleeued.

By kinde they were Iewes, as appeareth by Iohns baptisme, vnto which they saide they were baptized: and they were baptized by a Iewe. But the Iewes for the most part, neuer rightlie held the doctrine of the three persons subsisting in one essence. And therefore these 12 Iewes also, though they graunted Iesus, to bee the true Messias: yet they seemed to ac­knowledge but onely two persons: the person of God the father, and the person of the Mes­sias, euen (as the most thought) a bare mā, but yet such a one, as in whome God the father dwelt: but that they were altogether ignorāt that the holie ghost was an existing thing, & the giuer of those graces, they are conuinced by their owne words.

But surely there was some cause, why Paule comming into Ephesus, where were manie of Christs disciples, asked this question of the 12 Iewes onely. Surelie it is to bee thought, by their aunswer, that the Apostle, either by their owne talke, or by telling of some other of the brethren, perceiued that these twelue did not thinke aright concerning the holie ghost.

Finallie this was the Apostles argument, whereby he would prooue by their owne aū ­swere, that they were not baptized with the true baptisme of Iohn.

Whosoeuer hath bin baptized with the true [Page 311]baptisme of Iohn: he hath also heard his do­ctrine, concerning god the father, the sonne, & the holy ghost: and hath professed the same, and consequently hath knowne also the holy ghost. This proposition is not expressed: but the proofe of it, the Apostle bringeth in the 4. verse, saying, Iohn baptized &c. that is, Iohn preached not onely repentance, but also faith in Christ: namely, that he is not onely man the Messias, but also the sonne of God, God: from whome, as also from the father, proceedeth the holie ghost, and that hee shall baptize in the holie ghost: and therefore all which desire to bee saued, must also beleeue in him, as the true Sauiour.

But you haue not heard this doctrine, nor pro­fessed it, & therfore haue not truely beleeued in Christ, such as he is. For yee your selues say, yee haue not so much as heard whether there bee an holie ghost, (namelie, when yee were baptized). Therefore &c. So consequentlie it remaineth, that professing this doctrine and faith, yee nowe receiue lawfull baptisme: and afterward by the laying on of handes those giftes of the holie ghost. This is the declaratiō of the argument according to the exposition of the fathers: but Luke, as the Prophets and Euāgelists vse to doe, cōprehended the whole summe in few words.

And I praye, what absurditie can followe hereō? or what iniurie is done to the Apostles narration? is the heresie of the Donatiftes & A­nabaptists [Page 312]maintained? nothing lesse. For they rebaptize such as are rightlie baptized: the A­postle baptizeth them, which had not beene rightly baptized: as hauing not heard nor professed the true doctrine concerning God, he tooke care they should be rightlie baptized. And such when they come into the catholicke church, (we speake of them that bee of yeares of discretion) all the fathers teach, they must be baptized with true baptisme, instructing them first in the doctrine concerning God, & Christ their Sauiour:

Touching the text it selfe: it is no whitt wrested. That their aunswer. (But wee haue not so much as heard whether there be an holie ghost) cā not bee vnderstood of the giftes of the holie ghost, it appeareth by Paules demaund fol­lowing, being asked with an admiration: Ʋn­to what were yee then baptized? For no mā is bap­tized vnto the giftes of the holie ghost: but vnto the holie ghost it selfe, as also vnto the father, and the sonne. And the Apostles held it for certaine, beyond all doubt, that whoso­euer were baptized either of Iohn, & his true disciples, or of Christs disciples: they were surelie baptized, with instruction of the true doctrine of the holie ghost also, according to Christs institution. Hereupon was that admi­ratiō: Ʋnto what were ye then baptized? They an­swered him, vnto Iohns baptisme: For Paule thought this could not stād together that they should bee baptized with Iohns lawfull bap­tisme, [Page 313]and yet should not knowe nay not so much as heare, whether there were, and whe­ther there did exist an holie ghost: whom Iohn both knewe and preached vnto all that came to his baptisme: neither did he preach Christ without this holie ghost. For he said that he baptized in water, but Christ Iesus should baptize in the holie ghost.

Hereupon was it, that meaning to cōuince them, that they were not baptized of Iohn, nor of his true disciples, he added, saying: Iohn indeed &c. This truely or verely is an aduersatiue particle: wherby he would shew, how it could not agree with the lawfull baptisme of Iohn, that they said, they had not so much as heard (namelie when they were baptized) whether there be an holie ghost or no: Sith Iohn bap­tized none, without mentioning the same. And to this truely here expressed, doeth a but closelie vnderstood make aunswer: so that the argumēt is such, as before we set downe. Iohn indeed baptized &c: as though he had said: Iohn preached both repentance, and faith in Iesus Christ, such as he is, namely the sonne of god, from whome as also from the father procee­deth the holy ghost, and who baptizeth in the holie ghost, and into the confession of this do­ctrine, he baptizeth men. The minor was to be added, which Luke expressed not, because it is contained in the twelues owne confessi­on, but vvee haue not so much as heard &c. what is plainer then this text?

That therefore which followeth in the fift verse, But when they heard it &c, is Lukes owne words, shewing truelie and brieflie, what fol­lowed vpon Paules argumentation: But when they heard &c, (namely these 12) whē they heard, what? what it is truelie to beleeue in Christ, & that he baptized men, according to the confes­sion of this doctrine concerning Christ, & his father, and the holie ghost: and that Christ a­lone, as the onely Sauiour, baptized men into the holie ghost: when they heard (I saye) these things, not onely with the eares of their bo­dies, but also of their mindes: and so beleeued and confessed the same: They vvere baptized in the name of the Lord Jesus; that is, into Iesus, as he is called and described in the Scriptures, not onelie man, but also the sonne of God, God: from whome, as also from the father procee­deth the holie ghost: and therefore, as a true and onelie Sauiour baptizeth vs with his holy spirite.

Add this also, that by the new interpretati­on, there is admitted in a little narration, no smale Battologie or superfluitie of words. For when Paule said, Iohn verily baptized vvith the baptisme of repentance, saying vnto the people that they should beleeue in him, which should come after him, that is, in Christ Iesus: to what ende should the Apostles haue added this concerning thē, whom Iohn baptized, but whē they heard, name­ly that companie or those men, were baptized. For who could not vnderstand, by the wordes [Page 315]going before, if Iohn baptized: they therefore, which had heard & professed his doctrine con­cerning repentance, and faith in Christ, were by Iohn baptized.

To conclude, if I should allow that inter­pretation, I see not, what Paule could els proue by this whole narration, but that those Ephesi­ans had beene rightlie baptized: and therefore that nothing else remained, but that by laying on of hands, they might receiue the holy ghost. But this conclusion, I doe not thinke to agree with that which goeth before it, but to bee needelesse.

I haue to my power, declared the expositi­on of the fathers, vpon this place, and that mo­destlie, and without preiudice to anie: to no o­ther end, but that I may by such reasons as I am able declare vnto the brethren, which per­haps haue tooke offence at that particle in my confession, That Paule did baptize those twelue a­gaine, vvhich had not bin rightly baptized: that I did not put those words rashlie in my confessi­on. By the way as I said, we condemne no other mens interpretation.

And this also I freely professe, that my cōsci­ence is such, that I cannot be easily drawne to dissent frō the auncient fathers, either in their assertions, or in their interpretations of scrip­tures. Vnlesse I be cōuinced & enforced by ma­nifest testimonies of holy scriptures, by neces­sary consequences & plaine demonstrations. For so doeth my conscience rest, and in this [Page 316]setled stay of minde I desire to die.

And therefore I humbly desire of all the brethren, that if in this behalfe, my opinion, be not altogeather as theirs is: they will by no meanes take offēce: especially, seeing that in all the principall points of Christian faith: we haue a sound agreement.

Vpon the 16. chapter. The 9. aphorisme.

The place of the 1. to the Corinth. 6. beeing diligently marked (as also we noted before in the 15. chap. and 14. Apho.) may well decide the controversie about the wicked mens Ea­ting, that is, the Hypocrites; and of the sacra­mentall eating.

We say, that hypocrites doe not eate the tru body of Christ, sith they are void of faith (namely they eare it not truely and indeede, sith it is not indeede eaten, but onely by true faith, which they want) but onely sacramentally, that is, they eate indeede the sacrament, and the signe it felfe: The Adversaries say also, that hypocrites doe eate the true body of Christ, onely sacramentally: but by this word they meane, that they receiue not onely the sacrament, that is, the signe, but all the thing it selfe: though not vnto salvation. If they mean this in the same sence, that the Apostle doth, when he said, The Corinthians were all sanctified, iustified &c. namely that by receiuing baptis­me the sacrament of true Regeneration, and sanctification, they were reckoned to haue re­ceiued the thing also: sith the very sacrament [Page 317]hindred not, but they might also be perta­kers of the true sanctification, although all of them did not indeede obtaine the same, by reason of their hypocriticall faith; thē doubt­lesse I see not, but such a manner of speaking may be well allowed: so it be declared as it ought, after the Apostles meaning. This I on­ly alleadge, that the brethren may bethinke them of some good meanes of agreement, that so great an offence and scandale may be rooted out of the Church. We must all stand before Christs Tribunall seate.

Vpon the 16. chap. Apho. 10.

Here should a subdistinction haue beene added of the godly: because some doe come worthely, some vnworthely: yea one and the same godly man eateth sometime worthily sometime not worthily enough, as in the 1. to the Corinth. 11. it appeareth. And the vngod­ly also which receiue onely the element, and not the thing of the sacrament, are not all of one sort. For among them are also conteyned the Hypocrites, of whome we spake evē now. We thought good therefore, here to ioyne a more plaine and cleare distinction.

There be two kindes of men, which, like as they come to the hearing of the word, so may they come to receiue the supper of the Lord: the vngodly, and the godly. Againe, of the vn­godly, some are wholly and simplie wic [...]ed: as Atheists, Godlesse men, also Iewes and Turkes, and all such as knowe nothing, and [Page 318]beleeue nothing of all those thinges, which they heare by the preaching of the gospell, or see to bee done by the administration of the Sacraments: nay they rather laugh at and cō ­temne all such matters. These if they come to the Lords table: they neither eate nor drinke anie thing else, but bread and wine, and that also, not as they are sacramēts, (for they know not of what thinges they are sacraments) but onely as they are of their owne nature, name­lie, bread & wine. For euen so also at the prea­ching of the gospell, they receiue nothing but bare words and the sound of the words. Ano­ther sort are indeed and before God wicked, though they are not so in respect, I meane, in profession, or in sight of men: such as are the hypocrites in the church: who are not indued with the true and liuelie faith, which is pro­per to the elect: but haue onely a temporall and an hypocriticall beleefe. These, comming to the supper, doe indeed eate and drinke no more then the former: that is, bread & wine. The reason is, because they haue no true faith, by which alone, Christs body is truely eaten. For all this the difference betweene these and the other is not little.

1 For the former, seing they beleeue none of all the things which they heare concerning Christs bodie in the supper: nor perceiue anie thing with their mindes: as little do they eate the true bodie of Christ: but onely with the mouth of the bodie they eate bread, as com­mon [Page 319]bread. But the other, seing that by their onely historicall, hypocriticall and temporall beleefe, they vnderstand in their minde, and in some sort, doe beleeue the things which are spoken and done: therefore by the same be­leefe and minde, they may bee saide in some sort to receiue, and in some sorte to taste, the bodie of Christ offred in the word and sacra­ments: although they doe not in verie deede eate it, seing they do not swallow nor retaine the same (for this properlie is to eate) in the stomacke of their soule for nourishment of their spirite: but rather do spue or vomitt out the same, being tasted, and after a sorte recei­ued downe. For so also we read in the 6 to the Heb. of those temporary professors: that they tasted the heauenlie gifte and good word of God: as if he had said, they tasted indeed, and that also by the gift of the holie ghost, but be­ing tasted, they cast it vp againe. And in the parable of the seede: the temporary ones were said to receiue the seede of the word: but that they kept it not, and therefore brought forth no fruite by it. These things cannot be said of the first sort of these wicked ones, which are most true of the second sort, namelie, these temporarie hypocrites. Let this then bee the first difference: hereuppon followes another difference betweene the eating of those and these.

2 They, seing the bread which they take into their mouthes, they nether acknowledge [Page 320]nor beleeue it to bee a Sacrament of Christs bodie: therefore they take it and eate it, not as a Sacrament, but as common bread: and therefore can they not be said to eate the bo­die of Christ sacramentallie. But these take the bread, not as common bread, but as a Sacra­ment of Christs bodie: and for that cause, are said to eate Christs bodie, though not in verie deede, seing they lack the mouth and teeth of true faith, yet to eate it sacramentallie: by an argument drawne, as they call it, à coniugatis: they eate the Sacrament, as the Sacrament of Christs bodie: therefore they eate Christs body sacramentally: and so farre forth as it is a Sa­crament, because they eate not Christs bodie in verie deed, but onely the Sacrament there­of.

Hereupon followeth that expositiō, wher­of we spake before, that it is not vngodlie to say simply and absolutely, that the hypocrites do eate not onelie the Sacrament, but also the thing of the Sacramēt, that is, not onely bread, but also the verie bodie of Christ. But in what sense? namelie, in that, wherein the Apostle said, all they of Corinth in their first state were vncleane, vngodlie, &c: afterwards he said, they were not onely vvashed (which some might haue interpreted onelie of the water of baptisme) but also sanctified. and iustified: when notwithstā ­ding they were not all made truelie such: but as yet there lacked not some hypocrits amōg them.

So all they which professing faith in Christ doe come to his supper, and eate the Sacramēt of the Lotds bodie, are saide also to eate the Lords true bodie, by reason of the sacramen­tall vnion, which causeth, that he which recei­ueth the signe, is by the church iudged to haue receiued also the thing signified. because there is no fault either in the institutor, of the Sacrament, or in the Sacrament it selfe, but that he which hath receiued & eaten the one, might haue also receiued and eaten the other: sith Christ by the minister doeth truelie offer them both: and the soundnes and trueth of the Sacrament, dependeth not vppon our faith, but vppon Christs institution, So that if we re­ceiue not the whole Sacrament, but onely the signe without the thing signified the fault is in our owne selues, who receiue one part with the mouth of our bodie, and cast away the o­ther part by our infidelitie (for an hypocritical faith is infidelitie:) separating those thinges which God would haue to be ioyned. By these thinges it appeareth, what difference is in the eating of those that are simplie wicked, & the hypocrites: although neither sort can bee said truely to eate Christs true bodie. For such on­ly do truely eate Christ, who are also truely in­grafted into Christ, by a true and liuelie faith: with which alone, the elect are indued. They which are dead corporallie, can no longer eate corporall meate: how then should they which are dead spirituallie, bee fedd with spirituall [Page 322]foode? And onelie the faithfull, doe therefore liue, because by a liuelie faith, they are ioy­ned vnto Christ, which is our life, as members to their head: as braunches to the vine, as the boughes to their tree. And if, as Cypri­an saieth, it be meate of the minde, not of the bellie: surely it is eaten vvith the teeth not of the bodie, but of a faithfull minde: which onely the godlie can doe.

If likewise the bodie of Christ be (as Irene­us speaketh) a heauenlie matter: [...]owe can it bee eaten of them, which haue nothing in them that is heauely, but are altogether earthly mē: & indued with no faith, whereby they may as­cend vp into heauen, and eate the heauenlie foode? therefore onely the godlie can do this.

But the faithfull also are not affected all a­like, or after one sort: seing verie oftē they eate worthelie, but sometime it chaūceth, that they eate vnworthelie: and therefore are sundrie wayes chastened by God for it.

They are saide to eate worthelie, who be­fore they eate of the Lords bread, doe exa­mine themselues, whether they be in faith: & if they be, then they diligentlie waye and cō ­sider the signification and greatnes of this mi­sterie: moreouer they trye their consciences, whether they bee touched with a true repen­tance: and by earnest & hartie prayers do stirre themselues vp to both.

And they eate vnworthilie, who although they be planted in Christ, by faith and the spi­rite [Page 323]of regeneration: yet their faith being in some sorte choaked with the cares of this world, & other affections of the flesh: doe nor sufficientlie proue themselues: do not diligēt­lie examine, nor stirr vp themselues, to an ear­nest consideration of so great a misterie: nor weigh with an attentiue minde, what is giuen in that holie table; what the Lord requireth of them; for whome, and for what purpose the Supper was instituted by the Lord: Lastlie, they do eate vnworthelie, who as the Apostle speaketh) discorne not the Lords bodie: and so come not to that table, with a due reuerence, & feare of the Lord: discerning in their minde and by faith, the thinges signified, from the signes, and the signes from other common meates and drinkes, in such sufficient manner as they ought: whereby they doe not aswell open the mouth of the inward man, to eate the spirituall foode; as they doe the mouth of the outward man, to eate the foode, which (of it owne nature) is corporall. By reason of this duetie so neglected, namelie, that they do not sufficientlie prooue themselues, nor discerne or iudge of the Lords bodie, and consequent­lie do eate vnworthilie the Lords bread, chri­stians and faithfull men other whiles are wōt to be visited with diuers chastisemēts of God, yet such as are for their saluation, least they should be condemned in this world. And of them doth the Apostle properly speake, in the 1. Cor. 11. and not of such as be simplie wic­ked [Page 325]and more hypocrites, when he saith, these doe eate iudgement vnto themselues, &c. This is thus prooued.

1 Because he saieth not, that they which thus eate vnworthilie, doe eate vnto them­selues [...], which signifieth eternall de­struction, but [...] iudgement: which words, what difference there is betwixt them, is ma­nifest in the same text, where the Apostle in the 32 veise faieth [...], Wee are iudged or corrected of the Lord, [...], least we should be condemned with the world.

2 When hee declareth the punishment, which they shall haue which eate vnworthily, he rehearseth none but teporall chastisemēts, making no mention of eternall destruction: For this cause, (saieth he) many are vveake, and sicke &c.

3 Add this, that he saieth, if vvee vvill iudge our selues, (that is, trye our selues, and acknow­ledging our sinnes, chastife our selues by re­pentance and by true faith, and amendment of life, seperate, our selues from the world, we should not be iudged: namelie of the Lord, who doth therefore chasten & mortifie vs, because we do not mortifie our affections, nor repent vs of our sinnes.

4 And what meaneth this, that in most plaine wordes, hee calleth this iudgement, by which wee are therefore iudged, because wee eate vnworthilie the Lords bread, a chastning, ve­rie prositable for vs. For thus he saieth. But whē [Page 326]we are iudged, we are chastened of the Lord, because we should not be condemned with the world.

3 And surelie he placeth himselfe and all the other true beleeuers, in the number of those, which being iudged, are chastised of the Lord for their saluation. For he maketh two sortes of men: the wicked, which are vnderstood in the name of the world: and teacheth that vpon them awayeth eternall destruction: and then the godlie, who by reason of their manie falles and vnworthinesses, are also chastened by ma­nie punishments, least they should also be cō ­demned together with the wicked: and them hee setteth downe vnder [...] iudgement, that they may auoide [...], eternall destruction. This place therefore is to bee vnderstood pro­perlie of the faithful, but such as are vnperfect, and therefore doe greeuouslie sinne, because they come vnworthilie to the Lords table.

Whereas some doe expound the same also of the wicked, and do take [...] iudgement, for [...] condemnation, this is rather to bee vnderstood, that it is by a certaine consequēce, with an argument drawne, from the lesse to the greater, then by force of the text: Thus, if the godlie which sometime eate vnworthily, doe eate vnto themselues [...] condemnation: then what [...] condemation, shall abide the wicked?

[...] therefore, if it be spoken of the godlie, is taken for chastisement: if of the wicked, it signifieth eternall destruction.

Vppon the 17. chapter. Aphorisme 1.

Here we spake of such as bee of yeares of discretion: concerning the yong infants of the faithfull, the reason is otherwise: as in another place we declared. For the holie ghost doeth ingraft them into Christ, as true members to their head, from whome they draw their life: yea and we also beleeue that they are endued with the spirite of faith: although through the weakenes of nature in them, they cannot vse th [...] same: euen as they cannot vse the vertue of their vnderstanding; whenas notwithstan­ding, they are not without a minde or the fa­culties thereof.

The 2. Aphorisme.

In the description of faith, I willingly vsed those two words of wisedome and prudence: fol­lowing the most learned diuine M. B. vppon the Epistle to the Ephesians: because in the former, I comprehend the knowledge of chri­stian religion, of God, of Christ &c. in the lat­ter the practise thereof, into which two, the whole gospell is dissinguished, which christiā religion imbraceth, and vpon which onely it is grounded.

Whereunto belongeth also, that others doe teach, how faith is an assured knowledge con­cerning God, and Christ, conceaued by the word of God &c. And the whole christiā do­ctrine consisteth partly in knowledge, & part­ly in practise.

And there bee two kindes of the actions of faith: one in the vnderstanding, another in the will. The vnderstanding being endued with the light of faith doeth perceiue, assent vnto, and beleeue thinges set downe in the word: The will being filled with the power of faith doeth loue, desire and embrace the same thinges, as good: And further, such thinges as pertaine to outward workes, those it commaundeth to be performed faithfully and prudently by the other faculties of the minde and instruments of the body.

Vpon the 19. chap. Of iustification. Aphorisme 6.

Whereas I so expounded that place con­cerning the faith of Abraham out of the 15 of Genesis, and the 4. to the Rom. as I saide, that that same thing was imputed vnto him for righteousnes, which hee beleeued concerning Christ the promised seede: I did it rather res­pecting the matter it selfe, then the bare word of faith. For I was not ignorāt, that both Mo­ses and Paule spake of the faith of Abraham, that this (faith) was imputed to him for righte­ousnes: seing the Apostle manifestly gathering a general doctrine from the example of Abra­ham, adioyneth these wordes: But to him that vvorketh not, but beleeueth in him that instifieth the vngodlie, his faith is counted for righteousnes: that is, hee is therefore accompted iust with God: because he beleeueth in him which iu­stifieth the vngodlie: by which place it most [Page 328]plainelie appeareth, that from the true iusti­fication of vs, are excluded our owne works, and that it is whollie ascribed, to onely faith, aswell touching the ende, as touching the beginning.

But when the question is asked, what cause there is, why iustification should be attributed to faith, and not to the works thereof: it is wōt to be aunswered, and that both well and true­ly, because faith & not the works thereof, doth apprehend remission of sinnes, and Christ our righteousnes. For by it we are not iustified in respect that it is a worke, but in respect that Christ is apprehēded by it: by the righteousnes of whom alone, being imputed vnto vs, we are properlie reputed iust before God: and this is that which some say, how faith iustifieth not in respect of it selfe, but in respect of the obiect, which it taketh hold on. Thus is it manifest, that it is true which I saide, how that was pro­perlie imputed vnto Abraham for righteous­nes, for that hee beleeued God concerning Christ, namelie that in him all nations should be blessed: and therefore Abraham himselfe also.

Likewise in the last aphorisme.

Neither deo wee allow of those which set our iustificatiō in the only remission of sinnes: denying the imputation of the iustice and o­bedience of Christ: which we thinke to be re­pugnant to the Scriptures.

Esay 7. Achild is giuen vnto vs, &c, Whatso­euer [Page 329]therefore he did, or hath, it is wholly ours.

Rom. 5. As by one mans disobedience, many were made sinners, so by the obedience of one, many shalbee made righteous. The disobedience of Adam, was the breaking of Gods commaundement, therefore the obedience of Christ cōsisteth not onely in his death, but also in his whole former keeping of the law. Likewise, the disobedience of Adam was whollie imputed to vs: why not then also Christs whole obedience? Also wee are two manner of wayes made sinners by A­dams disobedience: namelie by imputation of his transgression, and by the reall deriuation of sinne, that is, of concupiscence into vs. Why then should we not thinke the same of Christ? The vertue of his obedience to the commaun­dements of God the father, is truely commu­nicated vnto vs: so that wee also begine to o­bey Gods law. What lets then, why wee may not say, that his whole obedience is imputed vnto vs? 1. Cor. 1. He is made vnto vs of God wise­dome and righteousnes, and sanctification, and redēp­tion. Phil. 2. He became obedient vnto death: for which humbling of himselfe, and obedience euen vnto death, God hath highlie exalted him, and in him vs, &c. He hath deserued, by his obedience, eternall glorie, for himselfe & vs: as al the schoolemen and fathers do teach. Therefore his obedience also to the law, is im­puted vnto vs for righteousnes.

Gal. 4. He was made subiect to the law, that hee might redeeme those vvhich were vnder the lavve. [Page 330]Therefore he kept the law for vs, and for our saluation. The testimonies of the fathers, and also of the learned men of this age, for breui­tie sake we ouerpasse. To conclude: we be­leeue concerning Christ, that as for vs men, and for our saluation, hee came downe from heauen, and was incarnate: so also for the same cause, he kept the law, and did all the o­ther things.

Vppon the 25. chapter. Aphor. 10. and 11.12.

When I write this cōfession of saith, I write euerie thing vppon a good conscience: and as I beleeued, so I spake freelie: as the holie scriptures doe teach that wee ought to doe. My faith is grounded simplie, and principal­lie, on the word of God: and next, some­what vpon the common cōsent of the whole auncient catholicke church if it doe not gain­saye the holie Scriptures. For I beleeue, that the thinges which were decreed and receiued of the fathers, by common consent of them all gathered together in the name of the Lord, without anie contradiction of holie Scrip­tures: that they also (though they bee not of equall authoritie with the Scriptures) come from the holie ghost. Hereupon it is, that the thinges which are of this sorte, I neither will nor dare disprooue, with a good consci­ence. And what is more certaine, out of the histories, the councells, and writings of all [Page 331]the fathers: then that those orders of mini­sters of which wee spake, were ordained and receiued in the church, by common consent of all the whole christian common wealth? And who om I, that I should disprooue that which the whole church hath approoued? Nei­ther haue all the learned men of this age, da­red to disprooue the same: as knowing, both that the church might lawfullie doe so, and that all those thinges were ordained and done vppon a godlie purpose, and to excel­lent good endes, for edification of Gods chil­dren.

For confirmation sake hereof: I haue thought good here to insert, that which Martin Bucer of godlie memorie, a man both for life and learning most famous, hath left written con­cerning those matters vpon the Epistle to the Ephesians.

The ministerie of the worde, being perfor­med by reading and rehearsing the diuine Scriptures, by interpretation and exposition of the same, and with exhortations takē there out, and also by rehearsall and catechisme, which is done by mutuall questions and aun­swers of the yong beginner and the catechi­zer: and also by holie conferences, and deci­ding of the hard questions about religion: according to this manifold dispensation of wholesome doctrine, there are also manie dueties in this function. For whatsoeuer belō ­geth [Page 332]to the perfectest manner of teaching, is with an especiall care to bee vsed in the mini­sterie of the doctrine of saluation: because in­deed it ought to be deliuered as a knowledge both of all other most diuine, and of all, most difficult: namelie, that he which is man, should liue according to God. Now they which do teach di­ligently the artes, as they are contained in cer­ten knowne books: as, if they meane to teach mathematicall principles out of Euclide: first of all they will reade and rehearse the same booke: by and by, they will expound the seue­rall words, such as euerie one knowes not, as euerie art hath it owne proper wordes and names. Then if there be any collection or ar­gumētation darke or intricate, they explaine the same by Analysis or resolution, and set it forth by examples: and by generall precepts they teach particular things, and declare how largelie the same are ment and taken. And this is properlie to teach. Now though this bee in faithfull and sound deliuerie of instruction, yet a true & faithfull teacher, not contenting himselfe thus, doth also rehearse and often ta­keth accompt of that which he teacheth: and is still at hand among his schollers, that of such things as they doubt, they may euer require and aske the plainer exposition of himselfe. Moreouer the thinges which he hath taught them, he also propoundeth to be decided and handled in publike disputations, that no whit [Page 333]of doubt may remaine. To these thinges also, he adioyneth oftentimes exhortations, to en­courage them forward in the same instructiō: and exhortations from such matters as may hinder the same, and also generall admoniti­ons, reprehensions, and childings. Lastlie, such a maister marketh diligentlie, what profite e­uerie one of his schollers taketh: & if he finde anie one to loyter in his learning, he both pri­uatelie corrects him, and admonisheth him of his duetie: if he perceiue anie to goe through his learning lustilie, him he encourageth, com­mendeth, and whetteth on to follow the stu­die of it more & more. From the seuen due­ties of tea­ching were brought into the church 7. orders of ministers. All these seuen points of teaching, did our Lord Christ also obserue. In the Synagoge at Nazareth he read the 61. chapter of Esay and expounded it, Luc. 4. He expounded the commaundements of God v­pon the mount, Math. 5. And he taught in all places: and exhorted: he reprehended, out of the word of God. And he made aunswer to al that asked him, aswell good as badd: and also asked them, as Matt. 22. He also catechized his disciples: and he himselfe was present at a ca­techizing, Luc. 2.

Sith then the ministerie of teaching doth require such manifold labour: there haue bin also many sorts or orders of ministers appoin­ted to this ministerie. And first of all readers, whose office was in some pulpit or high place, to rehearse the diuine scriptures. Now this re­hearsall of the scriptures was instituted to this [Page 334]ende, that the language and manner of phrase, in the scripture, and the scripture it selfe also might so bee made better knowne and more familiar to the people. For within one yeare they reade ouer all the bible to the people: where as they which shall expound the scrip­tures, are not able to performe more thē some one parte, and that not greatnether, in one yeares space. And meane while by the onely reading of the holie Bible to the people, the knowledge of all the principles of our salua­tion, was wōderfullie confirmed: for the same are still againe and againe repeated in each of the holie books, and are declared by other & other words, so that the people might often, by the following readings, learne that which by the former they could not so wel conceiue: And by this verie meanes the peoples iudge­ment was strengthened, aswell in religion, as also in the expositions of scriptures, and in all doctrine, which was brought vnto them either by the lawfull curats & teachers of the church, or by others. For this cause this office of onely reading the Scriptures to the people, was greatly esteemed in the auncient churches: neither were any chosen for this ministerie, vn­lesse they were commēded for singular piety. Which we may knowe aswell by other monu­ments of the auncient fathers, as especially by two epistles of Saint Cyprian, as the fiue Epist. of Aurelius the reader ordained, & the 5 & 3. Epist. booke 2. of Saturus, and in the 4. booke [Page 335]of Celerinus, Celestinus. To these readers were afterwardes also added queristers or singing men, which ordered and directed the singing of the psalmes and hymnes. For the reading of the holie Scriptures, it is, by Gods grace, verie well appointed in the churches of En­gland: if so bee that there were meete men ordained, which might add a grauitie and a religion worthy the diuine ministerie in the holie readings. Let them therefore diligent­lie weigh & consider whose mouth they make themselues, which read the holie books vnto the people in their sacred assemblies: euen the mouth of the Lord Almightie: as also of what force, and of what dignitie the words at which are read, which be the words and precepts of eternall life: Lastlie, vnto what manner of men: and for what purpose the readers of the diuine Scriptures ought to serue. For they serue to administer the worde euen to the children of God; for whose saluation the first begotten sonne of God powred out his pre­cious blood: and to whome, by them, the same saluation is more and more declared & made perfect. All which things, whosoeuer weigheth with himselfe in true faith, what grauitie, de­cencie, religiousnes, can be vsed in any action, which such a reader may ouerslipp? And this they, whosoeuer be appointed for that office, ought euermore to haue in the sight of their minde: that the things which are read, must effectually serue for the edificatiō of faith in the [Page 336]hearers: which is then done, when the same things are well vnderstood and receiued as the very words of god. To both which is requisite, a pronunciation, verie plaine, discreet, graue, and religious. Hereby it is knowne, that they are not Christs ministers, who do so read the holie Scriptures, as if onely this were to bee re­quired, that as little tarrying as may be, might be made in rehearsing the same.

Now another duetie is, the interpretation of the doctrine which is to be disposed, namly, a more plaine declaration of the wordes, and sentences. This office was performed by bi­shops and Elders: and sometime by them of the order of Deacons and subdeacons: some­time also they employed vnto this function some of the laitie, whom they found by the ho­lie ghost to be made fitt for the profitable exe­cuting of the same. So Origen also a lay man, was called vnto this office in the church at Cęsarea in Palestine, by Alexander bishop of Hierusalem, & by Theoctist bishop of the same church at Caesarea. So Euelpis was called by Neonus bishop of Larandi: and Paulinus, by Celsus bishop of Iconium, and Theodorus of Atticus, bishop of Sinadi. This we read in Eu­sebius his sixt booke of his ecclesiasticall storie chap. 20: and out of the epistle of those two bishops, Alexander of Hierusalem, and The­octist of Caesarea in Palestine, vnto Demetrius bishop of Alexandria, who had reprehended the deed of these two bishops concerning O­rigen, [Page 337]as a thing neuer heard of, that a lay man where bishops were present, should speake to the people in the congregation. But this the same bishops manifestly affirmed, was not true but that godlie bishopps had euer vsed, to ex­hort such as they knewe meet men among the laitie, to profite the people by interpreting the Scriptures and by teaching, to execute this duetie, euen when themselues were present. And therefore this second and third parte of the holie m [...]nisterie, name lie interpretation & teaching; the Bishops and Elders did admini­ster by themselues: yet if they knewe or found anie among the inferior orders, and of the laye sort also, that were fitt for that duetie, they ioy­ned them as fellow-workers with themselues. In the same manner also the Bishopps and El­ders did execute the fourth part of the deliue­rie of the doctrine, which is, out of the scrip­tures expounded to make exhortations to the dueties of piety, and dehortations from sinne, and from al things which might neuer so little hinder and stopp the course of a godlie and holie life: to reprehend them which sinned, & to cōfort the penitent: this function was chief­lie performed by the bishops and elders, be­cause irrequireth an especial authority, 1. Tim. 5. The fift part, Catechizings they committed to Elders, or Deacons, or sometimes to mini­sters of inferior orders, euen as euery one, was thought most fitt for that kinde of teaching. So Origen was also a Catechist at Alexandria, [Page 338]as wee may reade in the sixt booke of Euse­bius his storie of the church chapter thirteene and twentie. The sixt parte also, the holie disputations, they appointed to those that seemed meetest: albeit for the most part the bishops themselues ordered the same. The seuenth parte, priuate conference, and ad­monition, the bishops also themselues had a speciall care to looke vnto: and also euermore exhorted the elders, and the grauer sort of the inferior orders to do the same 1. Thess. 5. Ther­fore this ministerie must be executed, by rea­ders, in rehearsing the holie Scriptures: and by bishops in expounding and teaching, exhor­ting, disputing, & priuate conferring: as also in reading and catechizing, if there bee not particular readers and catechists. But the ca­techizings they committed to certaine elders and deacons, or some specially chosen for that purpose, out of the inferior orders: like as they did also imploye in these dueties of interpre­ting, teaching, & disputing, whomsoeuer they found meete for the same, in any order of the ministerie, and also in the laitie as wee saide. And this was diligentlie marked and consi­dered in them all: that the holie ghost did so impart these giftes of teaching among men, that to one hee giueth a gifte and a singular facultie to interpret the holie Scriptures, and explane the same, to whome notwithstanding hee giueth not the gift so readilie and profita­blie to teach and confirme the principles and [Page 339]grounds of our opinions out of the holy scrip­tures, or to defend the same by disputation. To another also hee giueth a peculiar and no­table skill to make exhortations out of the ho­lie Scripture, or admonitions, or reprehensi­ons: also to cathezice: and to instruct priuate­lie: to whome notwithstanding, are not giuen the other partes of teaching. This varietie and diuersitie of the giftes of the holie ghost wee haue dailie experience of in those, which teach publikelie the people of Iesus Christ, which are the true churches of Christ, and doe suffer themselues to bee whollie gouerned by the holie ghost: Such doe religiouslie obserue what spirituall giftes are giuen to each one in the church: and do imploye euerie one in his owne function according to the same giftes so much as in them lieth. Wherefore to all the pointes of teaching, they appoint seuerall ministers, if among their owne they finde such as bee singularlie quallified and furnished by the Lord to euerie seuerall parte of teaching. But because it is requisite for the saluation of Gods people, that not anie church should omittanie of these seuen partes of teaching, which I haue reckened: Euerie one of the ministers, and laye-men also in what place soeuer of the church hee bee pla­ced, ought so farre forth as hee is able, to performe all these partes of teaching: both reading, interpreting, teaching, exhorting, catechizing, disputing, and, priuate confening. [Page 340]For each one must take vnto himselfe in admi­nistring these dueties, so much of each one of them, as he findeth himselfe furnished & made fitt for by the holie ghost. Let vs weigh & con­sider, the example of a houshold well sorted & ordered, in which the maister or husband exe­cuteth some dueties, the houswife or matron, other dueties: the sonnes other, & the daugh­ters other: the menseruants other, and the maideseruants other: Here while they be all at home and in health, euerie one fulfilleth his owne duetie: but if anie of the familie be from home or bee sicke, yet (if the necessitie of that seruice so vrgeth) they must all needs supplie that want, so that oftentimes the men must discharge womens duties, and women mens, the maisters their seruants, and seruants their maisters.

Also concerning clergie discipline.

The third part of clergie discipline is a pecu­liar subiection, wherein clerks and ministers of inferior degrees do subiect themselues to them which are in the superior orders & ministerie. This part of discipline the Lord taught vs, al­so by his owne example: who ordained his disciples to be teachers of gods chosē through out the whole world, giuing them a certaine gouernement or domesticall discipline, pecu­liar for this office: whome the Apostles imita­ting, had also euerie one his disciples, whome he instructed to the right performance of that holie ministerie.

For euerie difficult and hard course of life, requireth also a peculiar & perpetual teaching, instruction, and watchfulnesse ouer it: as wee see in the studies of philosophie, & in military discipline. Which Lycurgus considering, so instituted (as Xenophon reporteth) the cōmon wealth of the Lacaedemonians: that there should not be one sort or order in the commō wealth, but should haue a gouernement in it. Also Plato in his lawes and common wealth requireth that among citizens there should be nothing without gard. Hereuppon our Lord also, desirous that all that be his, should so bee setled and agree together, as the members in a bodie are setled and knitt one to another: doth make euery one of his to be in subiectiō vnto others by whome they may bee maintai­ned, mooued and gouerned, as by members hauing a more large & ample power and effi­cacie then others haue. The same is comman­ded by the holy ghost, Be subiect one to another in the feare of God, Eph. 5.

The holy fathers therefore in times past thus considering these matters, so appointed this order in the clergy, that al the rest of the clerks should be maintained and guided of the pres­biterie or Elders with singular care & diligence. And that among the Elders, the bishop, as a consull among the Senators of a cōmō wealth, should beare the chiefest care and gouernāce both of the whole church, and also peculiarly of the whole order of the cleargie. And in all [Page 342]the greatest and most populous congregatiōs they ordained bishops, and to each of thē they cōmitted the next cōgregations, which were in little townes & villages, & decreed that the elders & curats of those cōgregations whom they called Chorepiscopi: cuntrie or pettie-bi­shops, should euery one harken & obey the bi­shop & presbitery next vnto thē. These those superior bishops did call together, & all their whole clergie, and did instruct them in know­ledge, and the diligent execution of their of­fice. But whereas it was the Lords will, that his people should mutuallie loue among them selues, and should mutually care one for ano­ther, euen as farre and wide as might be possi­ble (for all christians are one bodie:) the holie fathers ordained that the bishops of each pro­uince (for then all the romaine iurisdictions were distributed into prouinces) should meet together with their presbiteries, so often as the necessitie of the churches required: but alwaies twise in the yeare, and there they should en­quire concerning Christs doctrine and disci­pline, howe the same was administred, and how it prospered in the churches: that where they found anie default, they might correct it: that which they knew to be well, they might confirme and set forward. And that these Sy­nods might also bee ordered aright and order­lie, they would haue the Metropolitaine, the bishops of euery mother cittie, to be the chiefe directors, to call them together and to guide [Page 343]thē: For in each prouince, the head citty, wherin was the māsion or seat of the chiefe gouernor, was called Metropolis, or the mother cittie. And therfore they inioyned vnto these Metro. politaine bishops a certen care & charge ouer al the churches throughout their prouince: that if they should vnderstād of any thing taught or done amisse either of the ministers of the chur­ches or of the cōmon sort, that they should giue warning therof in time: & if by their admoni­tions they could not amēd the same, thē for the correction therof they should call a Synode of bishops: for it was not graunted vnto thē, that they should execute any iudgement vpō their owne authority, ouer churches which had bi­shops of their owne: for the power of iudgmēt ouer both clergie & laity, was only in the hāds of the bishop & elder of the same place. And the bishops themselues were iudged by the Sy­nods. Therefore when there were any bishops to bee ordained for churches, it was decreed, that they should assemble at the same church, withall (if it might without hurte of the chur­ches) if not with some, at the least two or three of the bishops of their owne prouince, which (if he were not alreadie elected) should guide and gouerne in the election of the bishop, and the election being done should examine it, and inquire of the man elected most seuere­lie, and make due proofe of his whole life, and of his skill and abllitie to performe the office and duetie of a bishopp. And then at last [Page 344]should inuest him in his bishops function. All which thinges were instituted and serued to this end, that there might be as much know ledge and mutuall care betweene churches & the ministers thereof, as could be possible: both for the remoouing & expelling of all scandalls of doctrine and life, and also to the earnestes and more effectuall maintaining, prouoking & encreasing of the edification of faith, & a life worthie of Christ our Lord. In so much as if any one did loyter or neglect their owne duetie, the other bishops might be readie to help, yea euen so farre forth as to the suspending of the obstinate, and vtter casting them out of their bishops function. Wee should consider what Saint Cyprian writeth to Stephan the romaine bishop, concerning Martian bishop of Arela­tensis: who fell into the sect of Nouatian, booke 2. Epist. 13, and which he writt in his 3. epistle and first booke, Of a certaine flock distri­buted vnto euerie one of the shepheards, and which hee spake in the councell of Carthage, as hee writt to Quirinus.

Nowe further when the world beganne to be full of churches, & that the Metropolitanes had also neede of their peculiar care: (for not all, there beginning now to grow very many, had other skil inough or watchfulnes inough for their place: for euer and in all orders of mē there be few that doe excell) the care of some prouinces was committed to certen bishops of the chiefe churches, as to the bishop of [Page 345]Rome, of Constantinople, of Antioch and A­lexandria, and afterwards of Caesarea, & Cap­padocia, and certaine others, as by reason of the great encrease of churches of the faithful, necessitie did require. But notwithstanding, these primate bishops, (whom afterward they called Patriarches) had no authoritie ouer the other bishops or churches, more then (as I said before) the Metropolitaines had ouer the bi­shops and churches of their prouinces. Euerie one did owe a speciall care and diligence to that portion of the churches that belonged to him: it was his duetie also to admonish the bi­shops in time if any had offended, or negle­cted his duetie: and if admonition preuailed not, then to add the authoritie of a counsell. Among these the first place was giuen to him of Rome: both for the reuerence of S. Peter, and also for the maiestie of the cittie. Which reason the fathers afterward following, gaue the second place to him of Constantinople, as being a second Rome, and the bishop of the emperiall sea: whereas Antioch before, had obtained the second place among these patri­arches.

But as the nature of man depraued by am­bitiō, did euer labour more, that his rule might stretch farre, then to gouerne well: these patri­arches, by occasion of this generall care of the churches committed vnto them, drewe vnto themselues, first the ordaining of their neigh­bour bishops: and by that ordaining, they [Page 346]crept by little and little and at last confirmed a iurisdiction ouer such bishopps, and their churches: which mischiefe when it grew to bee verie great, there beganne a grieuous conten­tion, for a vniuersall rule ouer all churches: which the first that laboured to get vnto him­selfe, was one Iohn bishop of Constantinople, vnder the emperour Mauricius: concerning which cōtentiō there are extant many epistles, among the epistles of S. Greg. booke 5.6.7.10.

At length vnder Phocas, hee of Rome ob­tained this title of vniuersall bishop, which the bishops of that sea beganne more and more by degrees to abuse: euen vntill by occasion, first by diuision of the Empire vnder Charles the great, afterwardes by dissentions of princes and nations, whereby they tore and rent the power of the emperors of the West, and other kinges: they exalted themselues into that an­tichristian power which nowe they bragg of: hauing oppressed the powers, first of bishops, and then of all kinges and emperors. Thus therefore hath Sathan ouerthrowne the hole­some obedience and gouernment of the cler­gie orders: For the romaine Antichrist got to himselfe an immediate rule ouer all both cler­gie and laitie: & hath dissolued & broken the care and charge of bishops, such as were good bishops, ouer those that were committed to their trust. But seing it must needs be, that all orders of clerks must haue their gouernors & ouerseers, therefore the power of bishops [Page 347]must be restored, as also of Archdeacons, and al others, by what name soeuer they be called, to whome anie portion of gouerning and kee­ping the clergie, is committed: and also a watchfullnes and inquirie that there be none in this order vngarded or vnlooked vnto. Thus farre Bucer, not onely rehearsing, but al­so commending the custome of the auncient church, ordaining diuers orders of ecclesiasti­call functions, whereof we before spake.

I should also haue had consideration of those churches, which albeit they imbrace the gospell of Christ Iesus: yet they still retaine their bissiops and Archbishops both in deed and name.

What? that in the churches euen of the protestants, neither bishops indeed nor arch­bishops are wanting: whome, hauing turned the names out of good greeke, into badd la­tine, they call Superintendents, and generall Superintendents? yea there also, where neither those old names in good greeke, nor these newe in ill latine, are vsed at all: yet there are wont to bee some superior persons, in whose hands is almost the whole authoritie. The controuersie then hath beene about the names: but seing wee agree about the thing, why should wee cōtend about the names? By the way, as I did not disallow the Fathers, in that matter, whereuppon the question is: so can I not but loue the zeale of our men, which do therefore hate those names, because [Page 348]they are afraide, least with the names, the old ambition and tirannie should bee brought in againe, to the destruction of the church.

Aphorisme 12.

For neither did Christ ordaine any such head: neither would the fathers admit therof, because it was not expedient for the church: but contented themselues with the foure Pa­triarches of Rome, Constantinople, Antioch, and Alexandria, all which, were of an equall authoritie and power: and euery of them con­teined within his owne bounds: as also it was decreed in the coūcel at Nice, & cōfirmed in others: & that not without many & very weigh­tie causes: whereof, in my iudgement, this was not one of the least, least there should bee a doore set open to tirannie in the church: but rather if that any one durst attempt any thing, against the sound doctrin of Christ, & against the libertie of the church: then the other arch­bishops with their bishops, of no lesse autho­ritie, might oppose themselues against him, & suppresse his insolencie and cut of his tiranny. The church in respect of Christ is a kingdome: in respect of men, which are in it, and ether rule or be ruled, it is an Aristocracie.

Aphorisme 21.

These be two questions farre differēt: whe­ther bishops may also be princes, and princes bishopps, keeping also their principalities in their hands: and, whether they which are both bishops and princes, besids their ecclesiastical [Page 349]authoritie, may also haue ciuill power ouer those that are their subiects, and so, whether their subiects must obey them as princes, or not. In my Aphorisme, I spake not one word, of the former question, for it was not needful, but onely of the latter. Now who seeth not, how I shewed by apparent demonstrations, that princes must be wholly obeyed, howsoe­uer, rightfullie or wrongfullie, they bee made princes? For why should not they that are sub­iects both to the princes and Archbishops of Colone, Mentz, and Treuers, in matters that are not repugnant to christian pietie, be obe­dient vnto them? Surely it were meere sediti­on in them not to obey them. And if to these: why should not they also, which are within the iurisdiction of the bishop of Rome, in the same matters & for the same cause obey him? For there is one and the same reason of them all.

Of the former question (as I saye) I spake not at all: neither purposed I nowe in this briefe confession to discourse thereof: know­ing, that all are not herein of one opinion: & much may be said to and fro both wayes: that place in the 20 of Mat. (Yee know that the Lords of the Gentiles haue dominion ouer them, and they that are great, exercise authoritie ouer them. But it shall not bee so among you:) some expound it one waye, of the Apostles onely, and ministers of the word: others another waye, of all Christs disciples and all christians.

An appendix to the eleuenth chap. Of Christ the redeemer or of the person of Christ.

THey which write that the essentiall pro­prieties of the diuine nature, are reallie communicated to the humaine nature, not that they be in the same, either essentiallie and formally, or subiectiuelie and habitually, but onely by the reason, and respect of the personall or Hypostaticall vnion (for so they speake, darkelie indeede and ambiguouslie, when both they might and ought to speake plainer:) if they meane this in no other sense, then as Vigilius writ and thought: namely, that the proprieties of the natures, are made pro­per to Christ himselfe, but are common to the natures betwixt themselues, not in thēselues, but in Christ, that is, in his person: I will not surelie, gainesay them, neither do I thinke that any good or learned man will gainesay them. For Vigilius according to the catholick chur­ches doctrine, speaking out of the councell at Calcedon, said and declared, that the proprie­ties of the humaine nature were made commō to the diuine, in the verie same sense, that the diuine are also saide to bee communicated to the humaine. But now these proprieties of the humanitie, as to suffer, or to die, are so commu­nicated to the deitie, that for all that, yet the [Page 351]verie deitie is not made in verie deede, passi­ble, or mortall: the cause whereof, Vigilius set­teth downe to be this: namelie, because to die and to suffer, are not made common to the de­itie but onely in the person: so that they can not truely be said, but of the humaine nature by it selfe, and of the person, in respect of the humaine nature.

Wherefore we must euen so thinke and saye altogether of the communication of the di­uine proprieties. Vigilius owne wordes bee these booke 5. chap. 2.

And now sith out intention is chiefly bent against those which following the error of one nature, doe with a willfull obstinacie re­sist the decree of the Calcedon councell. I thinke it not amisse, for the remoouing of their vaine contradictions, and beating to peeces their glassie opinions with the mallett of truth, to rehearse some fewe things, concerning the humaine nature of the sonne of God, which they euerie waye denie to be in him: and to shew what want of christianity is in them, and how farre of they bee from the hope of euer­lasting life. It is a rule of the catholick faith, to confesse, one and the same Lord Iesus Christ, as true God, so also true man: one of them both, & not two into one: the same without all time borne of the father, the same in time borne of the virgine: so that each of these births do so hold on Christ, that he suffred not any losse in [Page 352]either: retaining in himself that was proper to him both waies, that is, that the nature of the word should not be chaūged in the flesh, & the nature of the flesh was not swallowed vpp in the word. Hereuppon the same Lord Iesus Christ, is true God, and the same, true man, ex­isting vnspeakably of two natures, vnited to­gether in one person in the virgines wombe: which natures, seing that in this wonderfull covnion they are not abolished in him: to shew a plaine extance and appearance of the pro­prietie of them both in himselfe being one, he did and spake thinges, belonging to both: not deuiding the wordes, nor parting the as­pects, nor seperating his deeds: but he himself being one, speaking and doing in himself and by both, that which was agreeable, and was proper to both natures. And to make it more plaine which we haue said, let vs vse an exam­ple as thus, I my selfe am hee, which with my bodilie eyes doe behold a white colour or a blacke: and againe I am hee, which by sight of my minde doe iudge of the euill of iniquitie, and the good of righteousnesse: yet notwith­stāding I am not now diuers persons, because I doe both these in a diuerse respect. For I doe not see the difference of coulours, with the same eyes, with which I see the diuersitie of speaches: and yet I am the verie same, which doe this both the wayes: both are in me not to see righteousnesse but onely with the eyes [Page 353]of my minde, and it is in me not to see co­lours, but onely with the eyes of my flesh: and it is in me not to heare wordes with my eyes, and in me not to see light with my eares: in me not to iudge of tastes with my nose, and in me not to perceiue smelling at my mouth. And whereas it is wholly mine owne proprietie in my selfe, to see, to heare, to smel, to taste: and yet it is one thing in me whereby I see, another whereby I heare, another wher­by I taste or smell: and all this being in me wholly, and yet in a certaine priuate respect deuided and diuers: I my selfe notwithstāding cannot be deuided or seperated: So therefore Christ himselfe also, being one and the same, created, and not created; hauing beginning, & being without beginning: growing in age & vnderstanding, and receiuing no increase of age and vnderstanding: suffering death, & not yeelding to the lawes of death: receiuing ho­nor for his desert, yet hauing need of no mās honor: and al these things being diuers in him, yet are meerely proper vnto himselfe: And therfore he diuideth not in himself, the words, affects, and deedes, agreeable both wayes in himselfe: because both are properly his owne: yet hauing one proprietie by the nature of the word, which remaining God, he lost not: and a­nother by the nature of the flesh, which, being made man, hee receiued. Wee will yet speake more, to confirme more plainely this one na­ture: for their sakes which through their vn­saide [Page 354]skilfullnesse, not vnderstanding the proprie­tie and communion of the natures, howe it is said to be in Christ, do abuse and vtterly refuse the same words.

It is diuerse and another thing, not to haue beginning, and to subsist by a beginning: to die, and not to bee able to suffer: yet, as they are both proper vnto Christ, so are they both common, not vnto him, but in him. For if wee say, common vnto him: we must needs bee vrged and driuen, to giue and shew some other, with whom the same should be common vnto him: which necessity of instance, cannot but incline to the impious opinion of Nestorius. We ther­fore better and more catholically: saye, it is common in him and not to him: and so wee say better, it is proper to him, and not in him. There­fore it is proper to him to dye, by the nature of his flesh, which is mortall: and it is proper to him, not to dye, by the nature of the vvord, which cannot dye. Likewise by that vnspea­kable misterie of the vnion of both the na­tures, the mortallitie of the flesh was com­mon in him, to the nature of the vvord, which could not dye: and the immortalitie of the vvorde was common in him, to the nature of the flesh, which yeelded to death. Therefore as it is proper vnto him in respect of both na­tures, to dye and not to dye: so it is common in him, in both natures, to doe that which is their proprietie: and as I maye (for example sake) say, it is proper to me, to carry the marke [Page 355]of the blacknesse of a stroakein my bodie, by the nature of my flesh: so it is proper to me to carrie the stripe of a word, that is, of some hard speach, in my minde, by the nature of my soule: and it is also proper to me, not to carrie the same stripe of wordes in my bodie by the nature of my flesh. And sith both these are proper to me: and both of them different from my bodie and from my soule: because neither my bodie vnderstandeth anie hard or any pleasing speaches, neither can my soule be made blacke by the stroake of a whipp: yet both these are common in my selfe, both to my soule and to my body: because, neither my soule placed out of my bodie, doth feele that, which is proper to it to feele: nor my bodie without the companie of my soule, can car­rie the marks of the blowes. That therefore, which is proper vnto me in either of them and yer different from neither of them; that is common in my whole selfe to either of them, which is proper to either of them.

And yet I am the verie same in them both, being both of them common in me: and I am the very same in either of them, being both proper to me. This saith Vigilius.

What can more fittly be said for the deci­ding of this present controuersie, of the reall communication of the proprieties? For this whole treatise of Vigilius is resolued into these speciall propositions, pertaining to our cause. For setting first downe a rule of the [Page 356]catholicke faith, which in the text is mar­ked with the letter A: then from the same hee draweth certaine positions, by which he mani­festly confuteth the heresie of Eutyches. The summe of that rule of faith, is this: that one and the same Christ, is God and man: & both natures are kept whole in him. Out of this rule Vigilius gathered these positions.

1 The Lord Iesus Christ, is the same true God: and the same true man. The reason: for he existeth of two natures, (the diuine and the humaine) vnspeakablie ioyned and vni­ted together in one person, and that in the vir­gins wombe. This is against Nestorius; against Eutyches, is added another position.

2 These natures in that wonderfull cov­nion, are not abolished in Christ. The confir­mation followeth by the life of Christ: because the Lord Iesus both by his sayings and deeds did shew that the proprieties of both the na­tures, remained safe and whole in him: there­fore he addeth.

3 To she we an extancie (that is, an exi­stence) of the proprieties of them both in him­selfe being one: namely: that the proprieties of both the natures did exist distinct in him: he spake and did things of both natures himselfe being one. This is also against Eutyches.

But how? namely so, that he shewed, howe these sayings and deeds, were not the actions of two persons, but of one. Therefore against Nestorius he also addeth: Not in making a diuer­sitie [Page 357]in vvords, or shewing sundrie aspects, or sepera­ting the deedes: but hee himselfe being one, speaking and doing in himselfe and by both (that is by both na­tures) that vvhich was agreeable and vvas proper to both the natures.

By these words we may perceiue these two thinges as cleare as the noone day: one that there were not in Christ, two which did worke and will, & vnderstand, but onely one: name­ly the very worde incarnate, which is called Christ: therefore he saith in himselfe being one &c. Also, hee himselfe being one speaking and doing in himselfe: this is the first, and that against Nesto­rius.

The other is. That yet there were and are in Christ working, two beginnings of actions, distinct in themselues: by which those actions (as the schoolemen saye) were formallie per­formed by the agent: namely the faculties or powers of the two natures: and this is against Eutyches.

And therefore hee ioyneth: by both (that is, by both natures) speaking and doing, that which is proper, to both natures.

Nowe who seeth not, that the the thinges which Christ did according to one nature: the same he did not according to the other? For he did by both, such thinges as were proper to each: he did not therefore according to his hu­manitie, such things as belonged to his deitie: nor contrary wise.

Moreouer to cōfirme and set forth the same [Page 358]he bringeth in an example of one & the same man, who according to the diuers faculties of the soule, doth worke diuers actions, and bringeth foorth deedes agreeable to each fa­cultie.

The example appeareth of it selfe, there: And to make it more plaine, &c.

But we must warily marke his particles, not onely the affirmatiues, but also the negatiues. For he denies that a man sees those thinges with the eyes of his flesh, which he seeth with the eyes of his minde: and contrariwise. Ther­fore hee also denies that Christ doeth those things according to his flesh: which he worketh according to his deitie. This he plainely de­clareth, whenas applying the example, be­sides other thinges he saieth of Christ, But ha­uing one propertie by the nature of the word, vvhich remaining God, he lost not: and another by the na­ture of the flesh, vvhich being made man, hee recei­ued, &c.

It is also to bee marked, that Vigilius, as­well denieth that Christ doeth by the flesh, that is, according to the flesh, those thinges, which are proper to the deitie: as hee deni­eth that hee suffred & did those things accor­ding to his deitie, which were proper to the flesh.

Vigilius also adioyneth a speciall declara­tion of the proprietie and communion of the natures, and the same verie perspicuous & cer­taine: where he saieth, We vill yet speake more to [Page 359]confirme this nature for their sakes, &c. The summe is this:

4 The proprieties of both the natures are proper to the verie person of Christ: but are common to the natures betwixt themselues, not in the verie natures but in the person. The declaration is this.

For to die (which is the proprietie of the flesh) is proper to Christ. For in that hee is saide to haue died: it is properlie spo­ken, in respect of the humaine nature which is in him. Also, not to die is proper to him in respect of his diuine nature, which cānot die.

Likewise to die, is common to the vvorde or deitie of Christ: not in the diuine nature it selfe, which cannot be partaker of death: but this was common to him with his flesh in the person, because the person which car­ried the flesh could dye in the flesh, and Ie­sus Christ did dye. The same is to be thought & said of the other part: as Vigilius also decla­reth: adding the example of himselfe, that is, of a mā: where he saith, And for example sake, to say, &c. In this example there is nothing but that which is plaine.

But the conclusion is diligentlie to be mar­ked, where he saith: That therefore which is pro­per to me in either of them, and yet different from either of them: the same is common in me to ei­ther of them, vvhich is proper to either of them. And yet I am the verie same one in them both, being both of them common in mee: and I am [Page 360]the verie same in either of them, being both proper to me.

Nothing can be said more cleare for the de­claration of the question concerning the reall communication of the proprieties. For first he teacheth, that the proprieties of the one nature are so proper vnto it selfe, that they are quite different from the other nature, and so diffe­rent, that in their proper essence they can by no meanes be made common: that is, they cā not be so really communicated, that the same should be made that verie same, or the like vn­to the other nature: as, for example, that the humanitie should bee made the deitie, or bee made omnipotent, or, on the contrarie, that the deitie could be made the humanitie, or be made partaker of passion or suffring.

2 He deliuereth in plaine tearms, that the proprieties of each nature, are proper vnto Christ: because indeed, it is proper vnto him in himselfe (for example) in one nature to suffer, and in his other not to bee able to suffer: so as this he hath common with no other thing, ei­ther in heauen, or on earth, or in himselfe. For there is nothing besides himselfe, that is both God and man: and neither of the natures in him, hath also the proprieties of the other na­ture besids their owne, in their proper essence. Therefore it belongeth onely to Christ God and man, to haue in himselfe really, & therefore proper to himselfe, the essential proprieties of each nature, both diuine and humaine.

Wherefore hereby is it manifest also, which before was said of the communication. For if this bee proper to the person of Christ, that these contraries, namely, to suffer, and not to be able to suffer, may truely and indeede bee said of him, and yet not simplie, but in respect of some other thing, that is in respect of his o­ther nature: Then can it not agree to anie of both his natures seuerally, that the same na­ture should truely and really be said, to be able to suffer and not to suffer, in it owne proper essence.

3 The proprieties of the natures which he said were proper to Christ: these hee taught to be made common in themselues, not indeed in the very natures themselues, but in his per­son. For example: To susser which is proper to the humaine nature simplie and by it selfe in it owne essence, but proper to the person in respect of some other thing that is, onely in respect of the flesh: I say this essentiall propri­etie of the flesh, by reason of the vnion, which the flesh hath with the deity it selfe in the same person, is made also cōmon to the verie diuine nature it selfe with the humaine: how cōmon? namely that to susser is truely attributed also to the diuine nature.

But how can that be, sith passion cannot fal into it? It is therefore common to it to suffer, not in the owne essence (for that nether could nor can suffer) but in Christ, that is, in the per­son of Christ, which consisteth of the two na­tures: [Page 362]and therefore, which onely according to the flesh suffred: so that in the proper essence of the deitie thereis no passion, but it is onely in the common person by reason of the flesh: and consequently God is also said to haue suf­fered, when notwithstanding the deitie suffred nothing, but onely the person of god & man, that is he which is God and man, suffred accor­ding to the flesh. I will rehearse this againe. The proprieties (for example) of the humaine na­ture, as to suffer, & to die, they are therefore said to be common to the deitie, because the deitie also hath them. For if in no sort it had thē: the same could be said no wayes to be made cō ­mon to it with the flesh.

Now then, they are truely said to be commō to the deitie with the humanitie, not simplie, but in Christ: because it hath them not in it selfe, that is, in the owne essence, as the flesh hath: but onely in the person of Christ, which is one and the same person of both the natures, seing it subsisteth in both of them.

The soule also hath the proprieties of the body, common vnto it selfe, not in it owne es­sence, as the bodie: but in the person of man, who as he consisteth of them both, as being his essentiall partes, so also he hath in himselfe re­ally the proprieties of them both: so as he may truely be said to be visible, and inuisible: mor­tall and immortall.

This which is said of the proprieties of the humaine nature, common with the diuine, not [Page 363]in the proper essence of it, but in the common person of both the natures; that the same also is to be thought and saide of the diuine proprie­ties with the humaine, we are taught by Vigili­us bishop and martyr.

These things being in very deed thus, it here­upon is to bee gathered, what manner of spea­ches may be thought agreeable to these mat­ters. If a propriety of the flesh, as to suffer, be in some sort common to the deitie, thē it may in some sort be said of the deitie. If it bee not in such wise common to the same, as to haue it in it selfe, as in it owne essence, nor as an es­sentiall parte of it selfe, nor as an accident in the subiect: then the deitie cannot bee said, in it owne essence, to bee subiect to passi­on.

But if it bee common vnto it onely in per­son: then to suffer cannot be said of the deitie in the abstract, but onely in the Concrete: this is, by such a worde, wherein the deitie maye bee so signified, as the person may bee signifi­ed with it: such as bee the Concrete names as God.

For by this name, so farre forth as therein is signified, the person of Christ, which is also God, and not bare man, it is truely and really said that God did suffer, and died: yet not fim­plie, and according to his deitie also, but one­ly according to the flesh: whose propertie it is to suffer and to dye. Wherefore as this is most true, God suffered: so this is most [Page 364]false, the deitie suffred: or that Christ also ac­cording to his diuine nature suffred. This is the doctrine of Vigilius, and the whole church.

But seing, that which Vigilius hath deliue­red, of the proprieties and communion of the natures, is indifferently said of all the propri­eties and their communion in Christ: so that by this hypostaticall or personall vnion, the diuine proprieties are said to be made commō to the humanitie in the same sense, that the hu­maine are to the diuinitie: namely not in the essences of the natures themselues, but onely in Christ and in the person of Christ: it follow­eth, like as the proposition is impious, the deny, by reason of the vnion with the flesh in the person of the sonce of god, is made partaker of passion in it owne essence: so also this is blasphemous: the humaine nature, by reason of the vnion with the diuine, recei­ueth of it, that it is omnipotent really, in it ovvne es­sence, &c.

Now if we add that, which the same Vigili­us left in writing out of the common consent of the whole church booke 4. chap. 4. this do­ctrine, which we shewed euē now out of him, will more plainely appeare. For disputing a­gainst the Monophysites (defenders of one na­ture) he plainely prooueth, by the diuers pro­prieties, which were seene in one & the same Christ, and which the holy Scriptures do speak of, that the word and the flesh cannot bee in him all one nature: he bringeth a reason, because one nature cannot receiue in it selfe any thing [Page 365]that is contrary & diuers: besides other things he also writeth thus: Moreouer if there be but one nature of the word and of the flesh, how can it be but that the worde being in all places, the flesh must be foūd in al places too? For doubt­lesse when it was on earth, then was it not in heauē, & now being in heauē, it is not likewise on earth: yea it is so farre from being on earth, as that according to it, we looke for Christ to come downe from heauen, whome according to the word we beleeue to bee with vs on earth. Therefore according to your opinions: either the word with his flesh is contained within one place: or the flesh with the word is in all places: whereas one nature cannot receiue in it selfe any contrarie or diuers things. But it is verie contrarie and farre different, to be circumscri­bed or contained in one place, and, to be eue­rie where: and seing the word is euerie where, and the flesh is not euerie where: it appeareth that one & the same Christ is of both natures: and that he is euerie where, according to the nature of his diuinitie, and is contained in a place, according to the nature of his humani­tie: that he hath beene created, and hath no beginning: that he hath died, and hath not bin able to dye: the one he hath by the nature of the word, whereby he is God: the other by the nature of the flesh, whereby the same God is man. Wherefore, this one the sonne of God, & the same made the sonne of man, hath a begin­ning, by the nature of his flesh, and hath no be­ginning [Page 366]by the nature of his diuinitie: he was created, by the nature of his flesh, and was not created, by the nature of his diuinitie: hee is circumscribed, by the nature of his flesh, and is not contained within place, by the nature of his diuinity: he is lesse also then the angels, by the nature of his flesh, and is equall to the father, according to the nature of his diuini­tie: he died, by nature of his flesh, & died not, by nature of his diuinitie. This is the catholick faith and confession, which the Apostles deli­uered, the Martyrs confirmed, and the faith­full do yet assuredly hold. Thus saith Vigilius.

By this the very same is vndoubtedly proo­ued, which was also by the other before, name­ly, not onely that the worde and flesh, cannot possiblie be both of one nature, as the Mono­physites affirmed: but also that the proprieties of the one nature, cannot really be communi­cated to the other: so as indeed, it should haue the same in it selfe, and that the one nature should be made the very like, that the other is: as thus, that the flesh, by reason of the vnion with the word, should also with the same word, bee made present in all places, in it owne es­seuce. For from this proposition, which is held for graunted, of all sound beleeuers, namely, The flesh through the vnion with the word, hath not gotten this proprietie of the word, that it selfe, should with the word be present in all places, in it owne sub­stance: from this proposition (I say) he conclu­deth, therefore neither is it made of the same [Page 367]nature with the word. This certenly is the argu­ment of Vigilius, yea of the whole catholicke church. What remaineth? onely this, that if it may be said to bee present in all places: it can be said to bee so, by no other meanes, then by the Hypostasie of it, which is the very word.

For in Christs humaine nature, there be on­ly two things: the proper essence of his nature, with his proprieties and gifts created: and the common Hypostasis with the diuine, which is the word it selfe. His proper essence is finite or determinate, and so is onely within one place: The Hypostasis is infinite, immeasurable, and most simple or vnmixt. And therefore in this onely, and not in the proper essence, the flesh of Christ can be, and in verie deed is, present in all places.

That which hath bin said of this propriety: the same is also to be thought of all the rest, aswell those of the word, as of the flesh. For also in the argumēt before going, against the Mo­nophysites, book 4. chap. 4. he concludeth the same, from certaine proprieties of the word, as is, to be vncreated, inuisible, vntouchable: & said, that it is impossible, the flesh should par­take in those qualities. Hereuppon he conclu­ded, therefore, the flesh cannot bee of one na­ture with the word: sith it can by no meanes be made, inuisible, vncreated, vntouchable: vn­derstand this in it owne essence: whereas not­withstanding in the Hypostasis of it, which is common to it with the vvorde, it is in verie [Page 368]deed, as in all places present, so also, vncrea­ted, inuisible, vntouchable, and what not? se­ing in the same Hypostasis it is also god. These things are all most assured and plaine, and do depend vpon that infallible rule, which he de­liuered in the fift booke and second chapter: namely, We saye better and more catholically: it is common in him, and not vnto him: And we say bet­ter, it is proper to him, and not in him.

I beseech all christians, by our Lord Iesus, that setting aside all the vaine dreames of pri­uate men: and reiecting all the affections, ha­treds, enmities of their flesh: and imbracing, the assured and wholesome doctrine of the aū ­cient church, and christian loue: wee maye all ioyne together into one holy league of friend­ship: euen as we haue all one God, one medi­atour, one baptisme, one hope of our vocati­on: to the glorie of Gods name, the building vp of the church, & the saluation of our soules. For sooner then we suppose; shall wee be sum­moned before Christs tribunall seate, that e­uerie one may giue account for that, which he hath done in the bodie, and in this life: seing that after this life, there is no hope of pardon, no place for amendment.

CERTAINE POSITIONS OF THE same Zanchius.
Of some principall articles of our christian faith, against diuers heresies at sundrie times disputed on, partly at Heidelberg, partly at Newstade.

FOr what purpose I published this confes­sion with my obseruations vpon it: for the verie same cause, at this time haue I ga­thered together these positions concerning sundrie matters in question, which were han­dled partly vnder Frederick the third of godly memory at Heidelburge, partly vnder my fa­uourable Lord Iohn Cassimier, erector of this schoole, here at Newstade, against diuers here­sies: and being all brought together, I thought good to haue them printed with my confessi­on: thereby, that al posteritie might euidently see, that I neuer consented to any of these he­resies, which in these dayes of ours haue beene fetcht againe from the depth of hell: and this, to Gods glorie, the edification of the church, and the saluation of manie, through our Lord Iesus Christ. Amen.

Of one true god, eternall father, sonne, and holy ghost.
yeare. 1572.

1

THere is one onely Iehouah, creatour of heauen and earth, and God of Israell.

2

And this God, though he bee one onely Ie­houah, yet is he not one, but meere Elohim: the number and names of whome, the sonne of God manifested in the flesh, hath clearlie and apparātly reuealed vnto vs, without all doubt: namely the eternall father, the eternall sonne, and the eternall holie ghost.

3

Further these three Elohim are true existen­ces, and those vndeuided, liuing, vnderstanding, willing: and therefore (as the church hath euer vsed to speake) true persons.

4

And the father, sonne, and holie ghost, are so distinct among themselues, as the one is not the other.

5

Yet euerie one of them is the true Ieho­uah.

6

Yet are there not therefore manis Ieho­uahs, but onely one Iehouah.

Of the nature, singularitie, and immeasurablenes of one true God.
yeare. 1573.

1

BY the name of the nature of God is vsu­ally signified, not onely his essence sim­plie considered in it selfe, but also all his proprieties, or attributes, by which hee is de­clared to vs and for our sakes, of what sort he is.

2

And therefore God is rightly saide, of his owne nature to be gentle, wise, good, and such like.

3

But albeit hee vseth to applie many quali­ties like to this his owne nature, vnto men, by which wee are made iust, good, wise; yet his owne nature he doth communicate to no cre­ated thing, which hee cannot indeede com­municate, vnlesse their could more Gods bee made.

4

God also besides his other proprieties, is simplie simple, or vnmixt; that he can no waies be said to be compounded of many things: no not of his being and essence.

5

For although hee attribute vnto himselfe, manie thinges in the Scriptures, as it were ma­nie qualities, as to bee good, iust, mightie &c: yet no quality doth in very deed fal into god: but of what sorte soeuer hee is, the same hee is in his owne simple essence: but by these diuerse names the infinite perfection of his most sim­ple essence is signified vnto vs.

6

But God not onely admitteth no compost­tion in himselfe, but also falleth not into con­cretion or substance of any created thing, as that he should bee either the forme or matter thereof.

7

God is furthermore truely immeasurable and in finite, & therefore present euery where: and that not in his power & vertue onely, but in his whole essence: filling heauen and earth and all the world.

8

But although he bee in euery place present: yet hee is more said to bee in heauen, then in earth: and more in his children, then in wicked men; and more in one godly man then in ano­ther: but this not in respect of his essence, but by the power of his working and of his grace.

9

Wherefore when we read in the Scriptures, howe God doeth either depart from vs, or re­turne to vs: we must beleeue he doth not so by [Page 373]chaunging of place: but by the effectes of his presence, both internall and externall; either shewing them or withdrawing them.

10

Yet he is in the humaine nature of Christ, in a farre other manner, then in vs: namelie, not onely in a more effectuall operation, but also in dwelling in him corporallie, and as a part of a thing compounded; so as he is true God, but we cannot be so.

11

But further it is so Gods propertie to bee immeasurable and infinite, and consequentlie also euery where present: as that it can belōg to no thing created, no not to the humaine na­ture of Christ.

12

For like as it cannot bee that any creature can be made God in essence, so neither can it bee, that that which is not God, should in it owne essence exist euery where, sith it can nei­ther be infinite nor immeasurable.

13

Wherefore, like as, by this, that Christ is shewed to be euery wherein his own essence, he is prooued to be true God: So if any would prooue the bodie of Iesus Christ to exist euerie where in it owne essence, they must either de­nie that Christs deity is prooued by that argu­ment, or els they must needs frame a new god and that a corporall one.

14

Christs bodie indeed is present, not onely in it owne vertue, but also in substance, to the minds of all godlie men, receiuing the same by true faith, and so by Christs spirite growing more and more into one with the same Christ, no lesse, nay more then the sunne is to the eies of al them which see: but yet Christs body can aswel exist in many places at once (much lesse euerie where,) in that manner of existing, where in it is in heauen: as the bodie of the sunne can exist in al the pattes of heauen and earth in the verie same sorte, that it is in his owne spheare.

15

Yet hereupon followeth it not (as some do impudently cauill) that the eternall and true deitie of Christ is denied: but contrariewise it is rather prooued, sith the vvorde of the deitie is defended to be of that sort; as it can be impar­ted to no created thing, so as the same should be God in essence, or equall to God in any di­uine proprietie.

16

For God could not bee the word: if of what sort he is, of the same sorte any creature might be made, no though it be a spirituall creature, much lesse a humaine bodie.

17

On the other side rather, they that wil haue his diuine and essential proprieties, so powred into the humanitie of Christ, that it is aswell [Page 375]almightie and euery where, as is his deity, they doe not onely open a wide gate to the Arri­ans, but euen take away the true deitie of Ie­sus Christ.

18

For hee is not indeede true God, whose es­sence and nature can be so really powred into any thing created, as that the same may bee made altogether such, as the same God is: re­ally and by it selfe, infinitely mighty, infinitely wise, extending it selfe (as I may say) endlesly, and by that meanes actuallie existing euerie where in it owne essence.

19

For the essentiall proprieties of God are in verie deed nothing els, but his verie essence: seing otherwise it could not be most simple.

20

To say then that Christs humanitie is aswell made almightie, and euerie where present, as is his deitie: is as if thou shouldst saye, that it is made such in it owne essence and nature, and therefore is true God.

21

Now such a deity is no true deitie: & there­fore the vvorde (which is horrible blasphemie) shall not be true God.

22

Add, that it is not onely most absurdly, but also most impiouslie saide, that the proprieties of the diuine nature are powred into the hu­maine.

23

For neither did we euer reade, that the word or any proprietie thereof was powred into A­brahams seede: as contrarie wise we read that Abrahams seede was taken by the sonne of God: neither could the proprieties of the word be powred into the humaine nature, without powring of the nature it selfe and the diuine essence: seing they are in verie deede nothing else, but the diuine essence.

24

But the diuine nature cannot be transfused into the humaine, but that the vnion of the na­tures must cease, and so a mixture and confusi­on must be made: and they which are so mix­ed, do cease to be that which they were.

25

Now therefore we say, that deitie, to which any created thing can bee made equall, is not a true deitie.

26

For it would needs be, that either the thing to bee made equall, must bee made infinite: which is altogether impossible: or els the same deitie to which it is to be made equall, must be finite, seing nothing that is finite can be made equall, but onely to a thing finite. But a deitie finite is no true deitie.

Of the eternall omnipotencie of one true God.
yeare. 1575.

1

WHen in the Scriptures god is called mightie, we must not conceiue in our mindes, that there is a passiue might in God: whereby he may suffer any thing, or leaue to be that which he is: or become that which hee is not by any chaunge of himselfe: but we must with a firme faith beleeue, (as it is indeede) that hee hath onely an actiue power, whereby he alwaies worketh and can worke.

2

For god is an essence most simple, most per­fect, truely eternall, voide of all passion, and vn­chaungeable, and most powerfull: & of whom and by whome all things are made.

3

Yet wee must not imagine any such actiue power in God, which is a diuers thing from his essence.

4

For God in his owne most simple essence is such, whatsoeuer he be: iust, good, or almigh­tie.

5

And although there be indeed but one one­ly power in God: yet for the diuers respectes [Page 378]wherein he is considered, it may be saide (not impiouslie) to be manifold.

6

For it is one respect when it is considered, as God workethal waies in himselfe in vnder­standing, willing, louing: and another respect, when wee behold it as God hath wrought out­wardly or without himselfen in creating the world: and as he euermore worketh in gouer­ning the same: and as he could worke innume­rable things, if he would.

7

Therefore as the actions of god are not vn­fittly distinguished into abiding actions, and passing: so the power of God may not vniustly be called two-fold, one, wherein he euer from all eternitie did worke and doeth worke in himselfe: the other, wherein he did not onely make, ruleth, and worketh all thinges in time without himselfe: but also can bring to passe infinite things, which he neuer will doe.

8

Whereuppon it is also that the same is vsu­ally deuided into actuall power, which wor­keth whatsoeuer hee will: and into absolute power, whereby he can also do infinite things which he will not: because otherwise he could not be said to be simply omnipotent.

9

For as we hold not with them, which think God is therefore called omnipotent: because simplie whatsoeuer can bee saide or thought, [Page 379]whether it be good or ill, or if the same implie a contradiction, he can doe the same: so nei­ther doe we subscribe to their opinion, which hold that God is called and is omnipotent for no other cause, but for that he can do whatso­euer he wil: that his power should so stretch no farther then his will: but we beleeue he is ther­fore almighty: in that besides he can do what­soeuer he will, he can also both will, & bring to passe, innumerable things which he will ne­uer will, nor bring to passe.

10

For when the Scripture saith, that God did whatsoeuer he would: it plainely teacheth, that he could haue done much more if he would. And he which saieth hee will haue mercie on whome he will, and he will harden whome he will, he sheweth manifestly, that he could as­well haue mercie on all, or harden all, as he can harden some, and haue mercie on some: and therefore that hee can haue mercie on more then he will haue merdie on: and so that: there are more things which he can doe, then he will doe.

11

For that which he can doe, be can by his na­ture doe: and therefore can not but be able to doe it: vnlesse he could also so doe, as that he should not be God. But whatsoeuer without himselfe he willeth, he freely willeth it: and therefore could also not will it, so as it is ma­nifest, [Page 380]that God can do more, then he will: se­ing he can will that he will not.

12

Now we say God can doe all those thinges: which are not repugnant either with his per­sonall proprieties, or with his essence and na­ture: or which implie not a contradiction: or lastly, which are not of the defect or want of power, if they be admitted.

13

Thus although the father, cannot bee the sonne, nor the sonne the father: neither also the father cā beget of himselfe another sonne, or the sonne any other of himselfe: yet there­fore doeth nether the Sonne nor the Father cease to be omnipotent.

14

For these are personall proprieties, that the father should begett and not be begotten, but the sonne be begotten, not begett: neither doth the essence of God beare it, that there should be more fathers, or more sonnes.

15

Neither is any thing taken away from the power of god, in that, he cannot bring to passe, but that he must be good, iust, wise▪ seing he cā not be God, vnlesse he be such, as the scripturs describe him.

16

So we take no power from God, nor weakē it at all, if we say God cannot sinne, he cannot [Page 381]suffer, he cannot bring to passe, either not to be that which he is: or that those things which are done, should not haue bin done: because these things are partly of the defect of power, and partly they implie a contradiction: And therefore are directly repugnant to the trueth of God: and simply impossible.

17

And so is it the propertie of God, to be om­nipotent, as that it can belong to no created thing.

18

For seing omnipotencie is nothing else but the verie immeasurable, infinite essence, and able to be communicated to no creature: that it should agree to that thing to be omnipotēt, vnto which it doeth not agree to be God in it owne essence.

19

Neither can a thing finite bee capable of a thing infinite, seing euerie thing is receiued according to the measure (as they saye) of the receiues.

20

Also it is no lesse contrary to the nature of God, that there should bee more almighties: then that there should be more gods. Where­upon christian religion will not allow: that the three persons in God should be said to be three almighties.

21

Wherefore although the man Christ Iesus is [Page 382]truely omnipotent, because hee is not man onely, but also God: yet his humanitie cannot be, or be said to be properly omnipotēt, with­out impietie.

22

For the humaine nature of Christ, though it be vnited to the diuine nature into one person of the word: and yet as it is not therefore made God: so neither is it made properly omnipotēt: but held still the owne weakenes, whereby it was able to suffer for vs and to die.

23

For neither could it haue suffred, if as God, so also it had beene made omnipotent: seing, to be able to suffer is impotencie: and there­fore God could not suffer, because hee is om­nipotent.

24

And if the humaine nature of Christ was made omnipotent, through the hypostaticall v­nion in Christ: why doe the Scriptures attri­bute it not to his humanitie, but to his deitie, that his bodie sawe no corruption: or that this soule being restored to him, he rose from the dead?

25

Furthermore as a humaine bodie, through the vnion with the minde, neither is made an incorporeall substance indued with will and vnderstanding: neither receiueth from it either immortalitie or the vertue of vnderstanding or willing: so neither the humaine nature, [Page 383]through the vnion with the diuine nature of the word, is made an essence subsisting by it selfe, most simple and most perfect: or hath receiued from it, to be properly omnipotent.

26

Noreouer the argument, whereby the fa­thers prooued against the Arrians, Christ to bee true God by the omnipotencie attributed in the holie Scriptures to the sonne, is quite o­uerthrowne, if we graunt that the omnipoten­cie, maye bee communicated to any created thing.

27

Lastlie concerning religion, wee must not speake but agreeable to the Scriptures, and to the analogie of faith. But the holie Scriptures doe declare none but onely God to be omni­potent, neither did the church euer professe a­ny otherwise in her creeds.

28

Whereas Christ saide after his resurrection, alpower is giuen vnto me: Authoritie is one thing, and power another: neither said he, it is giuen to my humanitie, but to me: neither was this spoken in respect of his nature, but of his of­fice of a mediatour. And that office was and is of his whole person, according to both na­tures.

29

Therefore as we beleeue by the holie ghost, God alone to bee truely and properly omni­potent, [Page 384]so also with the whole church do wee confeffe and preach.

30

But we doubt not that the humaine nature of Christ is indued, both with that power (though finite) which farrexceedeth the power of all created things aswel in heauen as earth: and therefore wherein it may well & properly be called the mightiest of all creatures: & also forthe hypostatical vnion with the truely om­nipoten: worde: although properly in it selfe it be not such: yet we graunt it may in some sort be said to be omnipotent: namely, in as much as it is so vnited to the vvorde, that both those things, which are proper to the vvord may also be said of it yet in the concrete: and the vvorde did vse and might vse his soule and his body as proper instruments, (yet the proprieties and actions of each of them remaining distinct) to performe many of the workes of his omnipo­tencie.

Of gods prouidence.
yeare. 1576.

1

WE beleeue and teach out of Gods worde, that the prouidence which the grecians call Rom. 13.14 [...] and also Luc. 22 Act. 4.28 [...] is in God: by which prouidence al thinges are Ps. 139.4 foreknowne, Ps. 119.91. preordained, and Don. 4.3. gouerned.

2

This prouidence of God is that Iob. 9, 4 12, 13 Ier. 51.15 most wise, Deut. 32, Psal. 145, 1 [...] Sap. 12, 15 most iust, & vnchaūgeable counsaile, Dan. 4.32 where­in hee Pro. 8, 22 Eph. 1, 9 decreed in himselfe from all begin­nings, of all thinges aswell in heauen as earth, both that they should be Thess. 2, 39 made, and that they should be made in such order and fashion as they are made: and to the Rs. 1.19, 92 patterne whereof he also Lev. 26, 4 Psal. 104.4 Hos. 2, 21 Eph. 4, 11 ordereth and gouerneth continually all things Gen. 1 in time, Deut. 8, 3 Psal. 72, 18 Ier. 32, 20. 1. Reg. 17, 4 sometime by certaine and ordinarie meanes, Psal. 115, 3 Rom. 9.10 sometime without them, but euermore Psal. 138, 8 Dan. 4, 32 Ioh. 5.17 mightilie: and that both for the Gen. 50, 20 Rom. 8, 28 Cor. 3, 21 Psal. 19.1, 1. Chron. 29, 11, 12 Rom. 9, 17. saluation of his chosen, and especially for the aduauncement of his owne glorie.

3

For besides that it is manifest, that God is Ier. 32, 17 Luc. 1, 37 omnipotent, wise, and exceeding 1. Cro. 16, 34 Mat. 19.17 good: whereby it cannot be that he should suffer this huge large world Gen. 1.1 Heb. 11, 3 created by himselfe, and wherein Christs Ioh. 16.33 church remaineth, to rowle after the rash hazard of fortune and chaunce: Psal. 33 & 147 Iob. 5. ibi. 9 ibi. 37.38. c. Sap 14, 3 Col. 1, 16 Heb. 3 Ios. 42.5 Also the holie Scriptures themselues in appa­rent words do teach, that this world is gouer­ned by Gods prouidence.

4

Neither doe we make onely a Neh. 9, 35. Act. 17, 28 Heb. 1. general pro­uidence in God, whereby he ruleth the whole frame of the world: but also we acknowledge and hold that peculiar prouidence, wherein [Page 386]hee worketh and guideth Iob. 37, & [...]8 euerie thing seue­rally, and especially [...]sa. 104, & [...]47 men, and of men, chieflie [...]at. 6, 26 & [...], 29 his elect, withall their actions.

5

For we know that nothing is done or moo­ued in the world, without the will of the [...]h. 4, 6, 7 Psal. 8, 5 [...]r. 10, 23 Ies. 43, 1 Psal. 139 Psal. 91 Zach. 2, 8 Mat. 6, 10 fa­ther: so that nothing can be more absurd, then to say, there may something bee done in the world: which God had not before ordained, & and which hee gouerneth not with his owne hand.

6

Neither yet doe wee thereby simplie denie, but that many thinges fall out Mat. 10, 29 Luc. 12, 6 casually & by chaunce: Pro. 16, 4 Dan. 4, 32 a Exo. 21.13 Pro. 16, 33 seing this being rightly vnderstood doth not impugne the eternall and infallible prouidence of God.

7

For God by his vnchaungeable prouidence decreed, not onely that such things should be done, as are done: but he also ordained from the beginning that all thinges should come to passe in that verie manner as they doe come to passe.

8

But in that wee saye nothing is done in the world without the will of the father: wee doe not thereby enwrapp God himselfe the most wise and iust director of all actions, into sinne, or make him author of sinne.

9

For sinne is [...]h. 3.4 a transgression of the law and [Page 387]a declining from the straight line of the diuine law. But God can neither Nu. 23.19 Tit. 1.2 Heb. 6.18 1. Ioh. 1, 5 decline from the straightnesse of his will, neither Ia. 1, 13 Ose. 13.9 doth hee in­still into others the fault of declining, Psal. 5, 6 nay God is a hater and a Deu. 32, 41 Ios. 59, 17 Nah. 1, 2 most iust reuenger of sinne.

10

Wherefore seing it belongeth to the proui­dence of God, that sinnes should be punished of God the iust iudge: by the doctrine of proui­dence it is rather prooued, that God is to be fea­red, and sinnes to be auoyded, then that there­by any blame can be transferred vpon God, or our wickednesses excused.

11

But whereas besides this which wee nowe spake of, there bee many other profitable vses of this doctrine of Gods prouidence: yet these two are principally to bee noted: namely, that this doctrine is a meanes that the godlie, in all their afflictions do flie vnto God, 2. Cro. 14 11.20.6.12 Psal. 46.1 Mat. 10.28 & 27, 23, 35. 1. Pet. 5, 6, 7. Iam. 4.11 who go­uerneth all things, and doe rest themselues in his bosome: and they referre all glorie to him alone in prosperitie: and are euermore hum­bled vnder his mighty hand, by which he wor­keth all things.

Of eternall election and prede­stination, and of redemption made by Christ. Out of the first chapter of Paule to the Ephesians.
yeare. 1579.

1

NO blessing since the worlds creation hath befallen or can befall vs, ver. 3. & 4 to which we were not elected and predestinated before the foundation of the world: neither is the same bestowed on vs by any other, nor by any means else, then by whome, and after what sorte God in his euerlasting decree had appointed: as the Apostle saieth, Wee are bles­sed in Christ Jesus vvith all spirituall blessing, e­uen as he hath chosen vs from the foundation of the vvorld.

2

As in Iesus Christ alone wee obtaine all spi­rituall blessing: so also in him alone wee were chosen and predestinated, to obtaine it; sith the Apostle teacheth both, namely, that vve are blessed in Christs, and vvere all chosen in him. ver. 3. & 4

3

VVhosoeuer wee bee that haue beene ele­cted: ver. 4 we were elected not onely to the ende, that is, eternall life, but also to the meanes or­dained for the ende. For S. Paule saieth, God hath chosen vs, that vvee should bee holy and vnbla­mable.

4

In that God hath chosen vs, ver. 3, 4, 5 hee it did of his loue towards vs, and according to the good pleasure of his will, and therefore our whole election is of free gift.

5

The ende of our free election is two-fold, ver. 5. & 6 our saluation, and the glorie of God: Of the first the Apostle Saint Paule saieth, VVee are predestinated into the adoption of the sonnes of God, and therefore to a heauenlie inheritance: of the o­ther, that it was done for the praise of the glory of his grace.

6

The saluation therefore of the elect in Iesus Christ is certaine and necessarie: the foundati­on whereof is the ternall, free, and vnchaunga­ble purpose of the will of God.

7

Who so haue beene chosen from the be­ginning in Christ vnto life euerlasting, and to the meanes thereunto: all they and onely they in the time appointed of the father, ver: 7 which is called the fulnesse of time were in verie deede, through Christ and in Christ redeemed from their sinnes, and so from the euill which followeth sinnes: the Apostle saying, in Iesus Christ vvee haue redemption, euen remission of sinnes.

8

Neither were we redeemed, Tit. 3. v. 5 ver. 7. according to the merits & works of righteousnes, which we [Page 390]haue done, but according to the mercies of God and according to the riches of his grace, by the blood of Christ Iesus: both which are manifestly confirmed by the Apostle.

9

And albeit the eternall father redeemed & saued vs by his sonne, by whome he also crea­ted vs: yet the [...]onne is he, which by an especiall respect, the church of God vseth to call, the re­deemer of mankinde and our Sauiour.

10

For the Sonne alone, Lev. 25. ver. 48.49 was and is God and man: and he alone had the right of proprietie, as they call it, or of kindred to redeeme vs: & hee alone shedd his blood, whereby as by a ransome we were redeemed. Lastlie he it is a­lone in whose person our redemption is made perfect and accomplished.

11

By the name of this ransome, which wee are said to haue in Christ, [...]. Cor. 1. v. 30 wee meane that full and accomplished redemption: in as much as it containeth not onely remission of sinnes in this life, but also in the life to come after this, a perfect deliuerance from all ill, and from the bondage of all corruption: so that there is no ransome, which we haue not in Christ our most perfect redeemer, who as he is made vnto vs by God our wisedome, righteousnes, & sanctifica­tion, so also our redemption.

Of the resurrection of Christ Iesus from the dead, his ascension into heauen, and sitting at Gods right hand, out of the first of Paule to the Ephesians.
yeare. 1581.

1

GOd did effectually shewe the greatnes of his power in Christ, Eph. 1. [...] by raising him from the dead: therefore onely God, by his infinite power, is the efficient cause of the resurrection of Christ, and all the dead.

2

Yea but Christ also by his power raised him selfe from death; as he said, destroy this temple, Ioh. 2.19 and in three dayes I will build it vp: but hee spake of the temple of his bodie: and that, Ioh. 10.17 I lay downe my life that I may take it againe. Christ therefore is no lesse God, then the father, neither is hee God of lesser might.

3

But one and the same cannot be, truely the raiser and the raised from the dead, vnlesse he consist of diuers natures, of the diuine, accor­ding to which he doth raise, and the humane, according to which, he is raised. Therefore the same Christ, as he is true God coessentiall with the father, so hee is true man, coessentiall with his mother and his brethren.

4

Neither can any bee truely said to be raised [Page 392]and to rise from the dead, vnlesse the same bee truely said to be dead and to haue died. But death consisteth in a true separation of the soule frō the bodie, whereby the body which dieth may presently bee rightly called a dead carkasse. Christ then if he truely rose from the dead, it can by no meanes be denied, but that he also truely died, his soule being truely sepa­rated from his bodie.

5

If then (sith he truely died) neither his soule for that time of his death was in his bodie, neither (sith he was truely buried) his bodie while it honge vppon the crosse, was in the graue, or while it lay in the graue, hong vp­pon the crosse; neither sith God truely raised him from the dead) either his soule recalled his body, or his body recalled himselfe from death to life: therefore the humane nature in Christ was neither omnipotent, nor euery where pre­sent in it owne substance.

6

For as this consequence is not good, Christ Iesus himselfe was dead and buried, and rose againe from the dead; therefore he was dead and buried and rose againe according to both his natures: So neither is this, behold I am vvith you euen to the ende of the vvorlde; therefore not onely in his deitie, but also in the substance of his humanitie, hee is really present with vs on the earth.

7

But as this consequence is good, Christ be­ing God, suffered: therefore he suffered not according to his deitie, but according to his humanitie: so is this other, Christ Iesus being man is euerie where and simply omnipotent, therefore he is euery where and omnipotent, not according to his humanitie, but according to his deitie: seing the diuine nature is no lesse vnited to the humane, then the humane is to the diuine, in the same person of Christ Iesus.

8

If God himselfe, and so the diuine nature in Christ raised his body from the dead, not by the same bodie, but by it selfe: namely by the diuine nature, then it is false, that the di­uine nature in Christ did all things and doeth not onely in and with, but also by the humane nature.

9

For the soule of Christ Iesus doth not work all thinges by the bodie, as neither doe our mindes vnderstand or will thinges by the bo­dies: and that for this cause, that as the philo­sophers also taught, our minde dependeth not on the bodie. Much lesse then doth the deitie of Christ worke all thinges by the flesh which it tooke.

10

For doth the deitie vnderstand by the hu­mane vnderstanding, or doeth it will by the [Page 394]humane will? or doth it keepe or sustaien the humane nature in the person of the word, by the verie same humane nature? or doth it beare all thinges by the humane flesh or rather by the word of it owne vertue? Lastlie, if the forme of God doe nothing but by the forme of a ser­uant, how can that saying of Leo be true: each fo rme doth the propertie of it selfe vvith communion of the other?

11

Like as therefore the forme of God is one, and the forme of a seruant another: so the acti­ons and proprieties of the one and of the other be diuers: though manie times both the one & the other haue one and the same worke and o­peracion.

12

Wherefore this is no cōsequence: to whom­soeuer Christ commeth with the father, accor­ding to the forme of God: to him he also com­meth, and abideth in him in his owne substāce according to the forme of a seruant: much lesse that he is so euery where.

13

Further, like as no other, but the verie same Christ, rose from the dead: so he rose in no o­ther but in the verie same bodie, in which he suffred, died, and was buried.

14

For he could not be truely said to be raised and to rise from the dead: except that which [Page 395]truely died the verie same quickened againe should rise againe.

15

Now the bodie wherein Christ suffred, died and was buried: was a true humane bodie, vi­sible, palpable, circumscribed. Therefore Christ after his resurrection had and retained no body but that which was circumscribed in a certaine place, and wheresoeuer it was and is, might and may be seene and handled.

16

Add also, that the Apostle carefully discour­sing of the qualities, with which our bodies being raised vp to eternall life shalbe indued, he saith not, that they shal not be subiect either to the eye, or to the touch, or not bee circum­scribed in a definite place, but he rehearseth onely incorruption, glorie, and power, as is the agi­litie thereof, and that they shall rise spirituall, not that the corporall substance shalbe chaun­ged into an incorporeall, but that they shalbe (as the greeks call it) immortall, and shalbe full of the holie spirite dwelling and working in them. The Apostle therefore taught that these are qualities neuer to bee seperated from the bodies, namely that they shalbe circumscri­bed, visible, palpable. Wherefore neither did Christs body after his resurrection put of these qualities.

17

Neither is that exception any thing, that Christ after he was risen came in to his disciples [Page 396]the dores beeing shut. For it was not there­fore either made vnvisible or vncircumscri­bed or vnpalpable: seeing Christ being come in and seene of his disciples, presently saide, Feele or handle and see, Luc. 24. for a spirit hath not flesh and bones as ye see me haue. And therefore (as the Fa­thers teach) there was no chaunge made of Christs bodie, no more then there was, when he, or Peter, walked vpon the waters; but by the omnipotency of his diety hauing power ouer all things, the doores gaue place to the true and firme bodie of the sonne of God.

18

Wherefore not without cause did the Fa­thers condemne not onely Marcion, the Ma­niches and others, which taught that Christ tooke not a true and firme humane bodie, but a phantasticall one, and did all things ac­cording to imagination and phantasie: but al­so the Originists, Iohn of Hierusalem, and Eu­ticius of Constantinople, Hier. tom. 12. ad Pāmach. Greg. in Iob. lib. 24 c. 29. Bishops, and others, which said that Christs bodie after his resur­rectiō was made so spirituall, that it was more thinne then ayre, and therefore invisible and vnpalpable.

19

Seeing then that in the supper no other bo­die of Christ is giuen vs to be eaten, but that which was broken for vs, that is, truely suffe­red and died? it followeth that Christs [...] bo­dy which we eate in the Supper, is truely cir­cumscribed, [Page 397]visible, and palpable; and conse­quently seeing nothing is seene, touched, or perceiued in the Supper, besides bread: the same body cannot in it owne substance really be contained vnder the formes of bread and wine, or lie hidden in the very bread and wine.

20

Nowe we acknowledge the resurrection of Christ is both the cause and an example of our as well spirituall as corporall resurrection. The cause of the spirituall, because the Apostle saith to the Rom. 4. he rose againe for our iustification; and an example, because he saith, Rom. 6. we are bur [...]ed togither with him by baptisme, into his death, that as Christ was raised from the dead by the glory of the Father: so we also should vwalke in newenesse of life.

21

But that he is the cause of our corporall re­surrection, we doubt not, 1. Cor. 5. for that the Apostle saith, If Christ be risen againe, we shall also rise a­gaine; and for that he also saith, Christ is the first fruits of them that rise: and an example, for that the same Apostle also writeth, he shall chaunge our vile bodies, Phil 3.21. that they shall be like his glorious bo­die.

22

Wherupon It also followeth, either Christs bodie not to be invisible, vnpalpable, vncir­cumscribed, and so not spirituall bodies, but incorporall spirits.

23

For where Christ saith, Feele and see, for a spi­rite hath not flesh and bones, as yee see me haue: hee did not onely conclude that himselfe was no spirite, but he especially taught this, that there is no flesh nor bones but may bee seene and felt.

24

The Scripture teacheth, and the church cō ­fesseth, that our Lord Iesus Christ being raised from the dead, did shew vnto his disciples, for fortie daies space, by many arguments, that he was truely risen, and then euen in the be­holding of the Apostles, that he was lifted vpp from the earth & ascended into heauen. Ther­fore like as no other Christ rose againe then he which died: so no other ascended into hea­uen, nor in no other body, then he, & in which, that truely rose againe frō the dead, the sonne of God, truely humane, visible, palpable, and circumscribed.

25

Wherefore as the conuersation of the same Lord Iesus Christ, wherein he conuersed amōg his Apostles after his refurrection, for fortie daies space, was not fantasticall, but reall and true: so also his ascension was not onely visi­ble, but also truely (as the fathers say) locall: when the Apostles sawe him ascend from the earth vp into heruen.

26

But such an ascension and mouing, cannot [Page 399]agree to his divine nature: therefore he ascen­ded according to his humane nature.

27

Yet by the way we denie not this, but that Christ as God, like as he is said to haue descen­ded from heauen in respect that he abased himselfe, taking vpon him the vile forme of a seruant, and suffred in it: so also it may rightly be said, that he is exalted and ascended vp in­to heauen: namely in respect that in the very same forme of a seruant, when it was glorifi­ed, euen the forme of God was after a sort glorified by his ascention and after it: that is was made glorious in the wholle world.

28

But it is apparent, that as this consequence is not good, Christ himselfe beeing God and man ascended into heauen, in a locall and visi­ble moouing. Therefore he in the same sort as­cended according to his dietie: so neither is this good, Christ God and man is with us to the ende of the world truely, and in his owne essence, therefore he is present on earth as wel in the substance of his body and soule, as in the essence of his dietie.

29

If also the Apostles sawe with their eies Christan his owne body, by chaunge of place ascending from earth into heauen: then the heauen into which he did ascend, cānot be an vbiquitary heauen, but it must needes be farre distant from the earth.

30

Moreover nature and all right requireth that for every thing some certē place must be assig­ned: as we see god hath done in all the things which he created. Seing then no created thing can be found more excellent, then Christs bo­dy, both for the vnion with the word, and for the wonderfull gifts created in the same, and so also for the most perfect glorie and happi­nes wherein he nowe liveth: It must needes be that this bodie must exist in some certaine & most happie place.

31

Neither can it proceede but onely from trupiety, and from our true reverence, towardes Christ, that we should beleeue that his body doth dwell, not vnder the earth, not in the earth, not in the waters, not in a peece of bread, not in every leafe of a tree, not in the ayre, or in the celestiall speres, but in a place, as the most happie, faire, & perfect, so the high­est of al others: which we with Ambrose think the Apostle spake of, when he said, that he was caught vp: 2. Cor. 12.2. & 4. into the third heaven, and into para­dise.

32

To this, the same scripture also teacheth, & the Catholike faith beleeueth and confesseth, that the same Iesus Christ, shall come out of that heauen in the cloudes, Phil. 3.20. 1. Thes, 4.16. 1. Thes. 4.17. to iudge the quicke and the dead: and that we beeing rai­sed from the dead, shall be caught vp into the [Page 401]aire to meete him in the cloudes, and so shall be with him in that heauen for euer.

33

And this heauen, Ioh. 14.2. which is called the Fathers house, and the heauenly citty, and by many other names. The scripture prooueth to be placed aboue all the visible and mooveable heauēs: saying that Christ is ascended aboue all heauens, Eph. 4.16. and that he is in heauen.

34

For this heauen wherein he is in his body, and wherein we shall be in our bodies and soules, cannot be some vast and I knowe not what, vncreated roome: partly, because no­thing is vncreated but God, partly, because it is plainely to the Hebr. Heb. 11.10. said to be Gods workmā ­ship.

35

Moreover the chiefe and principall effici­ent cause of that moouing wherein his bodie was carried vp into heauen, was the divine na­ture remaining in him according to that, to the Phil. 2. God hath exalted him, And, he was taken vp (of God) into glory. But a secondary efficient cause was the gift of agility, which followed his glorious resurrection, bestowed on the humane nature by the diety, by which agility that flesh ascended vp, not held and sustained by angels or by the cloudes, as once Elias was in the fierie chariot, but of it owne accord, and without trouble or difficultie: and therefore that [Page 402]motion was not a violent motion.

36

Now this ascention of Christ our head, was the cause and the example of our ascension which shal be into heaven. For sith the head is ascended, it must needes be that the members shall ascend: and as his ascension was, so ours shall bee. For he shall chaunge our vile bodies to be like to his glorious body: and we shall be caught vp into the cloudes to meete Christ in the ayre, and so we shall be with the Lord for euer.

37

If then ours shall be a true ascention, and that we shall truely be lifted from the earth into heauen: Therefore Christs body also, did truely ascend from earth into heauen, not ima­ginarily or putatively.

38

And this doctrine of Christs true ascention into that highest heauen, and his perpetuall a­biding there, is most profitable, and full of cō ­solation.

39

For first it serueth to strengthen our faith about the certaine place: where with the eyes and hands of our faith we may behold, touch and take hold of the body of Christ: Then, to establish our hope: namely that it shall be, that before the resurrection of our bodies, our [Page 403]soules beeing separated from our bodies, they shall neither discend beneath the earth, nor shall flote in the waters or the aire, nor roule a­bout with the spheres: but shall be carried a­boue all these heauens, to that blessed and heauenly house of the Father, into which Christ in his body is already entred, that they may be euer with Christ. Lastly, to kindle in our hearts the loue and desire of a heauenly life and conversation: as the Apostle saith, If ye be risen vvith Christ, seeke those things which are a­boue, set your affections on thinges vvhich are aboue, vvhere Christ sitteth at the right hand of God.

40

Of Christs sitting at the right hand of the father thus speaketh the Apostle: And hath set him (Christ raised from the dead, and carried vp into heauen) in the heauenly places, farre aboue all principallities, and power, and might, & domina­tion, and euerie name that is named, not onely in this vvorld, but also in that which is to come: and hath made all thinges subiect vnder his feete &c. YVhat­soeuer is read otherwise in the holy scripture, or confessed by the church in the Creedes concerning this sitting, is agreeable vnto this.

41

But we cā no where read, that for this sitting at Gods right hand, either Christ Iesus tooke any other body, (call it howesoeuer) or [Page 404]that in his naturall body, there was any chaūge made of the substance of it, or of any of those naturall qualities and essentiall proprieties, which it retained after his resurrection. It is therefore manifest, that in what body Christ rose, and ascended into heauen, namely, a visi­ble, palpable, and circumscribed body: in the same he also sitteth at the Fathers right hand in the highest heauens: and wheresoeuer he is, or pleaseth to be, he keepeth still to him­selfe such a body.

42

The Apostle also witnesseth, and the church confesseth in the Creedes, that Christ first died was buried, raised from the dead, and taken vp into heauen, before he fare at the Fathers right hand. Therefore either it is false, that Christs humaine nature thē first receiued a gift, for substance of his body to be really euery where: or if it be true, then it receiued it not by the hypostaticall vnion, which was made in his very incarnation.

43

Neither is this exception any thing, that by the hypostaticall vnion, this was giuen him; in the first act, as, that if he would, he might be present every where, but by the sitting at Gods right hand, it was giuen him, in the se­cond act, that is, that he was indeed present e­very where.

44

For besides, that the tearmes of this distin­ction, are tearmes, not taken from the foun­taines of Israel, but out of the puddles of so­phisters, Christ himselfe also refelleth this ex­ception: when speaking not of the first act, but of the second, that is, of his actuall presence, he said both a little before his death, Where two or three shall be gathered together in my name, there am I in the middest of them; and after his resur­rection, bofore his ascension, he said, Be­holde I am vvith you even to the ende of the world.

45

By those sayings it evidently appeareth, that either Christ spake not of the reall presēce of his body, but onely of the presence of his di­ety, and power of his spirit: or that he is pre­sent to vs in the same manner that he was to the Apostles, namely visibly: seeing he saide not I will be, but I am: neither is there any necessity to alter the sense of those wordes.

46

Adde this, that if he speake of the same reall presence of his body, and that this promise pertained not to the Apostles onely, but also to all the faithfull which were then in the world: Christ had not spoken a trueth. For he was not before his death or after his Resurrection, present in a visible presence with all the faithfull, which were then in the [Page 406]world, and which were gathered together in his name.

47

VVherefore the doctrine of the reall and substantiall, yet invisible presence of the bo­dy of Christ Iesus on the earth and euerie where, is not agreeable with the holy scrip­tures, but seemeth to come neere to the Ma­niches, who (as Augustine sheweth against Faustus) saie that Christs bodie doth invisiblie hang on euerie tree.

48

If Christ also satte not at Gods right hand in his bodie, before his resurrection and as­cension into heauen, as the wholle Church confesseth: then their doctrine is impious and hereticall, which teacheth that Christ Iesus, euen from his mothers wombe (according to the flesh he tooke) hath sitteth at the right hand of Gods power.

49

If this also be true which the Apostle teach­eth, and the whole scripture confirmeth, and the Catholike Church confesseth, that Christ Iesus not only then sate at his Fathers right hand, after he ascended into heauen, but also is so placed in the same at Gods right hand, as he is neuer read to sitte at such a right hand in any other place then in heauen: therefore then it cannot onely not be saide according to the holy scriptures, that Christ Iesus sit­teth any other where at God the Father his [Page 407]right hand then in heauen: but also it is false, that he also so sitteth in the earth: that he is no lesse present really in substance of his body, in the bread of the Lords supper and in euerie place, then he is in heauen.

50

For the Apostle also in other places, and specially in the epistle of S. Paule to the He­brues denieth that he is vpon the earth, name­ly in a corporall presence, for as much as hee sitting at the right hand of the throne of ma­iestie in heauen, executeth his office of priest­hood.

51

Moreouet wee hold beyond all controuer­sie, that Christ sitting at Gods right hand, is a figuratiue speach: seing God, to speake pro­perly hath neither right hand nor left hand; neither is it lawfull to imagine any carnall thing concerning the seates and thrones in heauen, wherein they are saide to sitt; and often-times in the scriptures this word sitting, is vsed besides other significations, for dwel­ling, ruling, exercising iudgment, and for re­sting.

52

But that the Apostle Paule ment not by this phrase, that Christ Iesus in his owne bodie is truely and substantially present in all pla­ces: besides that which hath bin already saide, [Page 408]it is also euident by that which for declarati­on sake he adioyneth.

53

For to this sitting of Christ at Gods right hand, the Apostle addeth for declaration sake, three thinges: First, that Christ is so placed at Gods right hand, that he is aboue all princi­pallitie, that is, that he hath no creature aboue him, or equall to him, no not in heauen, but is made higher then the heauens, and al heauen­ly things: then, he addeth, that all thinges are made subiect to him, that is, that there is no­thing beneath him, ouer which he hath not power and authoritie: thirdly, that he was gi­uen to be a head of the church.

54

Now as we said that whatsoeuer wee haue before spoken of the resurrection from the dead, and so of the ascension, ought to bee vn­derstood according to the humane nature of Christ: so wee thinke with the sound fathers, that these thinges also must bee vnderstood especially according to the same humane na­ture.

55

The exaltation of Christs humane nature a­boue al things, may be vnderstood two waies: either in re-pect of the locall placing, as this, he ascended aboue all the heauens, that the meaning may be, the humane nature was pla­ced locally aboue all created things: or in res­pect of the excellēt preheminence of the dig­nitie [Page 409]and power thereof, & then the meaning may be, Christ euen touching his humane na­ture was set ouer all created thinges, and to him was giuen power and authoritie ouer all things. For in these two manners any thing of the same kinde is said to bee ouer another, ei­in place, or in dignitie.

56

If then this saying be vnderstood the latter waye: thereupon the vbiquitie cannot be pro­ued; seing Christ in that in his humane nature he may vse his authoritie ouer all creatures, al­though he be not in substance of body euerie where. If the former way, then he is not euery where: seing that which is euerie where, is as­well beneath, and at, and within, as aboue all creatures.

57

But Paule doeth plainely teach, that Christ (touching his humane nature) did so rise from the dead, that hee was no longer among the dead, and so ascended into heauen, that hee was no longer on earth: and so being exalted aboue all creatures, sitteth at the fathers right hand, that he is nether beneath nor within cre­ated things, seing all thinges are put vnder his feete.

58

Neither can the head bee saide to bee in it owne substance, where the feete are, although it be in them in vertue and operation, and in­deed aswell the head to the feete, as the feet to [Page 410]the head are ioyned together in their substāce, by the sinues and by the soule.

59

But the Apostle saieth. Christ Iesus is giuen for a head of the church, namely, according to his humanitie: nowe the head is aboue all the bo­die.

60

The Apostle therefore ment nothing lesse by his wordes of Christs sitting at Gods right hand, then to conclude, that Christs bodie in it owne substance is present in all places. Wherefore they doe great wrong to the Apo­stle, which by their cauills labour to conclude this out of his words.

61

Neither can any such Vbiquitie be proued by any necessary consequence, out of that arti­cle of faith.

62

For although it were graunted (which can­not bee graunted) that by the sitting at Gods right hand the humane nature is made true­ly by it selfe omnipotent, yet vnlesse it bee prooued to bee so made omnipotent, that it is also made infinite and immeasurable: it can by no meanes bee conuinced that Christs bodie in it owne substance is euerie where present.

63

For so is this the onely cause, why God al­so in his owne essence is euerie where: that if [Page 411]ye take immeasurablenesse from him, he can­not be saide to be euery where in his owne es­sence.

64

And if also yee faine an infinite body, and therefore euerie where: yet that it is whollie in all places at once, you shall neuer prooue while the world stands, vnlesse yee can shewe, that the same body is also a most simple essence: seing. God is therefore wholly euery where, nor according to his partes, but because he is the most simple essence.

65

VVherefore whatsoeuer the Vbiquitaries do prate and bable, arguing either from the Hypo­staticall vnion, or the right hand of God, or the words of the supper, or the diuers kinds of be­ing, or from the saying, all power is giuen vnto me, and such like speaches: they euermore in this disputation, inferr one fallation (to speake of none els at this time) which is called non causa pro causa: except by those argumēts they could prooue the substance of Christs body to bee made immealurable and infinite, & also most simple, such as is the essence of God.

66

Yet do we not for al this denie, but the bo­dy of Iesus Christ, though it remaine in heauen yet it is truely present vnto vs, not onely in his operation, but in substance also.

67

But how, or in what manner of presence? [Page 412]surely a true presence, but so as he is really present in vs, by his spirite in vs, and by our faith: and (if we may vse similituds) as the head is truly and really present to all the members, yea to the feete.

68

But howe are these present one to another? not in neerenesse of place, (for so the head of a Pigmey were more present to his feete then the head of a giant) but by vertue of one soule, and the ioincttures of sinues and ligaments.

69

Seing then according to the scriptures our bodies and Christs body are truely knitt toge­ther by the same spirit, so that we are one and the same body vnder one and the same head, which God hath giuen to the church, namelie Christ, no mā can denie this true presence, with­out great blasphemie.

70

But for the sitting at the right hand, we be­leeue that the Apostle ment to signifie by this phrase, how Christ according to his humanity, after many and most greeuous labours rubbed through vpon earth, and many troubles indu­red, for our redemption sake, now gloriouslie resteth in heauen, & so being dearly beloued of his father liueth in exceeding happines, and appeareth in Gods sight in our behalfe, & that his intercession and propitiatiō is most accep­table to his father: and that he raigneth with his father, and by him is appointed to bee the [Page 413]iudge which shall at length come to iudge the quicke and the dead, and is placed in the cele­stiall throne.

71

For to sitt (as Tertullian teacheth) is proper to one that resteth: and (as Augustine teacheth) to one that dvvelleth, raigneth, and doth the office of a iudge: neither are any saide to sitt at the right hand, but such as are dearly beloued, and neere friends.

72

Augustine indeede thus interpreteth this place: of the creede to the Catechumeni.

He ascended into heauen, beleeue it: Lib. 1. ca. 4 hee sit­teth at Gods right hand, beleeue it: To sitt, vn­derstand to dwell: as wee saye of any man, Ibid. in such a cuntrey he hath sitt three yeares: so ther­fore beleeue yee, that Christ dwelleth on the right hand of God, there he is. Let not your heart aske ye this question, what doth he? doe not seeke, for that which it is not lawfull to finde: there he is, it sufficeth vs: he is blessed, and of this blessednes which is called the fa­thers right hand, the name of this blessednes it selfe is called his fathers right hand. For if we take it carnally, then because he is at the right hand, the father should be at the left hand: and is there any reason thou shouldest so set them, the sonne at the right hand, and the father at the left? There all is the right hand, seing there is nothing but blessednes.

Also: this sitting of his beloued, Lib. 2. ca. 4 ye must not [Page 414]take it to be ment of the humane partes, as if the father satt on the left hand, and the sonne satt at the right hand: but by the right hand, vnderstand that power, which that man being entertained of God, receiued; namely that he might afterwardes come to iudge, which be­fore came to be iudged.

Also: Lib. 3. ca. 7 who is he, that sitteth at Gods right hand? the man Christ. For in that he is God, he was euer with the father, and of the father: & when he came forth vnto vs, he departed not from the father; for to be God, is to be wholly euery where. Therefore the sonne is wholly with the father, whole in heauen, whole on earth, whole in the virgins wombe, whole on the crosse, whole in hell, whole in paradise, whether he brought the theefe. Not at diuers times or diuers places do we say he is whole e­uery where, as nowe whole in one place, and a­nother time whole in another place, but he is whole alwayes, and in all places.

Also: Ibidem. But by this that the sonne is said to sitt at the fathers right hand, it is shewed, that the man, whome Christ tooke vpon him, hath recei­ued the power of a iudge.

Also: Lib. 4. ca. 7 The man, which Christ tooke on him, now raigneth sitting at the fathers right hand.

Also: Ibidem. But, in that he is God, and equall to the father, and alwaies iudgeth, he is euer pre­sent: but he shall come a redeemer in that forme, wherein he ascended.

73

So farre from it therefore is it, that by the flt­ting at Gods right hand, the Apostle ment to signifie that Christ in the substance of his bo­dy is on earth and euery where, that he rather seemeth to teach them quite contrary: seing that in heauen onely, and not on this earth mēs blessednes consisteth, and God is said to dwel in heauen, not on earth, and rather that he raig­neth in heauen then on earth: and it is said and beleeued, that Christ shal come not from earth, but from heauen to iudge both the quick and the dead.

74

Add this, that as gods feet by a certen humane affectiō or property at not said to be in heauē, but on earth, according to that saying, Act. 7.49 heauē is my seat, and earth my footestoole: so also wee may with good reason say that his right hand hath place in heauen rather then on earth.

75

We therefore conclude, that as by the Apo­stles doctrine of the resurrection frō the dead, and the ascension into heauen, the Ʋbiquitie of Christ cannot be proued, but is rather confu­ted: so neither, by the doctrine which is of his sitting at gods right hand, can the same be ne­cessarily inferred.

76

Nay if such an Vbiquitie bee admitted, we doe not onely shake but euen quite ouer­throwe all these articles of faith, of his incar­nation [Page 416]in the wombe onely of the virgine, of his true death, that is, the true separa­tion of his soule and bodie, of his true resurrection of his flesh, of his true and visi­ble ascension from the earth into heauen, of his true sitting at Gods right hand in the hea­uenlie places; lastlie of his visible returne from that place to iudge both the quicke and the dead.

77

For a bodie that is euerie where, cannot bee mooued from place to place according to it whole selfe, as true philosophie teacheth, & christian theologie cōfirmeth; which shew­eth, that God therefore is not mooued from place to place, because being immeasurable he fileth all things.

78

Neither can that bodie also which is euery where be rightly said to sitt at the right hand or the left of another, but you must needs cō ­foūd the substance of him that sitteth, with the substance of the right hand, at which, & with the substance of him whose right hand he sit­teth at: seing therefore euen the father, the sonne, & the holy ghost filling heauen & earth, are euery where, both all and each of them, be­cause they are one and the same essence.

79

Finally, we think this doctrine of the inuisi­ble & vnpalpable presence of Christs flesh eue­ry where is neither true, nor profitable.

80

Not true indeed, because wee could neuer see the same shewed either by any manifest te­stimonies of holie scriptures, or any necessarie consequences drawne out of them: nay wee haue obserued the same to bee repugnant to the scriptures, and to the catholicke consent of the old church, rightlie expounded by the rule of faith, contained in the Apostles creede.

81

Yea and wee see it so contrary to the scrip­tures, that without a manifest implying of a contradiction, yee cannot graunt both those things which the creed deliuereth, and those things which the authors of this Vbiquitary do­ctrine do deliuer.

82

Neither is it profitable: because that which is not agreeable with gods word, to propoūd, beleeue and obserue it as agreeable and ne­cessary vnto saluation, is a sinne: The Lord say­ing: Add not nor diminish: and the Apostle; Deut. 12 32 Rom. 14.23 Rom. 6.23 All that is not of faith, is sinne: and the wages of sinne, is death.

83

Finally, because if that opinion of the Vbi­quitie of Christs bodie should be beleeued to be true: it would bee a hinderance that a man could not apprehend and eate with a minde lifted vp Christ to the true flesh of Christ Iesus being in heauen, whereunto notwithstanding, [Page 418]both the Apostle & the church calleth vs, say­ing, lift vp your hearts: And, seeke those thinges which are aboue, where Christ is, sitting at gods right hand.

84

They thē do nothing lesse then eate Christs flesh, which doe not behold the same in hea­uen where indeede it is: but imagine him to bee really present euerie where in his owne substance. Aesops dogg, leauing the true flesh, did foolishlie catch at the vaine shaddowe of the flesh, because it seemed a bigger peece.

A question out of the 1. of Ioh. 4.3.

S. Iohn describing Antichrist, saith: Euery spi­rite, which confesseth not that Iesus Christ is come in the (true humane) flesh, is not of God: and this is that spirit of Antichrist.

And seing that Christ, neuer laid aside that flesh which he once tooke, but carried it with him vp into heauen, and shall returne againe in the clouds in the same, apparēt vnto all mē, to iudge the quicke and the dead: The questi­on is, of what spirite they are, and by what name to bee called, who make no doubt with the old heretikes, to forge for our Lord Iesus Christ, I know not what kinde of inuisible flesh, vncircumscribed, vnpalpable, whole, and in his whole substance; forsoth really existing in all places, in heauen, in the starres, in the ayre, in the earth, vnder the earth, in hell, in all the seuerall partes of the world, and the [Page 419]parcells of the partes, yea and in the least par­cells of the parcells: against Scripture and a­gainst the sound agreement of the whole ca­tholike church.

Of the dispensation of saluati­on by Christ. Out of the first chapter of the Ephesians.
yeare. 1580.

1

OVr Lord Iesus Christ, ver. 7 & 8 in whome wee were elected vnto saluation, not onely once redeemed vs, by his owne blood, hauing obtained remission of sinnes, and gottē the victorie: but doth also dayly dispense and communicate vnto his, the grace of redempti­on and saluation.

2

For it belongeth to a perfect redeemer, not onely by paying the ransome to redeeme, but also to make the redemption knowne to them that be redeemed, and to deliuer them quite out of the hands of the tyrant into freedome: as it also belongeth to a good head to impart the life, sense, and motion which it hath, vnto the members.

3

Nowe Christ vseth to dispense this grace of saluation by the word of trueth, that is, ver. 13 by the gospel of our saluation: with which wee ioyne [Page 420]the Sacraments, as seales, and instruments of saluation.

4

For by the gospell hee makes knowne vnto vs the misterie of his diuine wil, ver. 9 & 10 concerning our saluation through Christ, and concerning the gathering together, aswell those that are in heauen, as these that are on earth, & concer­ning the knitting of them to one head Christ.

5

Neither doth he onely make knowne vnto vs the mistery of saluation by the gospell, ver. 13 but also effectually calleth & draweth vs to him­selfe, & to the communion of himselfe & so to the participation of redemption & saluation.

6

For by the preaching of the gospell, ver. 13 Rom. 10 hee v­seth to stirr vp faith in our hearts: whereby wee beleeue in him, and are receiued into his com­munion.

7

For he giueth vs his holy spirit, by which he regenerateth vs, ver. 13 and sealeth vs with the ex­presse image of God, to the full possession of an eternall inheritance.

8

By the same spirite he stirreth vp, worketh, and leadeth vs, to the studie of a holy life, and good workes.

9

And if it so be, ver. 14 we fall into sinne (such is our frailtie) he lifteth vs vpp, by repentance giuen [Page 421]vnto vs: & maketh vs more assured of forgiue­nesse: and by that meanes, through the same spirite as it were a pledge, he more and more daily confirmeth vs in that assurance of salua­tion.

10

And these benefits Christ bestoweth on vs, neuer vtterly forsaking vs, till he hath brought vs by his grace, and singular loue towards vs, from the first redemption, which is our redēp­tion from the guilt, and seruitude of sinne, and from the power of the deuill, to the other re­demption, namely the full libertie which con­sisteth in the perfect assuring and full possessi­on of the heauenly inheritance.

11

But our Lord Iesus as he is our redeemer & the head of the whole church, ver. 22 according to both the natures: so also he cōmunicateth e­ternall life & saluation, not onely as he is god, but also as he is man, according to that same. Beleeue my sonne, thy sinnes be forgiuen thee: And immediatly after, but that he might know that the sonne of man hath power to forgiue sinnes: (he saieth to the sicke of the palsey) arise take vp thy bed, & goe vnto thy house: where each nature worketh that which is proper to it, with communion of the other.

12

For as the natures are so vnited within thē ­selues in one person, that yet there is made no chaunge nor confusion among themselues, [Page 422]or among there proprieties: so also the actiōs, are so the actions of one and the same person, that yet they are truely distinguished betwixt themselues: and so distinguished, that those which proceed from the one nature, and are proper thereunto, they, although they be done with the communion of the other, yet it is not lawfull to say that they be done by the other, or that Christ doth them according to the o­ther nature.

13

Where fore like as wee allowe the fathers, when they saye, that Christs actions in redee­ming & sauing vs, were & are done by god & man: so also we greatly commend that famous saying of Leo the bishop of Rome, in his epistle to Flauianus, & we teach that it is with a stedfast faith to be holden: namely, Each forme vvorketh with communion of the other that which is proper to it selfe: as, the word working that vvhich is proper to the word and the flesh performing that which is pro­per to the flesh.

14

For he suffred for vs, died, and was buried, according to the flesh: but he gaue the grace of deseruing and redeeming to his suffring, by which he redeemed vs, according to his de­itie: but all these he willed, according to both the natures.

15

Also he rose from the dead, ver. 20.21 and ascended in a visible and locall ascension into heauen, [Page 423]exalted aboue all Angels according to his humanity: yet he wrought the same resurre­ction, ascension, and exaltation, according to his diuinity: but he willed it according to the will of both the natures.

16

Like as then we beleeue that Christ redee­med vs according to both the natures, ac­cording to that God purchased his Church by his owne blood: so also we doubt not but the same Christ sitteth at his Fathers right hand and re­steth in the heauenly places, gouerning all thinges with his Father, and dispenseth and communicateth the grace of redemption and euerlasting salvatiō to the wholle church which is his bodie, and to euerie member, according to both his natures: the word working that which is proper to the word, & the flesh that which belongeth to the flesh.

17

For although he vseth the ministerie of the word and sacraments by men, to the imparting of salvation vnto vs: yet the same Christ, both as he is God, and as he is man, is properly the very same which calleth vs, giueth vnto vs faith and repentance, and he iustifieth, regenerateth quickeneth, and bringeth into eternall life all that beleeue, by the working of the power of his might.

18

For this cause also our faith, whereby we take holde of saluation in Christ and eternall [Page 424]life, must not respect and rely vpon either the one or the other nature of Christ severally, but on whole Christ himselfe, as the Ephesi­ans were said to haue faith in the Lord Ie­sus.

19

Whereon it followeth, that who so do deny either the one or the other nature in Christ, or deuide the one from the other, or confoūd thē both together, so, that they acknowledge him not for true God, and true man in all things (sinne excepted) like vnto vs, and im­brace him not for such, and therefore for a true and perfect redeemer, they can neuer be made partakers of redemption and eternal saluation.

20

For as he that beleeueth in Christ, such as he is, hath life eternall: so he that beleeueth not, cannot haue it.

Of those thinges which are spo­ken of our Lord Iesus Christ, after the vnion: and in what sort they are spoken. Out of the 1. to the Ephesians. Positions.
Anno 1582.

1

THe Apostle writeth, that Christ was raised from the dead and therefore he truely di­ [...]d in another place, The Lord of glory was [...] yea we often read, howe the sonne of [Page 425]man was deliuered vnto death. But in all these e­nunciations, the speach is ever of the same per­son, namely the sonne of God incarnate. Ther­fore the person of Christ which is in these pro­positions the subiect, or that whereof another thing is spoken, is vsed to be signified by 3. kindes of names: namely, by those which be­token the divine nature onely, and that some­time in respect of the essence, sometime in re­spect of the hypostasie or persons: as, The lord of glory, the onely begotten sonne of God: or which betoken in like sort the humaine nature one­ly, as, Man, the sonne of Mary: or which betokē both natures togither, as, Christ, Immanuell, god incarnate.

2

We adde herevnto that Christs verie persō is signified by those names also which are ta­ken from the offices of a mediatour: as these, Amediatour, a Redeemer, a Saviour, a high priest an Advocate and such like. But these may be referred to the third kind: because by them are shewed and made known both the natures in one person.

3

The concrete names which haue denomi­nation of the natures, as Man of the humanity, and God of the diety, when in speaking of Christ they be the subiects, or the first part of the e­nunciation or sentence, they haue two signifi­cations, one formall (as the schooles say) and the other materiall: of which, by the former is [Page 426]meant the verie nature, by the other, the per­son, which hath such a nature, whereof it ta­keth denomination.

4

For as names in the abstract do signifie on­ly the nature and propriety, which is in a thing so all names in the concreat doe betokē both the nature and qualitie, which is in the thing, and the hypostasis, wherein it is: as (for exam­ples sake) the name of Iust betokeneth both Iustice wher with one is made iust, & him, which is Iust, both together.

5

Therefore by these Subiect names which hauing their denominations from the natures do shewe the person of Christ: sometimes is declared the propriety of the natures, some­time the vnity of the person: and therefore the Subiects must be vnderstood and expounded according to the diversities of the Praedicates that is of those things, which are spoken there­of.

6

In this proposition, the sonne of God is eter­nall: the subiect (namely the sonne of God) must be expounded according to the proprietie of the nature. But in this, the onely begotten sonne of God suffered: the subiect (the onely begotten sonne of God) must be vnderstood according to the vnity of the person. For he suffered, which was not onely man, but also God: yet the dietie re­maining vnpassible.

7

We denie not, but manie times are found wordes in the abstract, which are the Subiects, as, (the light) came into the world: as also some which are Predicats, as Christ is (the light of the world, our righteousnesse, our peace:) but these st [...] ̄d in steade of concretiues, as the light came in­to the world, that is, he which lighteneth vs. Wherefore for the manner of such like words, they are to be referred to some of the foresaid three kindes.

8

Furthermore there are three kindes of attri­butes which vse to be spoken of the same per­son of Christ God and man, by what name so­euer it be signified. For some are propper to the divine nature, and therefore cannot really be communicated to the other nature: as, to be impassible, eternall, immeasurable. Some are proper to the humaine nature, and there­fore cannot altogether indeede be communi­cated to the other nature, as, to be made, to be finite, and passible. And other some propper to the wholle person consisting of both natures, and therefore common to both natures toge­ther, as, to be a mediatour, a redeemer, a Saui­our.

9

To this third kind pertaine those actions which the greeke Fathers called the actions of God & mā, or actions divine and humaine: be­cause in the workes of our redemption, each [Page 428]forme worketh not the property of the other, but of it selfe, yet with the communion of the other: the worde working that which belong­eth to the word, & the flesh performing that which belongeth to the flesh.

10

Of these three kinds of Atributes, we find in our selues an example not vnlike. For in a man, some thinges are proper onely to the soule: as, to be immortall, to vnderstand, to wil: sōe thinges to the body only, as, to be mor­tall, palpable, heauy. Some things common to them both, as be such works, to the performāce whereof, each part worketh that which is pro­per to it, with communion of the other: as, to write, to speake, to runne, and to doe whatso­euer is done by the ministery of the body, yet not without the vertue and guidance of the soule.

11

Nowe of this which hath beene saide of the diuers Subiects & Praedicats, there followeth a diuersitie also of Praedicatiō. Euery Praedica­tion therefore of Christ is either proper and simple, or els improper and figuratiue.

12

The proper and simple Prędication falleth two waies; one is, when those thinges which are proper to one nature, they are predicated or said of the person of Christ, beeing expres­sed by a name either denominated of the same nature, or proper to the person: as, this our God, [Page 429]or Christ is omnipotent, and euery vvhere present: also, this man, or Christ, suffered and died. The o­ther is, when such things as are proper to the wholle person, they are said also of the wholle person signified by a name, that containeth both the natures: such as these are that belong to the office of a mediatour, and the honour of an head: as: Christ, Imanuell, God incarnate, re­deemed vs, sanctified vs, saued vs, is a King, to be vvorshipped: which are said therefore to be pro­per to the person, because they can be seueral­ly applied to neither of the natures. Nowe all such be proper and simple propositions: be­cause in all which are of the same kinde, the Praedicates be coupled with the Subiects in all those thinges which are of the verie same kinde.

13

The improper and figuratiue praedication is likewise twofold: one, whē as these things which are proper to the wholle person, either belonging to the office of a mediatour, or to the honour of an head, the same are saide of on of the natures signified either by an ab­stractiue or a concretiue name: As, the flesh quic­keneth, the blood washeth from sinne, God redeemed the Church, the Mediatour of god and men, Man, &c.

The other, when that which is proper to one nature is said of the other nature signified by a name which is concretiue, and which be to­keneth the person: as, God suffered and died: man [Page 430]when he was on earth, was also at the same time in heauen.

14

For in th [...]se improper propositions of the lat­ter sort, the proprieties of diuerse kindes are coupled as wordes concretiue: and therfore god is vnproperly said to suffer, in as much as the name God in it owne propper signification doth betoken the divine essence which cannot suffer: but in respect of the person being meant, which is also man, it is a true (though an improper) pro­positiō: & therefore these things are said of the wholle person by a Synechdoche, whereas in­deede they agree not to the same, but onelie in respect of one nature.

15

This latter forme of an improper speech we call the cōmunity of proprieties, as the greeks doe: which Theodoret expounding calleth the communitie of names. And Damascene, the troope of retribution.

16

For with them [...] was a concretiue worde signifying, the proprietie of some na­ture. And [...] or [...] was, when as the [...] or proprieties of one nature, were mutually and reciprocally spoken of the concrete name of the other nature, which name did signifie the person: so that it is meere folly, to thinke that the Fathers when they spake of the comnication of the Idiomes, that they meant to speake of any reall powe­ring [Page 431]or communication of the essentiall pro­prieties of one nature, into the other: seing they write plainely: the vnitie maketh the names common, but neuer maketh the things common.

17

For if our talke be of the natures themselus, Theod. di [...] 3. p. 67. B. which are in Christ: Theodoret with other fa­thers, teacheth vs, that wee must so speake, as we do not saye, that those which are proper to the one nature, are in very deed common to the other: but that wee giue to either of them alone, that which belongeth to it. Euen as that which belongeth to the soule, wee giue it not to the body, and contrary wise. But if we speak of the person, we must so frame our speach, that we may declare those things which are proper to each nature to bee truely and indeed com­mon to the whole person: euen as also we giue to the whole man really and in trueth, aswell those things which belong to the soule, as to the bodie.

Now his very wordes after his bringing in of the similitude of the soule and the body & the whole man follow thus: So we must speake of Christ. And when we speake of the natures in Christ, wee must geue to each of them those things, which do befitt each, & we must know, what things are proper to the diuinitie, & what to the humanitie, but whenas we speake of the person, we must make those things, which are proper to the nature common: and must fitt these verie same to our Sauiour Christ: and we [Page 432]must call him both God and man; both the sonne of God, and the sonne of man; both the sonne of Dauid and the Lord of Dauid; both the seede of Abraham and the creatour of A­braham: and so of all the rest.

The same doctrine he also confirmeth out of Amphilochius bishop of Iconium, and out of other fathers, in many places in his dialogues.

18

Damascene also to expound the same matter, to wit, how the same thinges which belong to one nature should be communicated to the o­ther, namely in person: writeth thus: The word doth approprsate vnto it selfe those things which be­long to man. For those thinges which pertaine to his holy flesh be his: and he doth (by a manner of mutuall praedication) impart those things which are proper to himselfe, vnto the flesh, by reason of the being of the partes mutually one within the other, and their hypo­staticall or personall vnion.

19

Out of which place it euidently appeareth, first, that those things which are of the flesh are no lesse giuen to the word, then the things of the word, to the flesh: then, that they which belong to the word, are giuen to the flesh after no other manner, then they which pertaine to the flesh, are giuen to the word: lastlie, that this manner of giuing is called the manner of mutuall pradica­tion, not simplie and in the abstractiue names of the natures, but in the concretiue noting the per­son.

20

Moreouer what this manner of praedication is, and why it is so called, the same Damascene expoundeth in the 4. chapter both by example, and by the cause in these wordes: This manner of mutuall praedication is, vvhen those things vvhich are proper to one nature, are spoken of the other na­ture, by reason of the hypostaticall identitie or perso­nall vnion of them both; and for that the one nature is in the other: for example vvee may say of Christ, this our god was seene vpon the earth and conuersed with men: and this man is vncreated, not subiect to passion, not circumscribed in any place.

And the examples added doe manifestlie shewe howe one nature doeth attribute those things which are proper vnto it selfe to the o­ther, and for what cause: For God, (in that, by this name is ment the diuine essence) was not seene on earth: but onely, in that the person is ment by it, which is both God and man.

21

Therefore we mislike not that receiued des­cription of the communicating of proprieties.

The communication of the proprieties, is a praedication, wherein the proprietie agreeable to one nature, is giuen to the person in a name concrete: because these two natures, the vvorde and the humane nature taken, are one existence or person.

22

Thus therefore we iudge that the communi­cation of the properties may not amisse be de­fined: [Page 434]the communication of the proprieties, is a praedication, or a manner of speach: wherein the proprietie (that is the concrete name signi­fying the proprietie of one nature) is spoken really of Christs person signified by the name of the other nature: and is spoken (onely in worde) of the other nature, in the concrete, by reason of the coniunction of the natures & the personall vnion thereof.

23

But we say it is all one to be praedicated or said of the person signified by the cōcrete name of the other nature: and to be said of the con­crete name of the other nature signifying the person: as also the proprietie, and the concrete name signifying the proprietie of the one na­ture, are in this matter alone.

24

For this question was propounded by the fathers against the heretikes, not so much a­bout the things themselues, as about the man­ners of speaking, which the holy scripture vseth speaking of Iesus Christ: when sometime it saieth: The Lord of glorie vvas crucified: some­time, The sonne of man vvhen he vvas on earth, vvas also in heauen: and other such like: name­ly, how such phrases should be vnderstood.

25

For none of any sound iudgemēt euer doub­ted but as the natures, so also the essentiall pro­prieties of both the natures remained distinct, whole, and vnconfounded in the person of [Page 435]Iesus Christ after the vnion: so as (for example sake) neither the deitie was made passible and locall, nor the humanitie impassible, and vn­circumscribed: as some heretickes falsifying the scriptures haue blasphemed.

26

Now the very foundation of this whole ex­position was the true and neere vniting of the two natures within themselues, and a meeting of them into one and the same person vnspea­kably made without conuersion, without confusion, without diuision, without separa­tion,

27

For Damascene declaring this after he had taught, how those things which are of the flesh, are giuen to the vvorde, and likewise how the things of the word are communicated to the flesh, namely, according to this manner of praedica­ [...]ation: he adioyneth the cause thereof, saying: by reason of the meeting together of the partes one with the other: and the hypostaticall or personall vni­on: & in the 4. chapter. This is the manner (saith he) of mutuall predication, vvhenas one nature doth giue the proprieties of one nature to the other which it doth in respect of the personall identitie, & the ioy­ning of the natures one with the other.

Now this ioyning of the natures one with the other, is the very vnion, that is an inward, absolute and most perfect vniting them toge­ther. As Damascene both els where, & especi­ally in his 4. booke and 19. chapter expoūdeth [Page 436]it, saying: But the diuine nature once going through the flesh, gaue vnto the flesh also, an vnspeakable go­ing to the diuine nature: vvhich vvee call the vni­on.

29

We our selues add, that this vnion is also the finall cause of this forme of speaking: be­cause therefore this reciprocall praedication is deliuered in the holie scripture, that the true vnitie of the natures in one person of Iesus Christ might be shewed: which is the cause, why these verball praedications can by no meanes be said to be vaine or to no purpose: seing they haue great vse, shewing how the two natures are vnited into one person with­out confusion.

30

Moreouer, this same communication of the proprieties (for example, in this proposition God was crucified,) we say to be both verball, and reall, in diuers respects. For in that, by this con­crete word, (God) is ment a person, which is not onely God, but also man; it is a reall predicati­on. For because he was man, therefore he tru­ly and indeed died. But as the deitie is meant by the formall signification, (as they speake) or as God simply is meant thereby: it is a ver­ball praedication, and that a true one. For god is truely said to haue died, by reason of the person togither meant: and that, which is God indeed died not, nor could die, although he which is God did truely die.

31

These thinges thus declared: it is easie to iudge of the diuers enunciations, which be tru, and which false, and in what manner of Prae­dication each one is to be taken. Neither one nature nor the proprieties thereof can by any meanes neither in the abstractiue name nor in the concretiue be predicated or spoken of the other nature signified in the abstractiue. For it is as false to say, The humaine nature, or the humanity, is God: as to say, The humanity is the dietie. And as false to say, the humanity is im­measurable and infinite: as to say, the humanity is very immeasurablenesse or infinitenes.

Therefore in all the scriptures is no such kind of speech to be found.

32

Neither can one nature or the proprieties thereof be spoken in the abstract, of the other nature signified either in an abstractiue or con­cretiue name. For both these propositions are false. God is the humanity, and, the Deity is the humanity.

33

Of either of the natures signified by what name soeuer, the thinges that are proper there­vnto may truely be spoken: and that of them both in the concrete: but of the diuine in the abstract also, by reason of the simplicity there­of. For this proposition is as true and proper, he deity is omnipotent, as this God is omnipotēt, yea [Page 438]euen omnipotency it selfe. And againe, Humanity and a man is mutable.

34

Of the person expressed by the proper name and that name, Rule. 4 which noteth both the natures, or by a name signifying the office of a media­tour; as well the things which are proper to the one or to the other, or to both the natures to­gether, may truely and properly be spoken: as, Christ is omnipotent: also, Christ is man, Christ died. Also, Christ is a redeemer, a mediatour. Also, the mediator, is God, is man, is immortall, died, redeemed vs.

35

Of the person signified by a name of one nature: Rule. 5 the things which are proper therevnto may truely and properly be spoken: as, This God or onely begotten sonne of God, is eternall and omnipotent. Also, This man, or, the sonne of man, was borne in the last daies, Rule. 6 died.

36

Those things which are proper to the wholle person, cannot be spoken (but by a Synechdo­che, a part taken for the wholle:) of one nature signified either by an abstractiue or concre­tiue name: as The flesh quickeneth, God redeemed his Church.

37

Wherefore this saying of Leo, each forma worketh that which belongeth to it selfe, we with Damas. say, to be all one, with this, (and that properly) Christ worketh according to each forme.

38

So where Iohn said: his blood washeth vs from sinne, and Christ saith, my flesh is meate indeede: also where it is said to quicken, and that it is to be worshipped: those wordes are put for concre­tiues: namely, the flesh of Christ, for Christ incar­nate: and the blood of Christ, for Christ by his blood.

39

For he which said, he that eateth my flesh hath eternall life: the same said, He that eateth me, he shall liue by me. And he which writ, his bloode wa­sheth vs from sinne: the same expounding him­selfe saith, Christ shall wash vs from our sinnes by his blood. And they which taught that Christs flesh was to be worshipped: they also expressed the cause, namely, not because it was flesh, but be­cause it was flesh of God: and therefore that Christians do worship not flesh properly. but God incarnate.

40

Of the person signified by the name of the one nature, Rule. 7 the things that belong to the other nature may indeede truely and really be spo­ken, but yet improperly, and figuratiuely, by communicatiō of the proprieties, As, the sonne of man it both in heauen and on earth at once. Also, the onely begotten, and Lord of glory was crucified. 8. Rule.

41

Here of followeth another: of the one nature signified in a concretiue name, the thinges propper to the other may truely be spoken, by reason of the person togither noted: yet not [Page 440]really, but onely in respect of the name: As, God (taken in the formall signification) died: man is eternall,

42

Wherefore we say that those thinges are praedicated or spoken, by communication of the proprieties which beeing proper to one of the natures, are made common also to the o­ther in the concrete, by the mutuall manner of praedication: namely while they are really attributed to the person, wereof each nature is a part.

43

For seeing Christ most truely and really is both God and man: we doubt not to say, and with the wholle Church to teach, that he suffe­red, namely (for example sake) according to the one nature, and suffered not, namely accor­ding to the other.

44

And seeing the scripture saith, both that God is immortall, & also that the same died & was crucified: we teach that in the former speech the name of God is taken essentially, in the latter hypostatically or personally, and therefore that both these are true in the speach concer­ning Christ: but that both of them are spoken of the same in a diuerse manner of praedicatiō.

45

Whatsoeuer things we reade to haue beene really giuen to Christ in time after the vnion: the same may truely and really be spoken of [Page 441]the person, in respect of the humanitie, & ther­fore also of the humanitie it selfe, but it is to be vnderstood, that they cannot be spoken in re­spect of the divinity, and being signified by a concrete name, but onely by communication of the proprieties. An example of the first. E­sai. 11. the spirit of wisdome shall rest vpon him &c. An example of the other, Ioh. 3. He hath giuen vnto him (his sonne, who is from heauen, whōe the father sent) his spirit aboue measure. For he (as he is the onely begotten sonne) cannot be said to haue really receiued the spirit, but one­ly by communication of the proprieties.

46

But the thinges which we confesse were gi­uen after this manner: were not the essentiall proprieties of God but onely gifts of creation, and (as they call thē) habituall graces which belong partly to the perfection of Christs hu­maine nature: partely to the perfecting of the office of a mediatour: partely to the honour of the head of the Church.

47

For the essentiall proprieties of God are v­nited most really with the humaine nature in the same person: but they are not really com­municated to it, in it owne verie essence.

48

For (to omitte almost infinite of other rea­sons & testimonies of the Apostles & aūcient Fathers) what things Christ receiued, as Man, in the essence of his humaine nature: he re­ceiued [Page 442]the same, that he might as beeing head deriue thē into his mēbers: as Athanasius & Cyril are witnesses: seing he therefore sanctifi­ed himselfe, that we also might be sanctified: and the oile was powered vpon Aarons head, that it might runne downe on al his members euen to the skirts of his clothing.

49

And who (except a mad man) would saie that the essentiall proprieties of God are deri­ued vnto vs.

50

The cause also why Christ as he is God, cā ­not be said to haue receiued gifts of creation, is by Cyrill assigned to be this, Because as God he needed them not. Therefore, if also, as he is mā, he receiued the essentiall proprieties of God, really communicated vnto him: he cannot then be said to haue receiued the created gifts of the holy ghost. For to that ende ser­ueth a finite power in him which is indued with an infinite power really communica­ted vnto him.

Finis.

This keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above is co-owned by the institutions providing financial support to the Text Creation Partnership. Searching, reading, printing, or downloading EEBO-TCP texts is reserved for the authorized users of these project partner institutions. Permission must be granted for subsequent distribution, in print or electronically, of this EEBO-TCP Phase II text, in whole or in part.